



<^'MSL 



'T «c<%> V.;££T. CCCC 






£ CM 



i re 50 

< 

< c 

c c - 

c c 
c 
c 

cere • <7 






i C£JC CCJi ,YV 









< c ^ 



Library of Congress. 



UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. 






.c H .P.._iF.illi 






c^-^s^O: 



CfCC ^C<cJrc 



l s^<L CT^CciKf : 










» ^ CL 


^x.( 


W < ^*maxre\ 




€BrT ""<«■.. <s: 


C2»C"' 


C C I'MMiOTti 


ft m 


IT" c <r 


<TCc 


BHBjjK^ i T C4gp<K^ 


m^M 


g^'vCgj 


£ m 


^^;c^ 


exx^ 


*=- - m2B*« <w - 


^~s< « 


s«r . cc«. <:c 


CPC< 


mp «jfg, ^ • «4T- 


r^c m 


C <gc «X 


<fC 


* ' _ *- «sc- v<r 


< c 


•t_ «M£ cc: 


or; 


■ffrj* _ «g 


v« 


. m c<: 


c^ 


^■pfC' 


S6 


m: xx 


ex 


O C C8C_Cj-^ 


or 


o&ccc 


'C^ 


c c ^csSSLs c 


:cc: 


<MC: : cC 


m 






1 ccSr ^ 


c c 


<- ore 


1 


•'■<GB8CC 
. cccc- 


s 1 :•" 


«3z<r 


CC 


gM&g: c 


O 



ll^PCc 






PT cr «< 

cc 

e ccr 
<tcc.c 

cccc 

C<LCC 
^ err 



a CC «OC£ 

^ <c «artcc 



c - c < < 
t Ou« c c 

XC€ c.O 

4p5 «L CGC 

C<yE^ c c 



. crrcc 



®c^ 



t. c 


c< 


c c 


<x; 


c 


^c 


r - «t 


c< 


■c 


CC 


C~ 


cc 


c 


cc 



c cc <rc clEc: c 
^ %_ cc cs ccc C 
arc «p ^cccc c 

.c c cc - 

- 

-C£ OL < 
XX CC 

c 



: CCC^ 

c c c I 
CC«' 
CC <5t 
CC 

ccocx 

CCCC 

CC r 



«CT<c r, 



SJSEf 



^arc< 



-Cflriu 

Ccc 



VW>^eocrc 






■<<r c 
^<cc «^cr ! 

- -cCC C<Vc 



^<ic cac 

«*d cc ^ 

CC<SC_^<CLC 

cc, 

C«To 



5 c^^ jffe£ V^fc^ 



^ c cc c 

^ CC CC cr 
> CC CC 01 

cc cc ^ 



^1C. cc CTc 



AHN'S METHOD ^ 

OF LEARNING THE 

GERMAN LANGUAGE. 

REVISED 
BY 

GUSTAVUS FISCHER. 



FIRST (PRACTICAL) COURSE. 



NEW YORK: 

E. 8 t e i g e r, 



18U. 



,AVr 



Entered} according to Act of Congress> In the year 1871, by 

E. Steiger, 

in the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington. 



E. Steiger, New York, 

Printer and Electrotyper. 






PREFACE. 



Ahn's Method of Learning the German Language con- 
sists of a Practical and a Theoretical Course. The former 
contains progressive exercises in both languages, beginning 
with the simplest elementary forms, and in the natural pro- 
gress of the course gradually expanding with the different forms 
of inflection and the most important parts of Syntax, till the 
student may be considered sufficiently familiar with the lan- 
guage to begin reading German text. The different exercises 
are preceded by special vocabularies and as many rules as the 
student would need to render the exercises without mistakes. 
The First Part of the Practical Course is preliminary, being 
intended to give the beginner a general idea of German forms 
and constructions. The Second Part reviews the preliminary 
exercises in a more complete and systematic manner; and the 
Third Part chiefly contains exercises on tenses, moods, re- 
flexive and compound verbs, conjunctions, prepositions and 
syntactical idioms, A general vocabulary, appended to the 
Course, facilitates the rendering of words that have already 
occurred in previous exercises without being repeated in the 
special vocabularies. 

For the gradual acquirement of German handwriting a spe- 
cial, and — we hope — efficient provision has been made at 
the close of the Course, designed to accompany the single ex- 
ercises, but so that the beginner may or may not make use of 
it, the Course itself being in neither case interfered with. 
Pronunciation has been treated in a preliminary chapter. 

The Theoretical Course contains a brief and systematic 
abstract of grammatical rules, to be studied either separately, 
or in connection with the Practical Course. Paradigms have 
been given no more than necessity required, but those given 
are complete. Either Course will occupy no more than one 
in 



— IV — 

College-Term. In schools a longer time should be devoted to 
the study of each Course. 

The Editor has in the First and Second parts of the Prac- 
tical Course mainly reproduced Aim's work as it was originally 
written by him, but the numerous errors and practical incon- 
gruities and inconveniences have been carefully corrected. 
Many sentences in the exercises have been rejected, and others 
have been introduced whenever it seemed necessary. Many 
new rules have been added, since in the original work no 
account was taken of the method of instruction peculiar to 
our country. The Third Part of the Practical Course, the 
weakest in Ahn's original Method, has been entirely re-written 
in such a way as Ahn probably would have adopted, had he 
written for this country and at this day. The stock of words 
used, has been greatly enlarged, since the small number of 
words in Ahn's Method by which he builds up and rebuilds all his 
sentences, are always leading to great practical inconveniences, 
however desirable it may be to confine first beginners to as few 
words as possible. 

With the same view, the whole Theoretical Course, which 
in no wise comes up to the requirement of this country and of 
this time, has been entirely written anew, and only the general 
division of the work into chapters has been retained. In this 
Theoretical Course the grammatical material has been selected 
in accordance with the principle-that the student should master 
the leading facts of the language in the directest and plainest 
way possible, in order to arrive by the shortest road at the 
reading of text. Due regard has been always paid to ' con- 
versational language' in the Practical Course, while in the 
Theoretical Course the preparation of the student for ' reading' 
has been the main object. 

We deemed it necessary to add a complete index referring 
to both Courses, not doubting that this addition will meet the 
approval of all that shall use the work. 

An absolute or even relative i completeness' cannot be ex- 
pected in a work of this kind. Indeed, no grammar extant 
can be considered ' complete.' Xo grammarian can do more 
than select l something' out of the inexhaustible store of the 



__ y — 

living language, discover the secret and silent laws which have 
produced the forms of this i something, ' and call a collection 
of such laves * a grammar.' Hov>* many details should be thus 
presented, depends on the tact of the grammarian; But to 
the 'end of language' no grammarian has yet come, and in 
this sense all grammars are (more or less) incomplete. 

Whether we have been successful in our selections, whether 
or not we have omitted many things that ought to have been 
explained, and explained many things that ought to have been 
omitted, the reader must decide. Indeed, in this method of 
'selection' consists almost the whole art of a grammarian. In 
the present work many rules will be found which will be in 
vain looked for in other grammars, and many will not be found 
which other grammarians are in the habit of presenting. 
Whatever may be thought of such deviations from the accus- 
tomed ruts (often regarded as almost sacred with a peculiar 
superstition), we always had our reasons for either the 
omission or the addition, which reasons, although they have 
nowhere been presented, the attentive reader will without 
difficulty discover 'between the lines'.. But we hope that no 
essential law of the language will be missed, and that both the 
teacher and the student will iind explicitness in our different 
statements to be commensurate with the lesser or greater 
difficulty of the subject, A. glance at any of the different 
chapters, for instance those on adjectives, prepositions, con- 
junctions and the subjunctive mood, will fully bear out these 
remarks. The terminology adopted is the one which is uni- 
versally used in Germany. Xobody will now find fault with 
such expressions as 'strong and weak verbs or nouns'. All 
recent German grammarians and lexicographers i^we believe 
without a solitary exception) have adopted these terras*, and 

* The expressions strong and weak in reference to declension and con- 
jugation have been introduced by Jacob Grimm in the first edition of his 
German Grammar (1817). The following ideas have led to the universal 
adoption of the>e terms. A strong verb has strength enough in its root to 
dispense with the help of auxiliary ending in the imperfect (icf)iagert — fcfjhlfl); 
but the roots of weak verbs have no such power, attaching auxiliary endings 
for that purpose (lobert — lobtCU A strong xorx or adjective is one which 
forms distinctive endings, so that it may be declined without the help of an 
article, and yet show its case, gender and number (jjvtfcf) — ^tfd}e$, etc.), while 



— VI — 

we consider it greatly reprehensible to substitute for 'technical 
terms' expressions made by ourselves for whatever reason; not 
to mention the inconvenience arising from the use, along with 
our grammars, of German dictionaries in which the familiarity 
of the reader with such terms is presupposed. The owner of 
the word ought to determine its name. Should we not be 
greatly astonished, if in an English grammar, written in 
Germany, our terms 'possessive case, progressive form, 
potential mood, etc.' were ignored, and replaced by terms 
unintelligible to us? The reading pieces in Ahn's original 
Method are entirely omitted in this edition, being incorporated 
in Ahn's revised Reader. 

We close with the remark that (except the parts of Ahn's 
original work mentioned above) no use has been made and no 
authority followed of any existing grammar. We have tried 
to develop the different laws of the language from the material 
which during a close study of German literature for almost a 
quarter of a century, has accumulated under our hands. The 
form and wording given to our rules and their methodical 
arrangement are the results of our experience, during an almost 
equal period, as a teacher of German in College, in schools of 
both sexes, and as an instructor of private pupils. We doubt 
not that errors will be detected, and we shall be grateful to 
have our attention called to them. 



weak nouns and adjectives do not distinguish cases or numbers, and hence 
must have an auxiliary article or other word to show in what case, number 
or gender they are placed (fc>er flute, be§ QUtett, bem cpiteil, etc.; be$ £irtCll, 
bent §trtClt, etc.). Formerly the strong verbs were improperly called irre- 
gular or old verbs. 

New Brunswick, April 18th, 1871. 

Gustavus Fischer. 



The Pronunciation. 



a 



I. THE ALPHABET. 
The German Alphabet is composed of the following 26 letters: 

Written. Printed. Written. Printed. Written. Printed. 



*&> 



%<a 



e ff~ S C 





i ^. 3 i 



31 



11 



s 2^@f 

t ^V£ t 
Un 

$ r 

ft* 



w 

X 

y 



^^? ' 



/ 




There are three softened vowels (Uro(aute): 



^ 9t a o ^2VD5 



C«e) 



(Oe) 



11 



-^ ^^ 



Hit 

(Ue) 



COMPOUND AND DOUBLE CONSONANTS. 



ch ^pL/§, ck .y<f, st ^p^fi, 

Tf, y^f, set 




X 



ff^ff, 




tz ^. #♦ 



— 2 — 

II. SIMPLE VOWELS. 

1 . Every vowel is pronounced uniformly in whatever words 
of the language it may occur. But every vowel-sound has a 
long and a short pronunciation. 

2. Vowels followed by two consonants or a double con 
sonant are generally pronounced short; followed by one con- 
sonant they are generally long. 

3. 21, a long is pronounced almost like a in father: 23atcr, 
laben, grage. 

Short a has no exact equivalent in English: Sitter, bcmfert, 
(Me. 

4. (5, e long is pronounced almost like a in care, as the 
first syllables in the words 9iebe, gebeu, GfeL 

Short e is pronounced like e in end, as: @e(b, %tit, and the 
first syllables of beitfeit and Snbe. 

The letter e in final syllables and in inflectional endings has 
generally the English obscure sound, as the two last syllables 
in lebeube, fmtfterer, and the final syllables in Skter, ©arteu, Sage. 
There is no other obscure sound in German but e. 

5. 3, t long is pronounced like English ee (tree), as: £t(jcr, 
33tbef, mtr. 

Short t has the sound of i in ill or in: Qvxtl)um, ftnben, $mb. 

6. O, o long is pronounced like English o in hope: Dfen, 
ober, tyol, roll). 

Short o has no exact equivalent in English. It keeps a 
middle between English u in sun and o in hope: lommeu, ©ofb, 
jo Uen. 

7. U, u long is pronounced like English o in move: 331ut, 
$ii£, 33ruber, gut. 

Short u sounds like u in full or double oo in good: 9ftunb, 
£fjurm, Sutter, nutfcte, 

8. 2), t) occurs in modern orthography only in words taken 
from the Greek language, and is pronounced as German t 
would be in its place: ©tyftem, ©ttyl. 

III. SOFTENED VOWELS. 
1. 3i. a long is pronounced as German long e (English a in 
care): (£iibel, 93ater, 33ar, flats (or ftetf). 



Short a has exactly the sound of German short c: after, 
©arten, ft'aitt. 

2. D, o long has no equivalent sound in English; it is 
pronounced as French eu in feu: bijfe, tonert, ®6ii)C. 

Short ti has no equivalent in English; it is pronounced as 
< French eu mjeune: fomien, ooQtg, Corner. 

3. U, it long has no equivalent sound in English; it is pro- 
nounced like French u in rue: itbert, miibe, ©iite. 

Short it has no equivalent in English and is pronounced like 
French u in mil: littler, fturmijcf), lDiinfdjcn. 

Observation. — In order to pronounce o the mouth must be placed in the 
position in which o is pronounced; but the vowel e (German) must be sounded. 
To pronounce ix, we sound the letter i (German), having the mouth in the 
position to pronounce u (German). 



IV. DOUBLE VOWELS. 

They are: cm, cc, oo. They are sounded like a, e, o long: 
©aaf, 9TCcer, 3)?6o$. Guard against pronouncing the double 
vowels ee and oo like English ee and oo. 



V. DIPHTHONGS. 

They are: at, an, ct, eu, cut and the obsolete at) and el). The 
diphthong on occurs only in words taken from the French, and 
is then pronounced like German long u, as: Souragc, Jour, 
Souto. The diphthongs oi and oi) exist in some proper nouns, 
and are pronounced like English oi: -33 Orenburg, 3Sot)in. All 
diphthongs have only a long sound. 

1. S(t (at) and et are pronounced alike, and sound like 
English i in wine: $aifer, ffllai, tetben, SGBein. 

2. 2Iu (ait) is pronounced like English ou in house: ©aum, 
laufeu, blau. 

3. (Su (eu) and ait are pronounced alike, and have no exact 
equivalent in English, Their pronunciation comes nearest to 
English oi in boil: grewtb, Sale, geuer, Stiuie, 23dume, ©rduef 
(©reuel). 



_. 4 — 

VI, SIGNS OF LENGTHENED VOWELS 

1. Frequently the length of vowels is marked by certain 
letters, connected with them. These are: l)the consonant {), 
2) the vowel c, 3) the repetition oi the same vowel. 

2. The letter I) as lengthening sign (in which case it, of 
course, is not pronounced) occurs after all the vowels: maljten, 
ge^er, tf)r, ido()L Ut>r ; tf)re, Softer, 2#iif){e. 

3. The letter c as lengthening sign occurs only after t. 
The combination ie is always pronounced like t (German) long: 
regteren, @teg, met, biefer. 

Obs. — But final te in some words taken from foreign languages is pro- 
nounced like English ia in Virginia: gattttlte, Suite, £i(te. The same is the 
case in regard to the endings ier of national nouns and ten, as: ©panier, 
©attier, 2lften. 

4. The doubling of vowels takes place with a, e and o, but 
not with t, u,or the softened vowels and the diphthongs. 

Obs. — Since very frequently the length of vowels is not indicated at all 
(see the examples above, No. II.), all these lengthening signs. are deemed 
superfluous, and modern orthography has a tendency to diminish them, and 
spell words with the simple vowels only. 

VII. CONSONANTS. 

1. 33, b is pronounced as in English, but b final has the 
sound of p: ab, 2£etb r 2xieb. 

2. £, c before e, t, \) a and o is pronounced like ts: Scifar, 
Sttrone, Stjlmber, Colibat, Geber. 

Before consonants, the vowels a, o, it, it, and at the end of 
words it is pronounced like h SctnteDcrt, (Eocarbe, Sreole, Stents 
Gutrie, Sitrafuer, ^tc. 

Obs. — The letter c is only used in words taken from foreign languages. 
Many writers have commenced to discard the use of c, if pronounced like t, 
and substitute the letter f for it. Words taken from the Greek should be al- 
ways spelled with !: $rittf, SofrateS. 

3. §f), d), in the beginning of words, occurs only in words 
taken from foreign languages, and is generally pronounced like 
fc, as: gfyor, gfyrtft, gfjarafter. But before t it has the German 



/>-*! 6 _ 

aspirate sound (see below): Gf)ina, Stjtntrg. In words taken 
from the French, it is pronounced like sh 1 when it has this 
pronunciation in French: 2()cf, Sfycmffee, Charlatan. 

In the middle or at the end of the word its pronunciation is 
twofold, depending on the preceding letter. Neither has an 
equivalent in English. It has a guttural sound after a, o, it, 
an: Dad), ntadjcn, Sod), podjert, Sbud), judjcn, and), raudjen. It has 
an aspirate sound after any other letter or diphthong: 33(ed), 
ftedjen, ^etdjen, riecfcen, 8id)t, mdcfytig, modjte, pdjtig, raud)ern, eud), 
2ftabd)en, toeldjer, SRoSdjetu 

£f)3 or d)f is generally pronounced like x (Jcs) : 3Sad)3, fed)3, 
Sud)3, 4Sitd)fe. But if o or f belongs to an inflectional ending, 
or the d) belongs to a different radical in which the following 3 
or f is not contained, the d) has either the aspirate or guttural 
sound: bc3 -33ud)3 (genitive of 23ud)), t]od)ft (superlative of fjod)), 
nctdjft (superlative of nafje), mad)) am (from nmdjen and fam), itad)* 
fet)en (from wad) and fcfyen). 

4. 5), b at the end of words is pronounced like t: ?ctb, 
fibtb, ttnlb, bolb. 

5. ©, g at the beginning of a syllable is pronounced like g 
in good: gefyen, grojs, SBagen, Icgen. 

At the end and the middle of syllables the pronunciation is 
not fully settled. After t and ie all give it the aspirate pro- 
nunciation of d): feltg, ©teg, fiegte. After n at the end of words 
it has the pronunciation of k: ©efang, lang, 3itng. After other 
letters some pronounce it invariably like g in good, while others 
give it the pronunciation of d), either aspirate or guttural ac- 
cording to the previous letter. Both pronunciations have 
equally good authority: Sag, 23}eg, legt, ragt, bcugt, faugt, 35ogt, 
Xntg. 

Obs. — Some pronounce g, if between two vowels, with a sound between 
d) and g (hard). This pronunciation is inelegant and has no good authority. 
In ©egetl. Sftegett, roagert, the g ought to be pronounced exactly as in good. 
It is best for beginners to pronounce g in all instances as g in good, except 
when it is final after tt or i. The student is then sure to have always an un- 
objectionable pronunciation. 

If ttg is not final it has the pronunciation of English ng in singer, bringer 
or springer, not as ng in longer, stronger or finger, as: ginger, latige, Sftertge, 
Sungling, fartgett. 



g in words taken from the French is pronounced, as it would he at the 
game place in th;;t language: hard in (Sonoenieiir, soft in dourage (softer 
than sh). 

6. £), 1) at the beginning of words is pronounced like h in 
hill: fQau$, fyctrt, [)cben. In the beginning of syllables not initial, 
the aspiration is less perceptible: 9ictl)e, rauljcr. In the middle 
or at the end of syllables () is a sign of lengthening the preced- 
ing vowel, and is not pronounced: 33aljn, fritf), metjr. 

f- 3/ i ^ pronounced like the English consonant y in yet: 
3al)v, Qod), ping. 

8. ft, t is pronounced as in English, but is never mute: 
ftnte, Senate. In place of doubling I, the double consonant d is 
used, which is pronounced like Jc in bake, and always indicates 
that the previous vowel is short: baden, &M, 2lcfcr, Sdlid. 

9. <£, \, 3. The long f is used in the beginning and middle 
of syllables; at the end of syllables the short 3 only is used. 
The capital @ and long f always are pronounced like English z 
in zeal; short 8 has always the sound of hissing s in Aats: 
©omnter, 9ict|c, §aufcr, £>au$, [p$. 

ff always has the hissing sound of ss in passing: SBciffer, 
nnffen, mitfjen. This double letter can never stand at the begin- 
ning and at the end of words (except when Roman type is used). 

ft has the hissing sound of ss: guf$, gfbtf, ftiefjen, grog. If 
Roman type is used, ft is generally written ss: Fuss, Fluss, etc. 

(2d), fef) is pronounced like sA in shoe: 3tf)cttten, 3d)ule, !£ifd), 
fdjlafcn, fdjrocr, fdjrcten. 

<2t, ft, and (Sp, fp in the middle and at the end of syllables 
are pronounced as in English, but in the beginning of syllables 
they sound like slit, slip: beft, laften, 23e3pe, ©tein, fprmgen, toer* 
ftefyen. 

10. %% t() is not pronounced like English th, but like simple 
t: Zl)at, xot% 2£uit), 3rrt()imi. 

11. 93, t> has the sound of/. But in words, taken from 
foreign languages, it is pronounced like English v: SBater, Did, 
berfieljen, Dor; but 33emt§, SBincent Some pronounce u like Eng- 
lish v in the word gte&el. 

12. SB, Id is pronounced like English v: SSelt, 23urje(, roolfen. 



13. 3> 3 sounds like fa, never like English z: 3 a ¥> jat)m f 
jwet, £er$. 

£ has the same sound (tej, but is only used after a short 
vowel: 33ti§, Sftttfcen, fe§cn. 

VIII. ACCENTUATION AND SYLLABICATION. 

L In German as well as in English words, the principal 
accent is placed on the radical syllable. The stress imparted 
by the accent, is stronger in German than in English, 

2. The secondary accent is more frequently applied in 
German than in English. Entirely without accent (obscure) 
are only those prefixes and endings which contain the vowel c. 
Thus the word ar'bcttfctm has its principal accent on the first 
syllable, and each of the other two syllables has a secondary 
accent. On the other hand the word Bertet'getibere has only one 
accent, which is on the second syllable, the first syllable being 
a prefix, and the third, fourth and fifth syllables inflectional 
endings, all of which are pronounced with the obscure sound. 

3. Compound nouns have their principal accent on the 
radical syllable of the first component, as: $ihtg'ltng& Sitter. 
Verbs compounded with prepositions have their principal ac- 
cent generally on the preposition, as: cm'fcmgen. For other 
compound words the rules are more complicated, and should 
be learned by practice. 

4. The syllables of German words are not divided accord- 
ing to English principles. Except in compound words, no re- 
gard is paid to the derivation of a word. Single consonants in 
the middle of a word belong to the following, not to the pre- 
ceding vowel, and of more than one succeeding consonants the 
first is joined with the preceding and the next with the following 
vowel. Thus we- divide: te*gett, £>Su*|er, lie*ben, although the 
consonants g, f, b belong in respect to derivation to the first 
syllables. 



— 8 — 



% 



PART 


I. 


l. 

Singular, id) bttt, 


I am; 


bu bift, 


thou art; 


er tft, 


he is; 


fte ift, 


she is; 


Plural, tore finb, 


we are; 


tf)t feib, 


you are; 


fte finb, 


they are. 



©Ut, good; grog, great, large, big; fletrt, little, small; reid), rich; arm, poor; 
Jung, young; alt, old; miibe, tired; frartf, ill, sick. 

Qi) bin groft. ©it bift Item. (Sr ift aft. <Sie ift gut 3Bir 
finb fung. Qfyx feib reid). @ie finb arm. Sin idj gro § ? Sift bu 
miibe? -3ft er Iran!? Q)t fie jung? Stub mir reid)? ©eib iljr 
arm? ©inb fte alt? 

2. 

I am little. Thou art young. We are tired. They are 
rich. Art thou sick? You are poor. Is she old? Are you 
sick ? Are they good ? He is tall (groj$). Am I poor ? 

3. 

Wxdjt, not. 

©tatf, strong; tteu, faithful; faut, idle, lazy; ftetgtg, diligent; bofe, wicked, 
naughty; traurig, sad; g(iicflid), happy; fyofltd), polite. 

Sift bu bflfe? Qd\ bin nicfyt bofe. (Sr ift traurig. 2Bit finb ntdjt 
ftarf. @tnb fie treu? Sift bunirfjt gtucfHtf)? ^fyr feib nirf)t fletfsig. 
©ie ift md)t faut. 3ft er ntdjt miibe ? Sir finb nid)t arm. <Sinb 
fie nidjt fjofltd)? 2)u bift nid)t franf, 

4. 
I am not tall. They are idle. She is not ill. We are not 
happy. He is not short (flein). Are you not tired? They are 




— 9 — 

not rich. Is he JMga*Ugent ? Thou art not strong. They are 
not happy. BjgH| RfeP^t 6 ' ^ re they not faithful ? Is she 
not rich ? He 41 picke d. 

Masculine nouns: ber 9$aitX, the father; bet ©artCtt, the garden. 
Feminine nouns: bit Wltttttt, the mother; bte 2>tabt t the town, city. 
Neuter nouns: bct§ $inb, the child; ba§ §Ctu3, the house. 

©d)i3rt, beautiful, fine; tang, long; (jod), high; neu, new; unb, and; feljr, very. 

£)er 23ater ift gut. SDie Gutter ift traurtg. £)a3 tinb ift faut. 
£er ©artert ift ntdjt fefyr tang. £ie Stabt ift groB unb retcf). £a3 
§au3 ift iticftt hod). Q}t ber ©artert frfjon? 3ft ber better franf? 
3ft ba3 Stub nic^t fletfctg ? <$ft ba3 £au$ neu? 5Der SSoter unb bte 
SKuttcr finb gfiicfttd). 

Obs. — All German substantives begin with a capital letter. — When two 
or more substantives follow each other, the article must be repeated before 
each, unless they are all of the same gender. — The article (ber, bte, ba%) is 
different for the three genders. — The gender of nouns denoting persons is al- 
most always masculine for males, and feminine for females. — Objects not be- 
ing persons are either masculine, or feminine, or neuter. 

6. 

The house is not new. The mother and (the)* child are 
ill. The town is very beautiful. The child is not naughty. 
The father is very old. The house and (the) garden are very 
large. Is the mother not happy ? The house is not very old. 
Is the garden not very fine ? The house is very small. 



( Masc. biefer 33aunt, this tree. 

Demonstratives: ) Fern. bxefe fttatt, this woman. 

( Xeut. btefee $ferf>, this horse. 

2)er Sftcmtt, the man; o'er 33erg^ the mountain; bte SBlume, the flower; bat 
genfter, the window; off en, open; gufrtebeit, contented, satisfied, pleased; 
©ber, or* 

* A parenthesis by which one or more words are enclosed, means that 
such words are not used in the language from which the translation is made, 
and that they must be translated, A bracket enclosing: a word denotes that 
the word is employed in the language only from which the translation is 
made. Such words must be omitted in translating. 



— 10 — 

£)iefer 2ftcum ift fetjr arm. £)iefe$ gcnftcr ift fefjr t)od). ©tefe 
ffilunte ift fdjon. DicfeS $ferb ift ping unb ftarl. 3ft btefe 
grau gliicf (id) ? SMefer 23ater unb btefe gutter finb nidjt jufrieben. 
£)iefer J23aum ift fefyr groft. ©tefe grau ift "arm unb Irani. £)iefe$ 
Sinb ift fefjr bofe. Dicfer 3Kann ift nidjt fjfiflid). ©ift bu traurig 
obcr Irani? 



This woman is tired. This mountain is not high. Is this 
child good or naughty? This man is not satisfied. This child is 
not very diligent. Is this garden small or large ? Art thou 
not contented ? This window is not open. Is this house old or 
new ? This tree is very fine. Is this man rich or poor ? This 
town is very dull (langweUig). 



Masc. Fern. Neut. 

Indefinite article: em, 



PossessiVes: -j 



nteut, 
bein, 



erne, 


em, 


a; 


meine, 
beine, 


mem, 
betn, 


my; 
thy. 



S)er SBrubet, the brother; bte @d)tt)eftef, the sister; bte geber, the pen; bct§ 
iBud), the book; ber greitltb, the friend; $arl, Charles; £ntfe, Louisa; tt)0, 
where; fyter, here; nod), still, yet; abet, but. 

9J?etn 33ruber ift traurig. SKcine ©djtnefter ift Irani. SJfein 
33ud) ift fd)6n. Q\t bein ©arten grop ? 3ft betne geber gut? 3ft 
bein $ferb Hein? $ar(ift nod) em kinb. Berlin ift etne ©tabt. 
8utfe ift meine ©d)it>efter. ©em 33ruber ift ntein greunb. ©etn 
SSatcr ift nidjt fjier. 9So ift ntein 33ud) ? 3ft ntein 33ucf) ntdjt f)ier? 
3ft beine gutter nod) Irani? Qd) bin nod) nidjt ntitbe, aber bein 
33ruber unb beine @d)tt)efter finb fefyr ntube. 

^ 10. 

Charles is my brother. This child is my sister. Thou art 
my friend. Thy garden is very large. Where is thy mother ? 
A friend is faithful. Is this child thy brother ? This horse is 
still young. Where is my pen ? Thy pen is here. Louisa is 
still a child. Thy brother is idle . My friend is very diligent* 



— 11 — 





11. 




Masc. 


Fern. 


NeuU 


( unfet 
Possessives: 1 euer, 


\ ' urtjere, 
euere, 
iljre, 


ttlijer, our; 

euer, your; 
iljr, their. 


£)er ®ol)tt, the son; bit 
always. 


ZofyteT, the daught 


er; tie Satire, the door; immer, 



Obs. — The third person plur. of the English possessive (their), and the 
second person plur. of the personal pronoun {you) are translated by the same 
word \j)X. Whether in a given sentence tfyr is a possessive or a personal pro- 
noun must be determined by the connection. 

The personal pronouns bit and its plural itjr, and the corresponding pos- 
sessive Dettl and euer are used to address near relatives, intimate friends and 
children. g)il and bent refer to one person, ifyr and euer to more than one. 

Other persons less intimately connected, are addressed by the third per- 
son plural of the personal pronoun ((Bit) and the same person of the possessive 
(3fyr), which are then written with a capital initial: (Bit finb, you are (lit- 
erally they are); 3>fyr greimb, your friend (literally their friend). It makes here 
no difference whether one person is addressed or more than one. 

Thus the German ifyv (3fyr) may have three meanings: you, your, their. 
For a fourth meaning (her) see No. 25, 

Uttfer ©ctrtett ift grofc. Urtjere SBhttter tft Iran!, llnfer ^fcrb 
tft fd)6n. £)iefer SSKaxtn tft urifer 2?ater. Gucr Prober ift T)ier. 
$art ift euer 33ruber unb Strife euere ©djmefter. (Siter §aug ift 
grofj. ©iefer 9Wcam imb biefe gran finb fefjr traurtg; ifjr ®ofpn ift 
immer franf. £ar( unb 8uife finb gfticflidj; iljre 9)htttcr tft jufrte 
ben. Sty fcib traurtg; tft euer Sater nod) Irani? 3ft Ofyr Sofjtt 
ffeigig ? $ft $ljre £od)ter jufrteben? So ift 3^ 23ucf)? ^fjre 
Satire tft immer offen. ©inb Sie mein greunb ? @inb ©ie nod) 
jufrieben ? 

12. 

Our father is good. Our mother is little. Our house is 
great. Thy father is our friend. Your town is beautiful. 
Your garden is large. Your horse is small. Charles and 
Louisa are sad ; their mother is sick. This man and this 
woman are happy; their friend is here. Your son is not al- 
ways diligent. Is your child sick ? Is Charles not your friend ? 
Where is your sister? They are not here; they are sick. You 
are tired, and your sister is sad. Are you not sick ? 



— 12 



13. 



$fein, little, small; fletner, smaller; 

alt, old; alter, older; 

grog, great; grower, greater; 

jung, young; junger, younger; 

ftetjStg, diligent; fleifetger, more diligent. 

9?ut3tid), useful; ungliicfftdj, unhappy; ber §unb, the dog; bie $a£e, the cat; 
bte ^onne, the sun; bcr Sftonb, the moon; a(3, than, as. 

Obs. — In forming the comparative of an adjective, the radical vowel a 
generally changes into d; into 5; and u into it. All comparatives, without 
exception, are formed by adding er to the positive. 

Sttetrt 53rubcr ift alter ate id). 3d) bin j;iinger ate utein greimb. 
$arf tft grower ate 8uife. £)iefer 9)2ann tft grower ate nrir. 5Det 
£wtb tft tretter ate bte $a£e. £)a3 Spferb ift fdjoner unb nii£(id)er 
ate ber §nnb. £5iefe3 $inb tft fleiptger ate bit. @tc finb gtucflidjcr 
ate 3f)r Prober. $arl tft ftarfcr ate id;. Sir finb gufriebener ate 
ifyr. 8nife tft f)6flid)er ate beine @tf)tt>eftcr. 3ft -3l)r .©ruber pmger 
ate^ie? Sr ift alter, aber Hewer ate id) unb @te. Qr ift urn 
gttitf (idjer ate @ie, aber Sie finb trauriger ate cr. 

14. 

My brother is more diligent than thou. Thou art not 
younger than he. He is taller and stronger than I. Your son 
is younger than this child. The moon is smaller than the sun. 
Art thou older than I ? This dog is finer than this cat. Your 
sister is politer than you. I am more contented than thou. 
You are richer than we. We are more unhappy than you. 
This dog is more useful than your horse. Is your sister older 
than my mother ? 

15. 

©ut, good; beffer, better; 
fyod), high; I)5t)cr, higher; 

Demonstrative monouns ■ i bic 1 cr ' bie ' e ' biefe8 ' this ' this one; 
Uemonstrative pronouns, -j .^^ .^ .^ ^ that ^ 

2)a3 (Sefen, the iron; ba§ iBIet, the lead; ber <Stat)l, the steel; bte (Srbe, the 
earth; fdjraer, heavy; fyart, hard; tfyeiter, dear; fo, so, as; £it, too.. 



— 13 — 

Obs. — Demonstrative and all other adjective pronouns are placed in the 
gender of the nouns to which they refer. 

As in the second part of a comparison is translated by a 1$; in the first 
part by fo. 

2fteht 33ud) ift fcfyoner afe ieneS. 2Keine geber i(t beffer ate bicfc. 
£>er Stat)t ift tjarter ate ba$ (Sifen. ©iefer ©erg ift fjoljer ate jener. 
Die $afce ift nicb't fo treu ate bcr £mnb. £)a3 S&Ui ift nidjt fo fyart 
ate ba3 ©fen. 3ft 3ljr £>au3 md)t grower ate jene£ ? 3ft ba£ 
33(ei tljeurer ate ba$ (Stfetx ? ©er 9ftonb ift nidjt fo grofe ate bie 
Srbe. ©iefe$ ®inb ift ftetgtger ate jene^. Qmt grau ift armer ate 
biefe. Unfcr ©arten ift txtcfjt fo tang unb fdjon ate biefer. 

16. 

(The) lead is heavier than (the) iron. This tree is not so 
high as that. Is this book not better than that ? Our garden 
is smaller than this one. This house is higher than that 
one. (The) iron is more useful than (the) lead. I am not so 
old as he. (The) lead is not so dear as (the) steel. Our town 
is larger and finer than this one. We are not so rich as this 
man, but we are more contented than he. 

11. 

Singular, id) fyabe, I have; A 

bit fyaft, thou hast; 

er, fie fyat, he, she has;- • 
Plural. ftnr fyaben, we have; 

it)V fyabt, @te fyaben, you have; 

fie fyaben, they have. 

£)teUfyr, the watch; ba% iDfcffer, the knife; Sftecfyt, right; Unrecfyt, wrong; 
§etnrtd), Henry; Snbttng, Lewis; fur, for; and), also; toarum, why. — I am 
right, lam wrong, id) fyabe Sftecfyt, id) fyabe Unrecfyt (not id) bin Sftecfyt or Unrecfyt). 

Qd) fjabe SJedjt. ©u I>aft ttnredjt. Qd) fyabe ein 53urf>. £)u 
fyaft eine geber. 2ttein ©ruber fyat eine Ufyr. Sir fyaben ein §au$. 
3fyr fyabt ein ^ferb. $art unb gnife fyaben eine ta^e. £>aft bu 
eine ©cfyrcefter? £at biefer 2ttann eine Stouter? §abt ifyr ein 
tinb? £)iefe Ufyr ift fur tneine SUhttter. £)iefe geber ift fur tart. 
§aben @ie nocfy 3fyre SDhttter ? SBarum fyaft bu mein 3Reffer ? 3cfy 
tjabe beta SKeffer nicfyt. 



— 14 



18. 



Charles, hast thou my pen? Louisa, hast thou my book ? 
Henry has thy pen, and Lewis has thy book. Thou art right. 
My son is wrong. We have a book and a pen. Have you also 
a horse and a watch ? This knife is for Henry. Is this watch 
for thy mother? Has your friend a knife? Charles and Lewis 
have a horse. Has your father still a sister? Is^this flower 
for my daughter ? Are you right or wrong ? Have you my 
pen? I have not your pen. 

19. 

Past Participles: gefauft, bought; Detfauft, sold; gefltttbett, found; oeru> 
ren, lost; genommett, taken; gefefyen, seen. 

Obs, — In all principal sentences the past participle is detached from the 
auxiliary and placed at the end of the sentence, — -L^od) tud)t (not md)t nod)), 
not yet. 

$$) tjabe mem 33ud) uerloren. §aft bit mem Sfteffer gefunben? 
QA) fyabe bein 3Jieffer tttcfyt gefunben. 28o tft metne geber? £abt 
it)r metne geber ? SBtr fyaben betne geber ntdjt. SSJicin 33ater Ijat 
btefeS ^ferb gefauft. SBtr Ijabeit unfer £)aus berfcmft. So f^aft bit 
metne Uf)r gefunben? SSarum fyaben @te metne U^r genommen? 
$i) Ijctbe Qfyvt 2Jtutter unb $fjre Sdjiuefter gefefyen. SBarum fyai Qtjv 
SSater btefe$ £)au$ md)t gefauft? £mt betn 33ruber metne geber ge* 
nommen ? Gr Ijat betne geber md)t genommen. §abeu @te metne 
U(}r uod) md)t gefunben ? 

20. 

Where hast thou found this book ? Have you lost your pen ? 
Has your father bought this horse ? Why have you sold your 
watch ? Why have you not taken my pen ? My brother has 
found thy knife. We have seen thy mother. I have not yet 
seen this w^oman. Charles and Lewis have lost their mother; 
they are very sad. 

21. 

Nominative. Accusative. Objective. 

2)er $ater, ben $ater, the father; 

biefer $ater, biefen $ater, this father. 



— 15 — 

3)er $omg, the king; ber §ut, the hat; ber @toef, the stick, the cane; ber 
33rtef, the letter; oft, often; fd)0tt, already. 

Past Participles : gefdjrieben, written; erfyalten, received. 

Obs. — The direct object is placed in the accusative case. The accusative 
in the neuter and feminine is the same as the nominative. — If the article or 
pronoun belongs to two coordinate nouns of different genders, the article and 
pronoun must be repeated in German before every noun: ber $ater Uttb 
bte Sftlttter, the father and mother* 

3?dj I)abe ben ®omg gefefyen. £aft bit ben 33rtef erljattett? 
9Jietne ©cfiroefter Ijat ben ^Brief nod) nidjt gefdjrteben. §einrtd) ljat 
hm ©totf fcerioren. SDlein 25ater fyat btefen ©arteit nnb biefeS £)au$ 
gcfauft. So Ijabt tl)r btefett S)nnb nnb btefe $a£e gefnnben ? $d) 
fyabe btefen Sftamt fdpn oft gefeljen. SBarum Ijaben @ic btefen §nt 
genommen? 2Btr l)aben btefen 4Brtef gefnnben. §at betn -©ruber 
btefen ©toe! fcerloren ? 

22. 

. We have sold the house and the garden. Have you bought 
this dog and this horse ? I have seen the man and woman, 
the son and daughter. I have not written this letter. Where 
have you found this book and cane ? Has thy brother bought 
this tree ? This letter is for this man. Hast thou lost this 
hat ? Hast thou not taken this book and pen ? Hast thou 
already seen the king ? I have not yet seen the king. 

23. 

Mm. ctn@ortcn f ) d Mm. mem §mtb, ! mvdo2 , 

Accus. einen ©arten, f a & araen - Accus. metnen Jpunb, j y g ' 

£)er SBogef, the bird; ber ©tufyt, the chair; ber %\\&), the table; ber 33(etfttft, 
the pencil; ber -ftadjbar, the neighbor; frorj, Dergniigt, glad. 

Obs. — The accusative masculine sing, of all adjective pronouns (See No. 
9, 11, 15) is formed by the ending en. The e of this ending is generally- 
dropped in unfer and euer (imfern, euertt). — The preposition fur requires the 
next noun in the accusative. 

SWcin ©ruber ift fefyr f rot) ; er Ijat etnen 25oge(. §dft bu einen 
©rief erfyalten? Qdj fjabc metnen §nt aertoren. £)aben@te metnen 
§nnb fdjon gefefyen? SStr Ijaben etnen Z\)<$) unb @tuf)t gefauft. 



— 16 — 

SWein -©ruber Ijat betnen ©tod genommen. SSo Ijaft bu betnen $8ku 
ftift gefauft? 3Btr Ijaben unferuSSater unb unfere SJhitter Derloren. 
3d) fyabe ^fyren 33ricf nidjt erljaften. §at bent ©ruber unjem ©ar- 
ten unb unfer £)au3 fcfyott gefe^en? Unfcr 9?ad)bar fyat ben $ontg 
gefefyen. $aft bu biefeu SSogei gefauft ober jenen? 

24. 

We have lost our dog. This man has lost a son and a 
daughter. Where have you' found my pencil? Have you al- 
ready seen my brother and mother ? I have bought a hat for 
my sister. Our neighbor has found thy knife and cane. 
Where hast thou bought this table ? Thy brother has taken 
my chair. Have you written a letter ? We have found this 
stick and that one. We have not seen your pen. I have 
written this letter for my father. 

25. 

Nam. fein, feme, fern, { -- .. itjr, tyre, tyr, i h 
Accus. feinen, feme, fein, j ' " iljren, tfyre, ifyr, ) 

©efefen, read (past participle); gefannt, known; ber Dnfel, the uncle; bte 
Xante, the aunt; ber gtngertjnt, the thimble; bie ^djeere, the scissors; grcm, 
wife, woman. 

2ftetu greimb ift traurig; fein SSater unb fetue gutter finb Irani. 
SJJeine £ante ift jufrieben; ifyr ©ofyn unb ifyre £od)ter finb feijr 
flet^ig. £>emrtd) fjat feinen ©tocf, feine Ut)r unb fein 2#effer t>er^ 
toren. fiutfe I)at ifyren gingerlntt, itjre geber unb iljr $8ud) fcerloren. 
(Sner Dnfel l)at fein £au8 unb feinen ©arien Derfauft. £)iefe grau 
l)at ifjren Sftann unb ifjr Stub Dertoren. £)tefe £od)ter t)at einen 
33rtef fiir tfyre 2Kutter gefd)rieben. $art tjat feinen 33ater ntd)t ge* 
fannt. SDic £ante l)at beinen unb ntetuen iBrief gelefeu. 

26. 

The father has lost his son. The mother has lost her 
daughter. My uncle has sold his watch. Our aunt has sold 
her scissors. Henry has found his pencil Louisa has found 
her thimble. I have seen this man and his son, this woman 
and her daughter. My mother has lost her pen and her knife. 



My brother has taken his hat. I have seen your aunt; hai 
she still her horse? This man is very sad; he has lost hid 
wife. Charles has written a letter for his father. My aunt 
has bought this book for her son, 

27. 

Nominative, tie gutter, the mother; Mefe 3Jftttter, this mother; 

Genitive. ber WttitttV, of the mother; biefer 2ft utter, of this mother. 

£>ie 9fta$b, the maid -servant; tie ^btugtrt, the queen; Me -Tcacrjbartn, the 
(female) neighbor. Past Participles : augefomtnen, arrived; abgeretft, departed. 

S5tc 3Rutter ber Sontgin ift cmgefommert. SDer 23ater ber ^lad)* 
bartn ift abgereift. Q&) fyabe ben ©artett ber Xante gefetjen. §aben 
<2ie ben ©leiftift ber@djtpefter gefunbeu ? ©iefe yxau ift bic Sdjwt* 
fter ber 9?ad)bartn. j)iefer 2Karot ift ber ©ruber ber 3Ragb. 25a$ 
Stnb biefer grew ift immer Iranf. 

28/ 

The hat of the mother is beautiful. The sister of the queen 
is not beautiful. Is the father of the servant arrived ? Are 
you the brother of the (female) neighbor ? I am the sister of 
this woman. Hast thou taken the chair of the sister ? Have 
you seen the horse of the aunt ? We have known the father 
of this servant. The pencil of this woman is too small. 

29. 

Masc. Nom. ber $ater, the father; biefer 33ater, this father; ^ 

Gen. be§ Waters, of the father; MeieS 2*ater3, of this father; 

Neuter. Norn. ba§ £inb, the child; biefeS $inb, this child; 

Gen. bee &inbe$, of the child; Mejes £inbee, of this child. 

SDer <2>d)ur)macrjer, the shoemaker; ber ^djnetber, the tailor; ber (Partner, the 
gardener; ber #aufmatm, the merchant; ber&rgt, the physician; b(X3 ^tmmer, 
the room; ba3 %$oit, the people; ber £errfd)er, the ruler. 

Obs. — All masculine and neuter nouns ending in ev, et, en take $ in the 
genitive singular. All other neuter and most of the other masculine nouns, 
not ending in e, take e§ or § in the genitive. Feminine nouns are indeclinable 
in the singular. 

Die SDiagb be3 ©djnetberS ift front £>er©ol)tt be3 %latf)bax% ift 

nod) feljr pmg. £>te Slume be$ ©artnerS ift fefyr fd)6n. Der @ar* 



— 18 — 

ten be$ ®5nig§ ift fefyr grop. £)er $onig ift ber §crrfd>er be$ 23otfe$. 
£>ie grou be3 2trjte$ ift immer jufrieben. Qd) Ijabe ben ©arten be$ 
DnfelS gefefyen. SStr fyaben ba$ ^ferb be$ HaufmannS gefauft. 
§aft bn ben Sletftift be3 33ruber3 genommen ? 2Bo ift bie 9ttagb be3 
®d)ut)mad)er3? £>ie £l)i'tre be3 3^ nTrrter ^ $ intmer off en. £>ie 
Softer biefeS SftanneS ift abgereift. Sir Ijaben bie ^flutter biefeS 
Sinbe8 gefannt. £)er ©arteu biefes £>aufe3 ift Kern. 

30. 

This man is the brother of the gardener. This woman is 
the sister of the shoemaker. This child is the son of the tailor. 
The door of the house is not open. I have seen the son and 
daughter of the physician. We have seen the horse of the 
merchant. The servant of the neighbor is the sister of this 
gardener. Why is the door of this room open ? We have 
known the son of this merchant. The dog of the neighbor is 
faithful. The mother of this child is arrived. 

31. 

Mm-, em SBater, cine Gutter, em $mb; 

Gen. eines Waters, einer Sautter, eines $tnbe$. 

3)er 9tegettfd)trm, the umbrella; ba$ gfebermeffer, the penknife; geftern, yester- 
day. 

Obs.— The pronouns tttein, betn, fettt, iijt, Uttfer, euer, are declined like em, 
cine, em; jetter (that) is declined like btefer. 

@tnb @ie ber ©ofyn eineS SCrjteS? 3d) bin ber ©oljn eineS 
®aufmcmn$. $abm ©ie ba$ £)<m3 meineS 9?ad)bar3 gefauft ? £>er 
©ruber beineS greuubefc ift geftern angefommen. 23Jo ift ber SRegeu* 
fd)irm beineS Dnfete ? £wft bu ba$ gimmzx metner ©cfyroefter ge* 
feljen? Sir fyaben ben 53rief beiner 2ttutter gefef en. 3Dtem Dnlci 
Ijat ba$ §au$ $f)re3 SSaterS gefauft. Qd) Ijabe ben ©tpcf Qi)tc$ 
©rubers fcertoreu. £>er ©arten unferS* 9?ad)bar$ ift fefyr grog. 
Unfere 9Kagb ift bie Softer eureS ©drtner^. 9£o ift ber 9?egen* 
fdjirm unfercr SDiutter ? tart t)at ben gingerfjut feiner ©djtoefter ge* 
nommen. Cuife fyat ba$ gebermeffer ttjrer Zantt genommen. £)ie 
STOutter jeneS SinbeS ift franf. £>er @oljn fener grew Ijat mem 
Sfteffer gefunben. 



— 19 — 

32. 

I have found the hat of the child. Are you the servant of 
mv uncle? I am the servant of your tailor. The penknife of 
thy brother is very good. The pen of thy sister is not good. 
The house of our aunt is large. Henry has lost the letter of his 
father. Louisa has found the pen of her brother. Is the 
garden of our uncle as fine as this one? (See Xo. 15.) We 
have found the hat of your neighbor's son (the hat of the son 
of your neighbor). Lewis has read the letter of his friend. 
Louisa has bought a flower for a child of her sister. 



33. 

Norn, ber 23ruber, the brother; 

Dat. bem iBritbet, to the brother; 
Norn. ba§ SBud), the book; bte ®d)U)cfter, the sister; 

Dat. bem 23ud)e, to the book; ber (Sdjroefter, to the sister. 

SYNOPSIS. 

Mm. ber, bte, ba%, btefer, btefe, btefeS; 

Gen. be§, ber, be3, bteieS, btefer, biefeS; 

Dat. bem, ber, bem, btefem, biejer, biefem; 

Ace. ben, bte, ba%, btefen, btefe, btefes. 

©e^ort, belongs. Pant Participles: gelteljett, lent; gegebett, given; gefd)tcft, sent; 
fcerfprod)en, promised; ge^eigt, shown. X\t greunbttt, the (female) friend. 

Obs. 1. — The dative singular of nouns ending in er, el, eit takes no end- 
ing. The dative singular of nouns that take e§ or 8 in the genitive has the 
ending e, but this ending may be always dropped. 

2. The dative generally precedes the accusative. 

3. The English emphatic form of the verb, formed by the auxiliary to 
do must always be rendered by the common form in German, without any 
auxiliary: Does he belong (belongs he), gefjort er? He does not belong (he be- 
longs not), er gefyort rtidjt. 

$)iefe$ $cw3 gefyort bem Dnfet mehteS 9vCtd)bctr£. fetter ©arten 
gef)brt ber Xante metneS greimbeS. Qti} t)abe bem SSater einenSrtef 
gefdjricben. ©ie fyat ber gmmbut ifyrer ©djroefter eine SQlvmt gege* 
ben. $art fjat ber ©d)tt>efter fctn gebermeffer geftefyett. §aft bit 
bem Slr^te mcirt 23ud) gefdjirft? Qi) Ijabe biefem Stube emeu 23oge( 
fcerjprodjen. £>emvid) Ijat biefer grau unfern 9?egenfd)irm geUcfccu. 



— 20 — 

Strife f)ctt Mefem SKanne nnfern ©arten gejeigt. $&) fyabe meine 
geber bent gmmbe meineS 33rnber3 gegeben. ©teje$ 33nd) gel)brt 
metnem 2$ater nicfyt. 

34. 

This hat belongs to the gardener. This house belongs to 
the mother of my friend. I have written to my uncle and 
aunt. My sister has lent her thimble to the friend (fern.) of 
your brother. My uncle has sent a watch to the son of your 
neighbor (fern.). Have you given a chair to this child? Have 
you lent an umbrella to this woman ? Does this garden belong 
to the king ? No, it belongs to the sister of the king. We 
have sold our horse to the friend of our uncle. Does this knife 
belong to this or that servant ? 

35. 

Nam. ein SButf), a book; erne geber, a pen; 

Bat. einem iBudje, to a book; etner geber, to a pen. 

£)er ^Better, ber £ouftn, the cousin, bte 23afe, bte (Souftne, the (female) cousin; 
$tm a lie, Amelia; bie (Mrtnertn, the (female) gardener or the gardener's wife. 

a a iTok K? itS 8 ' } «» »»* ~ Setter. 

' SYNOPSIS. 

Nam. ein, etne, ein, mein, meine, metn, unfer, nnfere, unfer; 

Gen. etne§, etner, etne$, meine£, meiner, metneS, nnjereS, unjerer, unfereS; 

DaU einem, etner, einem, metnem, meiner, metnem, unferem, nnjerer, unjerem; 

Ace. einen, etne, ein, metnen, metne, metn, nnferen, unjere, mtjer.* 

liefer ©arten gefyort einem ©cfmfymadjer. £5tefe3 SD&ffer gefybrt 
etner 9ttagb. ?nife l)at metnem SSater einen ^Brief gefdjrieben. 
£>einrid) ljat meiner SJhttter etne 33fame gegeben. 3d) I)abc 3fyrem 
Onfcl metn ^3ferb cjelte^eu. @te fyaben unferer Xante 3fjr §an3 
Derfanft. £art §at (einem grennbe ein 33nd) gefd)icft. Slmatte ijat 
ifyrer grennbtn einen gingerfjnt geliefjen. ©iefer 3Kann f)at enrer 
^iadjbarin einen SSogel gefdjtdt. §aft bn metnem 23ater biefe Ufyr 
gegeben? §abt itjr nnferer Safe einen 33(ei[tift gettefjen? (Sine 
3Jiagb meiner SKutter ljat ifyren gingerljnt uertoren. 

* The e ot the ending is generally dropped in unferS, unjerm, tinfem. 



21 



36. 



I have lent my pen to a friend of my brother's. Hast thou 
given thy cat to a friend (fern.) of my sister's ? We have given 
the letter to a servant of the physician's. Have you sent this 
flower to our gardener ? This garden belongs to my cousin 
(masc. and fern.). This umbrella does not belong to your 
brother. Does this pen belong to thy brother or to thy sister? 
Has Henry written to his father or to his mother?' Has Louisa 
written to her uncle or aunt ? Have you seen the gardener's 
wife ? I have not seen her, but I have seen her brother. 

37. 

3d) fpvedje, I speak, or I am speaking, or I do speak; 
tuir fpredjeit, we speak, or we are speal^irjg, or we do speak; 
id) roerbe geltebt, I am loved; 
er nnrb geltebt, be is loved. 

Obs. — The preposition rjOtt, of, from, is followed by the dative: oort bem 
Skater (of, from the father). 

Of is translated by the genitive, if it depends on a substantive : the 
father of the friend, ber SBater be§ greunbeS. 

Of is translated by t>ott, if it depends on a verb, not governing the 
genitive. Verbs governing the genitive will be marked as such: I speak of 
thy father, id) fpred)e i)ott beinem SBatcr. 

By governed by a passive verb is translated by t)0tt with the dative: 3$ 
toerbe Don metnem t^ofyne ejetiebt, I am Joved by my son. 

Q&) Ijabe ba% 23ud) be$ States gcfeljen. §aben ©te biz\t% 33ud) 
Don bem Strjte erljdten? 2£tr tjaben ben ©arten unferS 9?ad)bar3 
gefauft §aben ©ie bicjert ©arten don $f) rem 9?ai)bar gefauft? 
$d) fyabe btefe Uf)t* Don metnem Dnfcl erljatten. £etnrtd) fyat etnen 
4Brief t)on fetnem 3Satcr unb fetner 9)?uttcr ertjalten. Qd) fpredje Don 
bem Sontge unb ber Sonigin. 2Btr fprecfjen Don -Severn .©ruber unb 
Qtyzv @d)toeftcr, Don btefem 3Kamte unb btefer grau. ©predjen 
©te Don metnem 23etter ober metner 4Bafc? §einrid) tturb Don fetnem 
S3ater unb feiner 2)2utter geltebt 

38. 

I have received this horse from my friend. I have bought 
this eat of thy sister. Louisa has received an umbrella from 



— 22 — 

her uncle and a watch from her aunt. I speak of this dog and 
of this cat, of this bird and of this flower. We are speaking 
of your cousin (masc. and fern.). Amelia is loved by her 
uncle and aunt. Our (fern.) gardener has received a letter 
from her son and daughter. Henry is the son of this shoemaker 
and Louisa is the daughter of this tailor. 

39. 

©djon, beautiful; fd)5ner, more beautiful; ber fdjonfte, the most beautiful; 

gut, good; beffer, better; ber befte, the best; 

l)0d), high; fyofyer, higher; ber i)5d)[te, the highest. 
2)a3 Stfyier, the animal; ber £oroe, the lion; ber Sttger, the tiger; ba% Sftetatf, 
the metal; bd$ ©tlber, the silver; ba% @olb, the gold. 

Obs. — The superlative is formed by adding fie or efte, and softening the 
radical vowel, that is changing a into a, into o and u into ii. 

3Me $a£e ift md)t fo [tar! ate ber $unb. £)er Bwt ift ftarler 
afe ber £iget\ £)er gome ift ba$ ftarffte Sfyier. 9ftein 9tacpar ift 
reidjer ate @ie; er ift ber reidrfte 9Rann ber ©tabt. 35a$ ©olb ift 
fdjmerer ate ba$ ©tlber. $5a8 (Sifen ift nufettcfyer ate ba3 ©tfber. 
£)a£ (Stfen ift ba3 ttiifetidtfte detail guife ift fdjoner ate Slmalie; 
aber ^einricf) ift i*a% fdjonfte Sinb. gubttrig ift jiinger ate bu; er ift 
ber {imgfte ©oi)n unferS 9?ad)bar3. $ar( ift alter ate idj; er ift ber 
attefte ©oljn metneS Dnt'efe. £)er §unb ift fefyr treu. T)er ipmib 
ift ba$ trcuftc £l)ier. $5iefeS 33ud) ift beffer ate jeneS. £)u bift ber 
befte greunb metneS ©rubers. £)a3 £>au3 bicfcS SaufmanneS ift ba$ 
Ijocfyfte ber ©tabt <2ie ift bie bofefte grau ber ©tabt. 

40. 

Louisa is very beautiful; she is more beautiful than her 
sister, but the most beautiful child is Amelia. This tailor is 
the happiest man in (of the) town. Henry is more diligent 
than Lewis, but Charles is the most diligent son of your friend. 
He is the oldest, but also the most wicked man in town. 
You are not so poor as my cousin, but the poorest man is my 
father. My chair is too high: this one is higher; but the 
highest chair belongs to my mother. Your pen is very good; 
my pen is better; but the best pen is that (bie) of my father. 



— 23 — 

41. 
INTERROGATIVE SUBSTANTIVE PRONOUNS. 

Kom. Xotx, who? 
Dat. tvtm, to whom ? 

don ttiem, of whom, from whom ? 
Ace. tt>ert, whom ? 

fur ruert, for whom ? 
Norn, and Ace. \va$, what ? 
(?§,it; etroaS, something, anything; md)t$, nothing, not— anything; Semano, 
somebody, anybody; Dhemanb, nobody, not — anybody; ba f there. 

Obs. — The personal pronoun of the third person has three genders: er, 
he; fie, she; e£, it. If the English it refers to things, masculine in German, 
it is not translated by e$, but by er; if it refer/5 to things of feminine gender, 
it is translated by fie; if to neuters by ee: the chair — it is high, bev Stltfyf — 
er ift f)od); the flower — it is beautiful, tie SBhrme — f t e if! |d)6n; the book — it is 
useful, ba§ 23ud)— e 3 ift nufchd). 

JB&tt ift ba? (23 ift ber ©djttetber; e3 ift §etnrid). Ser ift 
jener aftamt? g3 ift ber Scfynfymadjer; c3 ift ber 2o()tt be$ 2(r$te$. 
Ser fyat biefen $rief gefefyricben? Sent gefjort biefer Jpunb ? Grr 
grijiirt unferm 3laSfbav. Sent gefyort bicfc Ufyr? Sie geljort mcincr 
©djtuefter. Sent Ijaben (gie ben &\\t gcgeben ? 23on mem fyaben 
@ic bicfc $3tume erfjatten? Sen Ijabcn Sie gefefjen? Sa$ fjaben 
Sie Dcriorcn? $d) l)abe nidjts ucrlorcn. $abm Sie etmaS gefim* 
bctt? So iff dip ©ruber ? gr ift mdjt fjier. 3ft ^emanb ba ? 
SRiemanb ift ba. §at ^emanb metne geber genommen? SRiemanb 
!)at fie genommen. 

42. 

Who is there? It is my tailor; it is Charles. Who is that 
woman? She is the wife of the shoemaker; she is the servant 
of the neighbor. To whom have you lent your knife ? To the 
son of the gardener. To whom has your brother sold his dog? 
To the sister of my friend. From whom hast thou received 
this bird ? From the father of this woman. What have you 
bought? I have not bought anything (bought nothing). 
Of whom do you speak ? I am speaking of your cousin. Has 
anybody read my letter? Nobody has read your letter. Have 
you seen anything ? I have seen your watch. It is here. For 



— 24 — 

whom have you sent this chair ? It belongs to your father. 
To whom does that pen belong ? It belongs to my gardener 
(fern.). Whom have you sent? I have sent my maid-servant. 
Where is my pen? It is not here; it is there. 

43. 

INTERROGATIVE ADJECTIVE PP.ONOUNS. 

Mm. uietcfyer, toetcfye, iueldjeS, which or what; 

Dat U)e(d)em, tt>e(d)er, roefdjem, to which, to what; 

Ace. iDefdjetl, ft>eld)e, tt)e(d)e§, which, what (objective case). 

2)ei* £ifd)ter, the joiner; bcr iftocf, the coat; in, in or into; mtt, with; bet, 
with (at the house of). 

Past Participles: gegemgen, gone; auSgegcmgen, gone out; gejprod)eu, 
spoken; gemad)t, made, done. 

Obs. — (1) What is translated by tt)eld)er etc. only if followed by a noun. 

(2) The prepositions mitand bet govern the dative (mtt loent, with whom etc.). 

(3) The preposition in governs the dative, if it corresponds to in, the accu- 
sative, if it means into. 

Setter £tfd)ier Ijat btefen Z\\ti) gemadjt ? SS3etcf)c 9ftagb ^at 
btefen ©rtef gefdjrteben ? SBcIdjcn Jpimb fyabett @te gefauft ? SSelcfye 
UI)r I)aft bit uerforcn? SBcIc^cS $aui Ijat 3fy: 93atcr Dcrfauft? 
95on tt)rid)cm S>oIfe fpredjcu @ie ? SJJit tt)e(d)cm greunbe bift bu 
auSgegangen? Qn wddjmx ©arten Ijat er ben 33oget gefunben? 
9£>eid)e gcber fjaft bit ba? Setdjer gran l)aft bu.bcin 2Reffer gegc^ 
ben ? SSo l)aben @tc metnen ©ruber gefefjen ? 59et $f)rem Dnfet, 
bet O^rcr SJJutter. Wit wddjcv gran Ijabcn @ie geftern gefprodjeu? 
Witt bcr gran memeS 9?ad)bar3. ffio tft ©em ©ruber ? Sr tft in 
ntetnem £>aufe; er tft bet metner 2Kutter; bet bent ©drtner. Sr tft 
in ben ©arten gegangen. Sari f)at fetnen ©ruber in ba$ ^imtftcr 
gefd)tdt. SSoti toem tyaben @ie biefe UI)r gefauft ? 3^ f) abe H e to 
bem ©arten gefunben. 

44. 

Where is your sister ? She is in her garden. With whom 
has she spoken? With her cousin (fern.). Where is your 
cousin ? He is with (at the house of) his friend. Is your father 



— 25 — 

gone out ? He is gone out with the physician. Which letter 
have you written ? What book have you read? What have 
you found in the garden ? Which pen have you taken ? What 
house have you bought in (the) town? I have yesterday 
spoken with your brother at the house of your neighbor. From 
what gardener hast thou received this flower ? Wliere have 
you lost your thimble ? At the house of my father. With 
whom has (ift) your brother departed? Which cane have you 
lost? Have you sent the maid-servant into the garden? I have 
sent the servant into the house of my father. Has (3ft) 
Charles gone into his room ? What tailor has made this coat ? 
My sister has made it for her brother. 

45. 
RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 

** |K* er ' bif C ' Si** } -hoo, which (that); 

»* { K^'S^'ff" 1 } to whom, to which; 

Acc ' | ben, bte, bag J wh <> m » w^ch, that (obj. case). 

§)er 3fyfel, the apple; bte 33tme, the pear; ber ©djfiler, the scholar, the pupil; 
jematS, ever. 

Past Participles: cjegeffett, eaten; cjefyeift, dined. 

Obs. — (l)Relative pronouns are placed in the gender of the preceding 
noun to which they refer (antecedent). — (2) Clauses beginning with a relative 
pronoun, require the auxiliaries to be placed at the end, immediately after 
the participles. — (3) In such clauses simple verbs without participles are also 
placed at the end of the clause. 

SBtr fyaben etnen ©ruber, ttetejer (ber) feljr groft ift. 3#* l)abt 
cine ©djwefter, tt>etrf)e (bic) fetjr fiein ift. 9)tan (Sofyn l)at em ©udj, 
mlti)& (ba$) fefyr nufcttd) ift. £)er ©arten, toetcfyen (ben) bein Onfct 
gefauft fyat, ift feljr-fdjon. ©ie geber, toeldje metn better gefunben 
l)at, ift fefyr gut. 3d) f)abe ba$ £>au$ gefefyen, luel^e^ $f)r SSater 
gefauft l)at. £aben @ic etnen gingerljut gefunben, ben metne &d)m? 
fter cerloren fyat ? §aft bu ben 2fyfe( gegeffen, toetdjen in in bem 
©arten gefunben fyaft ? 3d) fyabe bte iBirne gegeffen, bic tdj in ber 
©tabt gefauft fyabe. §)ier ift ber Sttann, tteldjem ©te Qi}xm 33rtef 
gegeben fyaben. §ier ift bte gran, ttjetcfjer ttnr imfero §mnb fcerfauft 



— 26 — 

fjaben. £ncr ift ber 2frjt, Don bem nrir fo oft foremen, gin 9ttann, 
ber Don ctncm greunbe getiebt ttnrb, ift reid). £)ier ift mein 9?ad)bar, 
bei bem id) geftern gefpeift fyabe. 233o ift fyty Sreunb, mit bcm 2ie 
geftern gefprodjen fyaben? Sari ift ber befte ©djiiler, ben id) jemate 
gefannt fjabe. (S8 ift ba$ tljeuerfte 33ud), ba3 id) jemate gefauft 
Ijabe. £)a3 23nd), in ipekfyem bn getefen fyaft, ift nid)t gnt. 



46. 
I have a dog which is very little. We have i 



cat that is 

very fine. My father has bought a horse which is beautiful. 
Your friend who has bought this house, is in (the) town. The 
woman who has made this coat, is very diligent. The child 
that has lost his penknife, is yery sad. -Where is the man 
whom I have seen at the house of thy father ? The man with 
whom (at whose house) we have dined, is departed. Hast 
thou found the man for whom I have bought this watch ? Have 
you found the man to whom you have lent your watch ? Have 
you seen the umbrella which my mother has bought? Hast 
thou found the pear which thy brother has lost? We have 
seen the horse which your uncle has sold. Where is the thimble 
which you have found ? I have taken the pencil which my 
cousin has bought. Henry has eaten the apple which his 
brother has received. Have you seen the woman of whom we 
speak? Have you read the letter which I have written ? 
Have you found the boy to whom this penknife belongs ? Where 
is the pen with which you have written this letter? The man 
with whom you have (finb) arrived, is departed. Your brother 
is the most diligent man that I have ever seen. The highest 
house that is in this city, belongs to my father. 

47. 



CORRELATIVES. 



Masc* 
Fern. 

Neuter (I) ■ 

Neuter (2) ■ 



berjenige, ber (toeldjer) 
ber, toeldjer (ber) 
biejentge, tie (rneldje) 
bie, toetcfye (bie) 
ba§jemc;e, ba% (tuetdjeS) 
ba§, toetcfje^ (ba%) 
baSjenige, toa$ 

teas 



he who 
she who 
that which 



the one that 



that which (what). 



— 27 — 

£)erjenige, ben, the one whom (which); berjenige (ber), nut bem, the one with 
whom; ber (bit, ba§) meine& SBruberS, that (the one) of my brother. 

Obs. — (1) The English that which, if it may be replaced by the one that, 
must be rendered by the masculine berjenige, ber etc., if it refers to things 
masculine in German. Keferring to things feminine, it must be translated 
by the feminine biejemge, bte etc.: that (the letter) which we have written, berje- 
nige (berSBrief), bt\\ ratr gefefyrteben fyaben. — (2) The second form of the neuter 
(baSjenige, tt)a$; ba$, tt)a§; or nm§ alone) is used, if the English that which may 
be leplaced by what, and not by the one that, so that it refers to things "in 
general": That which (what) you have said, is true, ba§, tt>a$ (baSjetltge, ttm§ or 
tt>a$ alone) @ie gefagt fyaben, ift tt>al)r. 

3>rjenige (ber), toeld)er (ber) jufricben ift, ift reid). liefer gin* 
gerfyut ift beffer aU ber meiner Sdjwefter. £iefe Utjr ift Hcincr ate 
bie beineS ©rubers. £>iefe$ §>au3 ift fdjoner ate ba$ unferS $lady 
barg. ^d) fyabe tneinen fmt Derforen imb ben tneineS Setters. SSir 
Ijaben beine geber gefunben unb bie beineS greunbeS. £)einrid) fyat 
ineitt ^tmmer "SHcfjcn unb ba$ meineS Dnfete. §aft bit meinen 
©tod genommen ober ben meineS 33ruber3 ? £)a£ ift nid)t beine 
©fame, ba$ ift bie meiner SDiutter. £aben ©ie mein 2fteffer ober 
ba$ be$ ®artncr« ? ©predjen ©ie Don meinem Sotjne ober Don bent 
be$ 2lr jteS ? £)a$ *Pf erb, tt)e(d)e3 foir gefauft fyaben, ift jitnger, ate 
ba$ 3f)re$ SBaterS. 2JJeine 9Kutter ift nidjt biejemge, bie biefen £mt 
gefauft fjat. £>iefer 53rief ift nid)t ber, ben id) gefdjrieben Ijabe. 
£>iefe Uljr ift bie, totldjt id) gefunben Ijabe. 95?ae id) geiefen Ijabe, 
ift fefjr traurig. 3Der, mit bent id) ge[prod)eu fyabe, ift mem greunb. 
©aS, tpaS bu meinem S3ater Derfprodjen fyaft, ift nod) nidjt ange= 
fommen. £)tefe3 <pferb ift tfyeurer, ate ba$ienige, toefdjeS toir ge* 
fauft fyaben. liefer &tafy ift mcfjt garter, afe ber, ben bein SSater 
gefdjicft Ijat. £iefe Ut>r ift nidjt beffer ate bie, toeldje id) beiner 
@d)tt)efter getiefjen l)abe. 

48. 

He who is rich, is not always contented. Are you (a woman) 
the one that has taken this umbrella ? She who has written 
this letter, is not in this town. My brother is not the one to 
whom this watch belongs. That horse is not that which we 
have bought. This pencil is not that which I have found. 
This table is the one which your joiner has made. This flower 



— 28 



is that which your sister has sent. This steel is harder than 
that which your father has sent. That which you have 
written, is sad. What your father has sent is here. That 
which we have read of your brother is very sad. The 
room of my neighbor is larger and higher than that of my 
friend. This umbrella is finer than that which we have bought. 
Have you taken my pen or that of my sister? This is not your 
pencil; it is that of my brother. I speak of my book and of 
that of your friend. Louisa has lost her thimble and that of 
her mother. Thou hast eaten my apple and that of my cousin. 
My watch is better than that of my cousin (fern.). I have 
received your letter and that of your brother. He whom you 
have sent, has shown this letter to my father. My son is not 
the one for whom you have made that coat. This man is the 
one of whom we have spoken. This steel is harder than that 
of thy friend. 

49. 

JVbwi. £emrtdj, Henry , Siltfe, Louisa; 2)eutfd)(cmb, Germany; 

Gen. $einridj* { Henry'?f Stti f en * j LouTsa'sT ?CTtW«K ?* Germany; 
Dot. §etnrtd), to Henry; £uijett f to Louisa; 2)eutfd)fanb, to Germany; 

Ace. §einrtd), Henry; £uife or guifen, Louisa; 2)eutfd)Ianb, Germany. 



igtyamen, Spain; 
Statien, Italy; 
^reufcen, Prussia; 
Sftllftlcmb, Russia; 
SBten, Vienna; 
Wofyttt, lives; 

29te 6eiJ3t betrt ^Setter ? what is your cousin's name ? what is your cousin called ? 
3>er §ut §etnrid)3 or £einridj3 §ut, the hat of Henry, Henry's hat. 



gBtQelm, William; 
3ol)ann, John; 
(fttttlie, Emily; 
Sofyanne, Jane; 
grantmd), France; 
gel}t f goes; 



$oIlt, Cologne; 
23uiffe(, Brussels; 
Styon, Lyons; 
§auptftabt, capital ; 
$cufer, emperor ; 
Ijeiftt, is called. 



Obs. — (1) Proper names of all descriptions take §, never e$, in the geni- 
tive; those of females in c take n§. — The dative of proper names never takes 
e, but is generally like the nominative; those of females in t take tt. 

(2) Proper names may be declined with the definite article, especially 
in the dative without a preceding preposition (bent §etnrid), to Henry). If so 
declined they do not take any ending (be§ §ehmd) f fcer Sllife). 

(3) Instead of the genitive of proper names denoting places, the prepo- 
sition uon with the dative is more frequent: ber $5nig toon ^reufjen, the king 
of Prussia (rarely: ber &omg ^veufcenS). 



— 29 — 

(4) The English preposition to or for before names of places if depending 
on verbs of motion, is translated by nad) with the dative. At before names 
of places is translated by in with the dative. — Names of countries and cities 
are of neuter gender. 

3D?ettt ^Bruber f)eij3t £)ehtrid) nub ntetne Scfytoefter I)etjH Suife. 
£>er 25ater SBtffyelntS ift angefommen. SMc 2Rutter guiferiS ift abcje* 
frlft gubtmcjS Dnfrf ift fef)r rettf). SmittenS §ut ift fef)r fdjon. 
£aben ©te biefen §unb Don §einrtd) ober Don gerbinanb erljalten? 
Slmatic f)at bent ^ofjann ifjre geber geUefjen. £arf t)at ber gmttie 
eine 23tume gegeben. ©efyort biefcr ©artctt bcm Subnng ober ber 
Caroline? 23o ift 933ilt)elm? Gr ift ntit £art nnb 3f>KplJ wtfjjc* 
gaugen. SSotjnt 3f)r Cnfel in 55ruffcl ober in ^arfe? ©ef}t $*)* 
Setter nad) 95Meu ober nad) Berlin? -3ft ^ari^ grower ate 8t}on? 
3ft $f)r Svennb Don Sofa ober Don Berlin ? SBic fjeiflt bein dlafy 
bar? Sr Ijeijst ©ampfon. 2Sie Ijeifct bie §auptftabt Don granf* 
retd)? 2&cr ift.Sonig Don ^reufcen? 2Sie fjcipt bie Sonigin Don 
Snglanb? Berlin ift bie grofcte ©tabt (city) Don ©eittfcfyfafib. 
^Petersburg ift bie §auptftabt be3 SaiferS Don SRujtfanb. 3>r Sonig 
Don ©panien ift ein @of)it SSictor Smanuefe. §aft bit Smitten meine 
Ut)r getiefyen ? Q&) {jabe eine S5(umc Don Slmaticn crfyaltett, 

50. 

My cousin's name is John. The daughter of our gardener 
(fern. ) is called Jane. Art thou Charles's or Ferdinand's 
brother? Where are Henry and Lewis ? They are in John's 
room; they are gone out with William. Have you lent your 
pen to Henry? Who has given this flower to Louisa? We 
have received a letter of Lewis; he is at Cologne. The sister 
of Charles is very small. Caroline's hat is too large. My 
uncle lives in Vienna, and my cousin John in Paris. My friend 
Reiley goes to Berlin; his brother William is arrived from 
Holmdel. Have you seen John and Jane ? My garden is 
larger than that of Emily. Louisa has (ift) gone out with 
Jane. Henry has (ift) departed for Brussels with his friend 
Joseph. What is your son's name ? What is the capital of 
Italy called? Who is the king of Spain? Victor Emanuel is 
the father of the king of Spain. 



PART II. 



51. 

Plural. Norn, bte Xtfd)e, the tables; 

Gen. ber %i\d}t, of the tables; 

Dai. ben %\\ d)en, to the tables; 

Ace. bte £ifcl)e, the tables. 
Nom. %\t ©tabt ^Berlin (not Don Berlin or SBedtnS), the city of Berlin; 
Gen. ber @tabt ^Berlin, of the city of Berlin etc. 

Obs. — Most of the nouns that form their genitive in e§, and many fem- 
inine nouns of one syllable, take the ending e for the plural. The radical 
vowels a, 0, U and au of such nouns are changed in the plural into d, o, it, 
(ilU The dative plural of all words ends in it. 

SDte grennbe nteineS SSater^ finb angefommen. £>ie ©oftne unferS 
9?ad)bar3 finb fetjr ffetfjifl. fsi'e @titl)(e, toeldje toxx gefauft tyabett, 
finb fel)t fdjon. £>abeu @ie bie @tabte ©ten nnb Berlin gefefyen ? 
tart t)at bte §iite 3SUI)eim$ nnb gcrbinanbs gefunben. 2ftein SSater 
I)at bie 33riefe ^fyreS ©nfetS nid)t erf>alten. SDie ^ferbe finb n% 
liefer alS bie Apunbe. 3Me SJJdgbe eureS 9?ad)bar$ finb fefjr fletftig. 
£)ie 2lerjte in bicfer @tabt finb fefyr reid). 9Bem fyaben Sie bie 
©tocfe nteineS 33ruber8 gegeben? £)ie £>auptftabie ber $omge t>on 
@ad)fen (Saxony) nnb 33atern (Bavaria) finb fefyr fcfyon. liefer 
©artcn geljbrt ben ©otjnen meineS 9?ad)bar3. 

52. 

Thy brother has bought the dogs of my neighbor. The 
friends of Charles are ill. Have you seen the horses of our 
uncle William ? The cities of Cologne and Strasbourg (@trafc 
bnrg) belong to the king of Prussia. Where are the hats of 
my sister Emily ? I have given your umbrella to the maid- 
servants. Your brother is gone out with the sons of our 
neighbor (fern.). I speak of Henry's and William's friends. 
To whom have you sold the trees of my brother ? 



31 — 



53. 



3)er 3aljn, the tooth; ber SKhtg, the ring; 

ber guj3, the foot; bte ©attS, the goose; 

bie §atlb, the hand; ber £fyitrm, the tower, steeple; 

ber (Btfjui), the shoe; roarm, warm; fait, cold; 

ber ^trumpf, the stocking; toetfc, white. 

Past Participles : gebrad)t, brought; gemofyrtt, resided; erobert, conquered. 

Plural (of all genders). 

Nom. btefe, these; jette, those; roe(d)e, which (what) or who; 

Gen. biejer^, of these; jetter, of those; It»eld)er, of which (what), of whom; 

Dat. biefen, to these; jettett, to those; ix?eld)en f to which (what), to whom; 

Ace. bieje, these; jette, those; ft>eld)e, which (what), whom. 

Obs. 1. — The plurals of the possessives are nteine, feine, tfyre (her), unfere, 
eure, irjre (their), 3fyre (your), being for all genders alike. They all are de- 
clined like the plural btefe. All pronominal adjectives are placed in the 
plural, if their governing nouns are of this number: her shoes, ifyre ©<f)ltt)e; 
our friends, urtjere g-reutibe; their tables, tljre Sjfdje; your tables, 3tyre Xijdje 
(eure £tjd)e). 

2. The relative toetdjer is placed in the plural (tt»etd)e, etc.) if the an- 
tecedent (No. 45, Obs. 1) is in that number: bte £tfd)e, tt>eld)e @ic gefauft 
fyaben, the tables which (that) you have bought. 

Seine S'tifynt ftn& f e *) r toeig. SJieine git^e finb fcljr fait. $(ftt 
Jpanbe finb ttarnt. $at ber @d)uf)mad)er meiue Sdntfye gebracfjt ? 
28er l)at metne ©tritmpfe genommen ? SSo Ijaben Sie biefe ©anfe 
gefauft? §aben ©te metne 33aume frifjon gefefyen? $on tocldjcn 
Sdumen fpredjen @ie (do you speak) ? 2?on ben 33aumen, roeldje 
id) Don bem ©artner ber Honigin gefauft fyabe. Unfcrc ^reunbe finb 
fd)on abgcreift. SSer Ijat biefe 53ricfe gefdjrieben? 2)Zein 2$ater Ijat 
feine ^ferbe unb Jpunbe berfauft dJltin dlafybav Ijat 33riefe t)ou 
feinen Sofynen erfyatten, ttjrfdjc in 33er(in finb. §at ^emanb metne 
9ftnge gefunben ? 9liemanb ijat beine Sftnge gefeijen. ftaxt nnrb Don 
feinen greunben geltebt. 

54. 

Charles and Henry have lost their canes. The shoemaker 
has not made your shoes. Where have you bought these 
tables and chairs ? From whom have you received these pen- 
cils ? My feet arc very small. My sister has lost her thimbles. 
I have received these letters from my friends. These steeples 



— 32 — 

are higher than those. These animals are very fine. These 
servants are very lazy. Have you already seen our hats and 
. our rings ? Tour hands are very white. I have found these 
rings in my uncle's garden. What steeples of Paris have you 
seen from those mountains ? Of what cities do you speak ? 
I am speaking of the cities which the khg of Prussia has con- 
quered in France. My sons to whom you have sold your 
horses, are departed for Berlin. The cities in which we have 
resided, are Berlin, Vienna, and Cologne. 

55. 
Sing. Xom. alter, atle, altes, all. 
Plur. il atie; Gen. alter; Dat. alien; Ace. alte. 

£>a* &iub, the child; ba§ 3)orf, the village; 

ba* 23itd), the hook; ba3 iBlatt, the leaf; 

bae £au*, the house; bas £od), the hole; 

bae Soft, the people; ba3 £u£)rt, the chicken; 

bas Q$iaz, the glass; ba3 23t(D, the picture; 

ba$ 33artb, the ribbon; baz £<tlb, the calf; 

ba3 £aub, the country; ber SSurttt, the worm; 

bae .ftletb, the dress; ber 23alb, the forest; 

ba§ 2;d)id\$,* the castle; ber Sftann, the man, the husband. 

Obs. — All these nouns are exceptions from the general rule, and form 
their plurals by adding er, softening the radical vowel. Substantives ending 
in trjum follow the same rule, as: Srrtrjum, Srrtrjiimer (mistake). The 
dative plur. adds it, 

£>tefe §Ktufer finb fiotjer ate jenc. Qmt -Scinber finb fdjoner 
ate btefe. ©cine 33itd)er finb nii&ttc^er ate bte ©iidjcr Suifene. 
•J)tefe Stutter f)at ifjre & tuber Derloren. £er Sontg f)at feme 
@df)(dffer derfauft. 2Jon toim ljabett Sie btefe ©tafer ertjatten? 
SSer Ijat btefe SIcibcr gemadjt? 35tcfer 3Jfann ift fetir alt; er Ijat 
atle fettte £at)nt ^crloren. 3)iefe 23dCfer finb ntd)t gUicf(td). §einrtd) 
uttb SStffyefm fyaben afle iljre 33itd)er serloren. Wk eurc ©ricfc finb 
angefommen. ©er 33ater ift mit alien fetnen Sinbern abgeretft. 
©tefc Dorfer finb fef)r fd)dn. Son toctdjen £brfern fpredjeriSie? 
§abeu Ste ben Sinbern bee 9?ad)barS etnen 2?ogel gegebeu ? SSer 
ijat afte btefe £od)er in metnen Jifd) gemad)t? 

* Final % if an ending is added to it, changes into ff, whenever the vowel 

preceding it is short. 



— 33 — 



56. 



Where are your children? My children are gone out. 
Who has bought all these ribbons ? Henrietta has lost all her 
books. We have seen all your houses. Have you also seen 
the castles of the king? This tree has lost all its leaves. My 
neighbor has sold all his chickens. I have found this book in 
all countries and cities which I have seen. Charles has written 
letters to all his friends. I have the pictures of all my children. 
The men who have dined with your friend, have ({fob) already 
departed. I have spoken with these men of the books which 
you have written. 

51. 

SDer ©ttefet, the boot; bie (5>abel, the fork; 

ber €>pteget, the mirror; ber @d)nabel, the beak; 

ber Soffel, the spoon; ba3 Sftabdjen, the girl; 

bte 9laM, the needle, pin; ber Staltatier, the Italian. 

@te roofyitett, they live; fie cjefybrett, they belong. 

Obs. — (1) Masculine and neuter nouns in er, el, ert add no endings in 
nominative, genitive and accusative plural, but those in er and et add. as 
usual, n in the dative, and some of them, as SBruber, better, ^d)nabef, 
Boi}e(, ©arteit, 9lpfel, soften their radical vowels. — (2) Feminine nouns in er 
and et add it in every case of the plural, except bie flitter and bte Xodjter, 
which take rt in the dative only. 

®ie ©cfjnetber nnb Sd)nl)mad)er in bicfer ©tabi finb afte retcf). 
SMefe (Snglanbcr finb fefyr ffetfctg. SRcfoc ©ruber finb attc Irani. 
§>aben @ic meine @djt»eftern gefeljen? 2S}o $afcn Ste btefe 86ffef, 
SBieffer nnb ©abcht gefanft? ©ie genfter gljreS £immtx% finb off en. 
SStr baben btefe 2?oge( in ben SSafbern gefimben. £>te Jtger finb fefjr 
ftarf. SDiefe SRabdjen finb feljr gtitcfttd). ©fob meine Xocfjter an&= 
gegangen? ©fob meine 3immer ntd)t fef)r fd)bn? $at tfjre Xante 
alle btefe Spiegel gefanft? 23er Ijat bte Stiver nnb ftebern biefeS 
2)?abtf)cn3 genommen? Sent gefjoren btefe ©arten nnb §>anfer? 
8uife nnb £>enrtette Ijaben ifyre DJabeln fcerforen. ®er ©djnljmadjer 
bat ^f)re ©djufje nnb ©ttcfelttodj nicfyt gebradjt. $mt 3Eannerfinb 
-3ta(ianei\ ©iefe ©arten gefjoren metnen iBritbern. Q&) ^abc in 
biefen 3fotntcrn geroofynt. 



— 34 — 

58, 
The shoemaker has brought your shoes and boots. The 
houses of this village are all very fine. Bring us (^3ringen @ie 
im$) the spoons, forks, and knives. Where have you bought 
these needles ? Your brothers and sisters are arrived. Our 
mothers have seen the gardens of the king. My sons have 
bought the mirrors of my neighbor. Horses are bigger than 
tigers. These Italians live in the city of Berlin. The beaks 
of those birds are long. 

59. 

(£tn$ (etn) one; fiinfjeljn, fifteen; 

pirn, two; fedjjeljn, sixteen; 

bret, three; ftebgefyn, seventeen; 

fcter, four; ad)t$ef)n, eighteen; 

fiinf, five; nettnjeljn, nineteen; 

fed)3, six; gtuan.stfj, twenty; 

fteben, seven; bte 2(ufgabe, the lesson, exercise; 

ad)t, eight; *ba£ 3al)V, the year; 

ixemt, nine; bte 2Bod)e, the week; 

geljn, ten; *ber Sftonat, the month (pi. e); 

elf, eleven; *ber Xag, the day; 

gtoolf, twelve; bte @tunbe, the hour; 

bretjelju, thirteen; ber $naht, the hoy; 

irieqefyn, fourteen; fett, since, ago (governs the dative). 

Obs. — (1) Substantives of whatever gender, ending in e, (except a 
few neuters) take n in all cases of the plural, and never soften their 
radical vowels. — (2) The English there is is rendered by e$ ift, said there are by 
e$ fmb, if there has no local meaning, and is merely expletive. If e3 ift, e$ ftltbf 
do not begin the sentence and are preceded by words other than conjunctions, 
the pronoun e3 is omitted. — (3) The form eht$ (one) is only used in numeration, 
or when one refers to a neuter noun mentioned before. Else it takes the form 
etn, ettte, ettt, and is declined exactly like the indefinite article. 

3n unfcrm §au[e finb toiergeljrt dimmer. $n btefem dimmer 
finb gtt>ct Xi\d)t imb jwolf @titf)(e. Unfer 9iad)bar l)at fiinf $tnber: 
bret @6^ne imb gti>et iocfyter. 2Btr fjaben t>ier katyn unb bret 
£mnbe. Qn eurem ©arten finb fimfjetjn 33cwme. £)a$ Qafyx f)iti 
gtuotf donate; bcr 2ftortat fyat iner SSodjen; bte SBodje fjat fieben 
Sage. Qd) fyabe t)on metnem SSater ferf)^ Slepfelf unb ad)t 33inten 

* Masculine and neuter nouns, not ending in e, which do not soften the 
radical vowel, are marked with an asterisk. 

f If the softened vowel is a capital, the softening is generally indicated 
by an e, added to it. 



— 35 — 

crijatten. 9)tan Onfel Ijat metner Sd)tt>efter eitt gebermefjer unb 
jwaujig gfcbent gegeben. §>a[t bufdjon alle betne 9Iuf gaben gemadjt? 
^ofyamt f)at nod) ntd)t feme Slufgaben gemadjt. §aben 2ie nod) nid)t 
gefpeift ? Qd) fyabe [fdjon] fcit bret Stunben gefpeift. 3 ft Qi)v 
23ater nod) nid)t angefommen? Sr ift [fc^onj fett jroet £agen ange* 
lommen. 2fteitt Dnlcl Ijat fett ad)t £agen nidjt£ gegeffen. SReut 
©ruber ift neim Qatyt alt, aber tnetne Sdjroefter ift nod) nidjt fieben 
^afyre aft. 

60. 

My father has three houses and two gardens. This man has 
five boys and four daughters. My friend has seven sisters. We 
have received six letters. In this town there are twenty shoe- 
makers. My cousins (fern.) have bought two cats. My cousin 
is seventeen years and two months old. My mother has bought 
six knives, twelve forks, and eighteen spoons. Our joiner has 
made three tables and ten chairs. We have received this 
week fifteen chickens and three calves. William has eaten five 
apples and four pears. Henry arrived (is arrived) three days 
ago. My uncle departed (is departed) a year ago. Charles 
and Ferdinand have made six exercises. There are two holes 
in this door. In this town there is one physician. The gardener 
has given three flowers to my children. I have seen one of 
your sisters. This house belongs to one of my friends. 



61. 

23rot, bread, some bread, any bread; 
g(etfd), meat, some meat, any meat; 
$(epfel, apples, some apples, any apples. 

bte &trfd)e, the cherry; 
tie ^Pflaume, the plum; 
bie £tnte, the ink; 
bte Suppe, the soup; 
man firtbet, one rinds, they find; 
getrunfen, drunk (participle); 
er madjt, he makes; 
do you want ? gefatltgft, if you please. 



*£)a§ 23rot, the bread 
ba§ gletfrf), the meat; 
bte 2Iepfel, the apples; 

'S)cr 2£eht, the wine; 
bae Sier, the beer; 
*ba% ©affer, the water; 
ba$ @emiije, the vegetables; 
bet* 3 u # er ' tne sugar; 
ber £affee, the coffee; 
qebett @ic ntiv, give me; 
rooften §>ie? will you [have], 

Qd) Ijabe ©rot unb g&ifdj gegeffen. 23tr fjaben Strjdjen unb 
^flaumen gefauft. 3Kein ©ruber ijat ffiein getrunfen nub ifjr ijabt 
©ier unb Saffer getrunfen. ©er @djuf)mad)er madjt ®fydp unb 



— 36 — 

©ttefef. £)cr £tfd)ter marf)t Stifle unb @tiif)(e. 2Kan finbet bet 
biefcm S'aufmamt 33ud)er, gebern, £inte unb 23(ei[ttfte. ©ebenSie 
mtr Suppe unb ©emiife. £ner ift SBein wnb SCBaffcr, unb ba ift 
$affee unb 2Rild). $aben ©ie aud) 3uder? SBk *) aben 3K^ffer unb 
©abeln, Xaffen unb ©lafcr gefauft. £)er ©artner t)at Cmfen Striken 
unb 53tumen gegeben. £>aben @tc fdjon Saffee getrunfen? 2ftcm 
finbet in jenem £wuje Spiegel, 9?egenfd)trme, 33anber, gingerfyiite 
unb -Wabetit. 2Kcinc greunbin l)at Don ifyrem Onfel 53irnen unb 
^flaumen erfjatteu. SEir fjabett gift&en, £iger, $a£ett unb §unbe 
gefeljen. Qn biefer @tabt finb ©cfynetber unb @d)u()mad)er, toeldje 
fel)r reidj finb. SDBoIten @ie@uppe ober ©emiife? ©eben ©ie mir 
gefciUigft gleifdj unb $rot; 

62. 

Will you [have] some wine or some beer, some milk or some 
water? Give me, if you please, some soup, vegetables, meat, 
and bread. Where does one find (finds one) ink and pens ? 
Have you children ? Has your father bought trees or flowers ? 
My brother has books and friends. Here is coffee and sugar. 
My neigbor has birds , dogs, and horses. We are speaking of 
towns and villages, of houses and gardens. What have you 
done? We have done our lessons; we have written letters. 
We have eaten apples -and plums, and we have drunk some 
wine and beer. Do you want these spoons or those ? Have 
you sold any wine to my brothers? Have you bought any 
cherries of my brothers? 

63. 

ffienig, little, few; ba% Db% bte gntd)t, the fruit; 

Dte(, much; Side, many; ba§ ©etb, the money; 

genug, enough; ber^pfefjer, the pepper; 

mel)r, more; ba$ @al$, the salt; 

roemger, less, fewer; ber @ertf, the mustard; 

rote? how? ber 9ftenjd), man (pi. bie 3ftertfd)ert). 

Obs. — (1) There is and there are are often translated by e§ gtbt (literally: 
it gives), instead of e§ ift and e3 finb, both for singular and plural nouns. 
Both expressions differ only slightly. The noun, following e§ gjbt, is placed 
in the accusative, and the pronoun e§ in this connection can never be omit- 
ted. — (2) 2Bemg, tuentger, t)id may be left undeclined in most instances; 



— 37 — 

but mel)r is never declined. — (3) The English man is rendered either SRdtttt 
or 2ftenfd). The word JiQfatlU is confined to the adult male sex, while SReitfd] 
means a human being in general. 

£>einrid) fyat Diet ©efb; ft fyat mefyr ©elb ate id). ©ebcn 2ie mir 
cm rcentg tfleifd). 3^ ^) abe 9 enu 9 ^ rot - £ u l*ft 3 U stel Sal} 
unb ^feffcr. SSir ljabeu roemger Cbft ate ifyr. 8uife f)at roeniger 
gebern ate §enriette. Sari t»at mefyr Slufgaben gemad)t ate gubtirig. 
©aft bu fo diet ©elb ate mem ©ruber ? fis gtbt menig 2Kenfd)en, 
uoeldje jufriebeu finb. ©cben Sie ^enrtetten nidjt ju met Senf! 
SReut ©ruber fjat $u met SBein getnmfen. SMefer SWann l)at t»tefe 
©lumen. Ste oiete $unbe f)at 3^r SBqter? @3 gtbt btefeS 3 af ) r 
ttjenig &irfd)en, aber triel ^flaumen. 9Retn greunb t)at biefe 3Sod)e 
metjr ©riefe erljatten ale id). §>at bein ©ater fo mete ©ticker aI-3 
memCnfet? ©eben Ste mir gefaUtgft ein toentg Jinte. SSolten 
Sie nod) (any) mef)r? 3d) I) a ^ genug. ©tbt e3 nid)ttnet ©emitfe 
in btefem Sanbe ? 

6-4. 

There is much fruit this rear. Our gardener has many 
trees and flowers. Will you have a little meat or some 
vegetables? Have you mustard enough? I have salt and 
pepper enough. Our neighbor has much money; he is very rich. 
Give a littlef wine to this woman. This man has few friends, 
but he has many dogs and cats. There are many birds in this 
forest. How many physicians are there in your town? Have 
you as many apples and pears as we ? We have not so many 
as you, but we have more plums and cherries than you. Charles 
has fewer friends than Henry. This tree has fewer leaves than 
that one. There are (finb) too many chairs in this room. Is 
(gibt) there more than one physician in this town? How few 
men are there that are contented ! 



65. 

£)a§ Stiicf, the piece; *ba§ Sufcenb, the dozen: 

tie gtafdje, the bottle; ber &orb, the basket; 

Me £affe, the cup; bie getnroattb, the linen; 



f Little is translated by ffettt, if it is opposed to great or targe; but by 
ooentcj, if opposed to much. 



— 38 — 

*ba3 ^pfunb, the pound; ba$ £afct)etttud),the pocket-handkerchief; 

bie <SUe, the yard, ell; *ber £anbfd)itl), the glove; 
*ba$ $aar, the pair; ba$ £ott), the (half) ounce; 

ber 3otl, the inch; ber $cife, the cheese; 

ba% §Ctttb, the shirt; ber @d)tttfen, the ham. 

bte $al8bmbe, the cravat; 

Obs.— The words <pfuttb, SotI), "iPaar, ©ufcetlb, guJ3, 3°^ and some other 
masculine and neuter nouns, when used as units of measurement, weight and 
computation are not declined. The preposition of, following any noun denot- 
ing measure, etc. is not expressed in German. 

3tteine SKutter l)at ber £>enrtette bret $aar ^anbfdjulje, fed)3 
^aar ©tritmpfe, gttjct ©u^enb §emben unb emeu §toxb Sirfcfyen ge= 
fcfyitft. On bicfcm goffer fmb jefyn (Stfen 8etm»cmb, mer Stamen* 
iiicfyer unb fed)3 §a(3binben- S0ieitt 35ruber l)at jmet ^aar <3d)ufye 
unb em ^Saar ©tiefel gefauft. Sir I)aben bent greunbe unferS 
©nfete groanjtg ^funb gudtv unb geljn gfafcfyen SSBeiu gefdjicft. 
®tbtn ©ie mir em ©titcf Safe, eine gtafdje 33ier unb etn toentg @enf. 
3d) fyabe em ®(a$ SBetn getrunfen unb etn @tiuf @d)infen gegeffen. 
93?ir fyaben bet unferer greunbin etne £affe Saffee getrunfen. ©eben 
@ic mir etn @(a$ SSaffer unb etn ©tiicf ^ucfer. 9Mctnc ©djtoefter 
l)at gwet ^Jfunb Sirfdjen unb etn s $funb ^flaumen gefauft. SBtr 
I)aben etn £)u£enb ©tittle bet bem Stiller unferS Dnfete gefauft. 
■3?d) l)abe Don bem ©artner einen Sorb SMumen erijatten. £)iefe$ 
§au$ ift gnjanjig gup fjod). 

66. 

The shoemaker has made a pair of shoes for Louisa and two 
pair of boots for William. We have drunk two glasses of wine 
and three glasses of beer. Give me a bottle of water and a 
little meat and bread. Will you have a piece of ham or cheese ? 
My aunt has bought a dozen of cravats, two dozen of shirts, 
and ten pair of gloves and stockings. How many shirts have 
you? 1 have three dozen. This linen is very fine; how many 
yards have you bought ? I have bought twenty yards. That 
(ba$) is not enough for ten shirts. My uncle has given to 
Henry a penknife, twenty pens, two cravats, and a pair of 
gloves. Ferdinand has bought a pound of plums, six ounces 
of coffee, and two yards of ribbon. Will you have a cup of 



— 39 — 

coffee or a glass of wine ? Give me, if you please, a glass 
of water. My brother is six feet three inches high. 



Scber, jebe f jebe§, every, each; tie &ttge(, the bullet; 

fdjlcdjt, bad; btc gfteittlbttt, the (female) friend; 

Ijiibfd), pretty; bet Secret, the teacher; 

tobt, dead; ber 2£eg, the way, the road; 

beriiljmt, renowned; ber C£ng timber, the Englishman; 

roetie, wise; bets Sebeit f the life; 

gotben, golden, gold (adj.); *ba3 3d)tcfiai, the fate; 

ft [bent, silver (adj.); ba§ 3ftctbd)en, the girl; 

ttttg, short, brief; bag tft, that is. 

Obs. 1. — Predicative . adjectives take no endings of declension: ber 
ffllamx tft gut 

2. Adjectives not predicative (that is connected with a noun expressed 
or understood) must take certain endings of declension either according to the 
weak or according to the strong scheme of declension. 

3„ The strong scheme of declension is the one by which the definite ar- 
ticle and the determinatives (btefer, jener, jeber, roe(d)er) are declined. It 
consists of the endings cr, t, ee, em, en. 

4. The weak scheme consists of the endings e and en only: e for the 
nominative sing, of all genders and the accusative sing, feminine and neuter; 
ert for all the other cases. 

5. The weak declension is used whenever any adjective is preceded by 
the definite article, or by a determinative (btefer, etc.). 

Nam. Sing, ber (btefer) gute 3ftamt; ba$ (btefes) gute $htb; 
Gen. '• be§ (btefeS) guten 9ftanne$ f etc. 

Nom. riur. bie guten banner, etc. 

QzbtZ SqclM fyat cut 3)ad). Sfebe Snget madjt em 8odj. Sr fyat 
|eben greunb bcrforen. Qn jeber ©tabt gibt e3 eirtett Weft. [5Dcr] 
gute f)einrid) ift frank [2>te] Heine Sopljie tft fefjr fyiibfcf). «Da3 
arate £tnb t)at fetne 2Rutter fcerforen. ©a3 tft ber f)otf)fte S8anm in 
unferm ©arten. gijette tft bie ffeipgfte tjonf urtfent SDftigben. ©ie* 
fer reidje Gnglanber 'xoofynt bet meinem Cnfef. SBo Ijaben Ste btefe 
golbene Sftabel gefunben? 2Sem gefyort btefeS gro£e £)au3 unb jener 
fdjotte ©arten? Jpctnrtd) tft ntit [bent] fleinen Sari cmSgegattgett. 
SSir t>aben geftern bet ber gtttcn (Smtlte Sirfdjen gegeffen. SBer 
mol)nt in biefent fd)bnen Sdjfoffe? 2Bie Ijet^t btefe fcfydne 33(ume? 

f Of after superlatives may be expressed by the genitive or the preposi- 
tion t?on. 



— 40 — 

2Bo fjaben @ie biefett fdjtedjteu 3S3em unb biefed fd)(edjte 23rot gefauft? 
£)er ^ome unb bcv £iger finb bie ftarfften £f)tere. £)a3 finb bie gtiid;* 
ltdjften £age metneS gdben& ©eben @ie bicfem armen SJiaune cut 
toenig Sera! £)er SSater biefeS Keinen 3Kabd)cn* ift tobt. £)a3 ift 
i>a$ ©cfytcffat jebe$ graven 2Kanne3. ©tc fdjbneu X)orfer jeneS £anbe$ 
finb beriifymt. @r fyat metnem gfretmbe bie beften 3immer in fetnem 
§aufe gegeben. ©te @of)ne ber weifeftett 3Sater finb oft'bmnm (dull). 

68. 
Not every king is great and wise. Every year has twelve 
months, and every week seven days. We have seen books and 
pictures in each room. The diligent scholar is loved by every 
teacher. The new house of my brother is sold. I have read 
the long letter of your friend. He has spoken of the sad fate 
of this young man. The father of (the) little Henry islTead. 
The daughter of this old woman is sick. Give this flower to 
my young friend (male and female). Which hat have you 
taken? I have taken my white hat. Which watch and which 
ring have you sold ? We have sold the silver watch and the 
gold ring. The short roads are not always the best * Are 
there any lions and tigers in the cold countries of the earth ? 
The dresses of these young girls are too long. The fates of the 
greatest men are often sad. I have resided in the best houses 
of the city. 

69. 

$eitt, feine, few, no (adj.); fettt greimb, no friend; 

these are, ba§ (bte$ finb); the business, ba% ©eftfjaft 

Obs. 1. — If adjectives are preceded by the nominative sing, or the neuter 
accusative sing, of em, fetn or of any possessive (mein, bein, unjer, etc.), 
they are declined after the strong declension, and take the endings of btejet, 
biefc, btefc$: mein guter $ater, wife* guteS $inb. 

2. If adjectives are preceded by any other case of ein, fetn, mein, etc., 
they are declined after the weak declension; metneS guten Waters, etc. 

Unfer ©artner ift ein guter 3ftamt. @ure ©artnerin ift erne gute 
grau. gmtlie iff ein fefyr guteS.Sinb. 2Btr fjaben ctnen guten 93atcr 
unb cine gute gutter. £etnrtd> jfjat ein fcfjtfueS ^fcrb unb etneu 

* Adjectives whose nouns are understood, must be translated as if the 
nouns were expressed. 



— 41 — 

ftfjonert §tmb. Sutfe fyat gro^e 3<rt)ue, a6er euie ^ eme ^>cxtib itnb 
etnen ffehteu gu£. gerbmanb ift mit meinem iimgereu -©ruber au£ge* 
gaugen. §)enriette ift mit uteiuer dttcren ®d)tr>efter abgereift. ®cben 
@te Mc|e^ 23rot eiuem armeu Siube! S^iefe^ gebermefier geljbrt 
eiuem iungett Sftauue, ber bet unfcrm 9?ad)bar nootjut. Subung ift ber 
©oljn eitteS reidjeu kaufmamtS. ©tr fyabeu feinen guteu Scut unb 
fern gute* ©rot. SJBcr ljat tueiue fUbewe Ufyr unb meiueu gotbeueu 
9?iug geuommen ? 2§3tr fyabeu unfent beftcn ^reunb tterloreu. Sure 
fteiueu $tuber finb fefyr gut. S* gibt btefeS Qafyv feme guteu Sir* 
fdjen. 9)tou Cnfel l)at feiue fdjbnjten ^ferbe uerfauft. -831ft bu mit 
beiueu ueuen ©tiefetu jufriebeu? §aft bu fdjott. turn unfern guteu 
^ffaumeu gegeffeu ? Q&) §abt eiu befjere* |jferb unb eineu grb^ereu 
§uub, a(* ©ie. Sari ift eiu f)itbfd)erer £uabe ate £einridj. 

TO. 
Charles is a good boy. Emily is a pretty girl. That is a 
happy mother. That is a very good wine. Where is my little 
Henry, my good Louisa? We have a very rich uncle. William 
has an old father. Iron is a useful metal. The dog is a faith- 
ful animal. I have received a new umbrella and a gold watch. 
My neighbor has done much business (plural in German) this 
year. Give this bottle of wine to a poor man or to a poor 
woman. I have no friend in this town. Have you no good 
pens for this child ? Our best friends are dead. This joiner 
makes no good chairs. These are the tables and books of our 
youngest children. A horse is a more useful animal than a dog. ' 
Thou hast written a longer letter than I. 

71. 

$ortreffft(f), excellent; ber gtetg, the diligence; 

tott), red; bte Statue, the statue; 

ItebettSumrbtg, amiable; ba§ 2}evgniigen, the pleasure; 

ber SDfairmor, the marble; ba§ papier, the paper; 

bte ©efafyr, the danger; gerettet (past part.), saved. 

Obs. — If the adjective is not preceded by an article or any other deter- 
minative word, it is inflected after the strong declension. 

£>ier ift guter (gcfyinfen, gute Suppe unh gute* ©rob. £>abett 
@ie gute* papier uub gute £iute ? Sir jjabert fdjfedjtett SBein unb 
Bute* SBaffer getruttfeu. Uufer ©artuer tjat t>ortreffad)e$ ©6ft. 



— 42 — 

Unfere Wla$ I)at guten ©enf, aber ftftfedjten *pfeffer gefauft (gbuarb 
Ijat gutc grambe unb nitfcfidje 4Biirf)cv. 9fteht Dnfel fjat fcfybnc ©ar* 
ten unb grope ^pciufer* ©iter Sfauffbar l)at treue £>unbe. 3ol)amt, 
gebeu @ie mir em ©ta3 SBaffer ! 2S}oflen @ie !a(te« ober toarmes 
SBaffer ? 9tteinc @d)tt)efter f)at em ^aar pbfdje £anbfd)uf)e gefauft 
$ari$ unb Sonbon finb fdjone ©tabte. ^einrid) l)at em ^5aar neue 
©djulje erfyatten. IHebe ©djroefter ! $d) fyabe betnen 23rief mtt gro^em 
23ergniigen gelefen. $ar( f)at feme Slufgabe mtt rotter £inte ge* 
fcfjriebert. 

Have you any good mustard ? We have good bread and 
good meat. Your gardener has very fine flowers. These 
children have fine dresses. We have faithful friends, amiable 
brothers, and useful books. Give me some better cheese and 
better bread. At (bei) this merchant's one finds pretty gloves, 
fine penknives, and good pens. Iron and silver are very use- 
ful metals. You have always excellent wine. My brother is 
not gone out, he has too much business (plur. ). Henry has 
bought good paper and good ink. We speak of good coffeo, 
of excellent fruit, and new dresses. You have done your 
lesson with great diligence. Poor friend, how little money 
have you made ! This statue is made of white marble. He has 
saved the life of his friend with great danger. 

73. 

2)er, bte, ba% erfte, the first; ber, bie, ba$ te^te, the last; 

ber, bie, ba& jtuette, the second; unarttg, naughty; 

ber, bie, bctS britte, the third; ber £l)eif, the part; 

ber, i>k f ba§ merte, the fourth; ber 23anb, the volume; 

ber, bie, ba$ attmrtjtgfte, the twentieth; nur, only; bie Piaffe, the class. 

3)er nneinetfte ? what day of the month ? what (in order) ? * 
ber erfte Sanuar, the first of January; 
ber Sftonat 9#at, the month of May. 

Obs.— (1) The ordinals from 2 to 20 add te to the cardinals; from twenty 
upwards they add fte. They decline weak, if preceded by the definite article- 
(2) Names of the months and the days of the week are masculine. 

* If an ordinal numeral is expected in the answer. 



— 43 — 

£)er Junge 2ttatm ift fcljr flei^ig; er ift ber erftc in ber £faffe. 
Sad ift ber jroeite; §einrid) tft ber brttte; ^ofyann ift ber Dterte; [ber] 
f(eine SBiltjctm ift ber fiinfte; ^au( ift ber fed)ete ; granj (Francis) 
ift ber adjte; ©uftat) ift ber neunte; [ber]unartige Sbuarb ift ber elfte 
imb [ber] f aufc Subtmg ber fefete. £\vti ift ber fiinfte X^eit t)on gefyit. 
giinf ift ber diertc £f)eit Don Jtuanjig. gin £ag ift ber fiebente 
£f)ett einer SSodje. ©en nnetuelfteu fyaben mir (is it) fyente? SBir 
l)aben ijeute ben breijefynteu ober ben dierjefynten. 3ft e$ nidjt ber 
gtoattjtgfte ? SDZetit SBatcr ift bm britten 9ftat abgereift, nnb ben jeljtu 
ten December angefotnmett. §aben Sie ben erften nnb jtneiten 
33anb ? Qti) Ijabe nnr im erften. 

W. 
Louisa is the first in the class; Pauline is the second; (the) 
little Josephine is the third; Emily is the fifth; (the) pretty Sophy 
(Sopl)ie) is the ninth; Jane is the fifteenth; (the) naughty Caro- 
line is the last. Three is the sixth part of eighteen. A week is 
the fourth part of a month; and a month is the twelfth part 
of a year. What day of the month is it (have we) ? It is to- 
day the eleventh or the twelfth. We (are) departed on the 
second of May and arrived on the sixteenth. Which volume 
have you taken ? Have you taken the third and the fourth ? 
I have only taken the third. 

15. 

2>er, (bie, ba§) meine, j ber etc. betne, ) 

ber, (btc f bae) meinige, >■ mine; ber etc. betntge, >■ thine; 

meiner, meine, meineS, ) beiner, e, e$, J 

ber feine, etc., his; ber ifyre, etc., hers; ber unfere, unfrtge, etc., ours; 
ber cure, etc., (3()re, Sfyrige"), yours; ber ifyre, etc., theirs. 

@d)tt>er, difficult (hard), heavy; Ietd)t, easy (not difficult), light (not heavy); 
ber (ba8) £ot}n (sing.), the wages (plur.). 

Obs. — (1) Mine, thine, etc., if used predicatively (after bin, btft, ift, ftnb) 
are rendered by mettt, betrt, etc., without article and ending: !^a$ §au3 
ift metn, bie §au[er ftnb mein, the house is mine, the houses are mine. — 
(2) £)er meine, meinige; ber betne, etc., are used, if a noun, previously men- 
tioned is understood: 3)eut §au$ ift grbfter, ate ba3 meine (meinige) or ate 
metncu. These expressions are also used predicatively, but with peculiar 



■— 44 — 

meanings (which may be orally indicated by the teacher). — (3) 2>er tnehte, 
ber metmge, etc. decline weak: Gen. be§ metnen (meinigen); Plur. bie metnen 
(mettugen), etc. Reiner, betner, etc., decline strong: Gen. metneS; Dot. 
meinem; Plur. meiue. 

SDiefeS 33ud) i[t mem. £)iefe gebern finb nidjt bein* £>iefe Uf)r ift 
itttfer. Dein $ater ift grower aid ber metnigc. 9Kcinc 2Jhrtter ift fletner 
aid bie betne. Unfcr -Sud) iff nut|ltd)er aid bad 3>ljrigc. 2Kein 
©b^it ift nid)t fo alt aid ber beinige. ©uer ^ferb ift junger aid bad 
imfere. Unfere ifiiidjer finb nii^lidjer aid bie eurigen. DJJein SSater 
l)at feme Uljr uertoren; ^einrid) fjat and) bie feinige Derloren. 3Keine 
©dwefter Ijat bie Hjre berfauft 9Kein SSater tjat beinen 33rief unb 
ben metnen gelefen. SJJJcinc Xante Jot iljren ©arten unb ben unfrigen 
fcerfanft §at bein 55ruber nteinen ©tod ober feinen genommen? 
$at &iife metnen gingerljnt ober iljren gefnnben? £)etne 2lufgaben 
finb leister aid bie meinigen. SDtefe 33aume finb l)6l)er aid bie 
unferen. $n unferer ©tab! finb meljr 3lerjte aid in eurer. £arld 
23ifb ift gut; aber beined (beind) ift Dortreffttd). 2Hein 33ruber ift 
grower, aid beiner. Unfere Slufgabe ift fd)tt>erer aid eure. (§r t)at 
meinem SJruber meljr 5lepfel gegeben, aid beinem. 23ir geben unferer 
SDiagb fyofjeren 8W}tt, aid ifyr ber eurigen. 

ii 

This basket is mine; these gloves are ours. The city is 
ours. My thimble is as fine as yours. Your umbrella is not 
so large as mine. My son is more diligent than thine. My 
Mend has sold his house and mine. My sister has eaten 
her apple and thine. Has Louisa taken my pen or hers; my 
pencil or hers ? Henry has read nfy books and yours. Your 
sisters are younger than ours. We speak of our friend and of 
yours. Is my room smaller than thine? I have promised a 
book to your son and to mine, to your daughter and to mine. 
I speak of my tasks and of thine. This castle belongs to my 
uncle and to yours. What wages are higher, yours or mine ? 
Are your last lessons harder or easier than ours? Are thy 
bullets heavier or lighter than his ? Emily's room is prettier 
than mine, but mine is larger than hers. Are the wages of 
the Englishman higher than thine or those of the Italian ? 



— 45 — 

77. 

Singular. Plural. 

Norn, er, he; fie,: she; e3, it; fie, they; 

Ace. it)n, him; fie, her; es, it; fie, them. 

3a, yes; neirt, no (answering- particle). 

For the use of the gender see No. 41. 



§>aben @ic metuen etod? $a, id) fyabe if)n. §aben @ic meine 
Uf)i\? Diem, id) qabe fie uid)t. §aben eie meitt 2)ieffer ? Qd) fyabe 
e£ nid)t. §aben Sie metne ©djjulje ? 3 a / W) J) a ^ e U e - 2$° $ ntein 
Apuub ? 3d) ^a6c if>it uid)t gefefyen. 2Ser Ijat meine geber genommen ? 
SDem .©ruber I) at fie genommen. 33o f)aft bu biefe§ Xafdjentud) ge* 
fimben? 3d) ^ a ^ e c * * n 3^ m 3' mmcr gefnnben. £)iefe 33oge( 
finb fef)r fd)on. 33on ftem Ijaft bu fie erfyatten ? Seine Sdjtoefter 
ift fefjr fleigig; meine gutter tiebt fie feljr. §aben 2ie meinen 
Ctjetm gefannt? 3d) fyabe ifjn nid)t gefannt. SDteS ift eiunit£tid)e3 
23ud); l)abcn Sie e3 fd)on gefefen? 23?o ift mein tfiugerfyut? Qd) 
fyabeifnt 3')^* Sdjmcfter gegeben; fie I)at il)tt oerforen. iptit ^emanb 
meine &abd genommen? £ar( l)at fie genommen. 2Bem fjat ber 
©artner alle biefe 33fumcu gefebieft? <5r f)at fie <jt)rer Gutter ge* 
fd)icft. §aben 2ie biefe llt)r fitr 3fyren iBruber gefauft? 9?etn, id) 
I)abe fie nid)t fitr tfyn gefauft. §aben Sie eine fitr Qfyxt 3djtt>efter 
gefauft? 9icitt, id) fjabe feiue Ufyr fitr fie gefauft. 



Has the tailor brought my coat ? Yes, he has brought it. 
Hast thou already done thy lesson ? I have not yet done it. 
Have you seen my new room? No, I have not yet seen it. 
Where hast thou bought these pretty rings ? I have bought them 
in Paris. I have received a letter from my aunt, have you 
read it? Have you already seen the king? I have not yet 
seen him. You have a good pen; give it to my sister. Where 
are your gloves ? I have lent them to your aunt. Where is 
your umbrella ? Give it to this child. My aunt is dead; did 
you know her? What books have you there? Have you read 
them? Where is thy dog? My father has sold it. Have you 
received any letters for your father ? Xo, I have received no 
letters for him. Have you bought these books for your mother ? 
No, I have not bought them for her. 



— 46 — 

?9. 

Perfect Tense: \tf) bin geftefett, I have been; 
bit bift geraefen, thou hast been; 
er ift gerueieu, he has been; 
ttnr finb geroefett, we have been; 
irjr feib geroefen, you have been; 
fie finb getoefett, they have been. 

SDer §err, the gentleman; ber 33?orgert, the morning; 

ba$ grauletn, the (unmarried) lady; ein rjalber, eine fyalbe, ein IjalbeS, 

bie 3)ame, the lady (married or half a, one half of; 

unmarried); triertel, quarter, (one) fourth of; 

3itfammeit, together; etumat, once; 

tjeute, to-day; gruehiiai, twice; 

gliicfltd), happy, successful; bveimal, three times; 

lattge (adv. of time), long, a long Btemtai, four times; 

time; titemal§, nte, never 

Obs.— (1) The nouns §err, ftxau, grduieiti are used as titles and ad- 
dresses (Mr., Sir, Madam, Mrs., Miss). Mr. and Sir are translated by §err; 
Mrs. by grail ; Madam by the French 9Jiabame, if a married lady is addressed. 
In the address of an unmarried lady grtiuiettl is used. Miss is translated by 
grtiltlettt. — (2) If §err is used before the names of persons spoken of it is de- 
clined with or without the article; in the plural the article must always be 
used, and mostly in the genitive singular. — (3) £err takes in all cases of the 
singular it, and in all cases of the plural en. — (4) The words §erv, grcut, 
grduletn are used idiomatically, if relatives or friends of the person addressed 
are spoken of without mentioning their names: 3l)r §err greunb (your friend); 
3br §err 23atev, 23ruber, (Sofyn; 3l)re grau Gutter; 3rjr graulettt ^djroefter. 

(5) Of after fractions is generally not translated, the following noun, if 
the numerator of the fraction is more than one, being placed in the plural: 
bret Dtertel (Sftett (but bret fciertel ^fitttb. See No. 65). 

2Ser ift tjter getoefen? £>err Wloli ift fyier gemejett; er I)at biefeS 
35nd) gebradjt. 33ift bit bet bent ©d)iti)mad)er gen)efen ? $d) bin 
l)eute bet ^fyrem @cf)iti)mad)er gercefen; er l)at Qfyve ©tiefcl fdjon ge= 
madjt So feib ifyr biefen Sttorgen gewefen? 2Btr finb bei imferm 
grennbe Sari geipefen, tteldjer fef)r Iranf ift £)tefer §err ift bret 
Qatyxt in SSien gemefen, unb feitte 33ritber finb fel)r fange in $onftan* 
tinopet gettefen. £)u btftnidjt flet^tg gewefen, bn fyaft beitte SInfgaben 
nod) nidjt gemad)t. Qd) bin geftern bei gran 9tober geroefen; fie ift 
eine fefyr lieben&tmrbige £)ame* 3ft granfein (Smilie oft in biefer 
Stabt geroefen ? ©ic ift fd^ou breimat fjier geroefen. £)aben @tc 



— 47 — 

£>errn ©djott gefannt? $d) fyabe ifyn in Berlin gefannt; wit fittb oft 
juf ammen auSgegangen. 2Bie lange ftnb ©ie in SWabrit) geroefen ? 
$d) bin nnr em IjalbeS $at)v ^ a geroefen, aber td) bin brei triertet 
3al)re in $ari£, unb ein t)ierte( .^afjr m SS3ten geroefen. §aben ©ie 
bie §>erreu 9JoQct fdjon gefefyen? Qa, 2ftabamc, id) Ijabc fie geftern 
bet einem meiner grennbe gefdjen. 3ft meine Mutter Ijier getoefen ? 
9iem, [mein] grauleht; id) fjabe $f)re S^au Gutter nid)t gefeljen; 
aber $l)r § err ^ ater uni> 3S r £ err Sntbcr finb biefen 2Korcjen em* 
ma( fyier geroefen. 

80. 
Has [there] been anybody in my room ? Yes, your son has 
been there. Has the tailor been here ? No, he has not 
yet been here. Hast thou been at the joiner's ? No, I have 
not yet been there. We have many flowers; we have been in 
the garden of Mr. Nollet. Have you also been at Mr. Moll's? 
My brother has never been more contented than to-day; he 
has received from his uncle a beautiful gold watch, and half a 
dozen pocket-handkerchiefs. How long have you been in 
Paris? We have been there six months. These gentlemen 
have done much business (plur.); they have been very success- 
ful. Are Messrs. N. already departed for Cologne ? They are 
departed this morning with their uncle; I have seen them at 
Mrs. Sicard's. Has Miss Louisa been here to-day? No, Madam, 
your sister has not been here; I have seen her three quarters 
of an hour ago at your brother's [house]. Give me half a yard 
of (Don) this linen. Have you ever known my father? Yes, 
I have seen him three or four times at your sister's. 

81. 
Imperfect Tense: id) tt> at, I was; 

bit tear ft, thou wast; 
er Wax, he was; 
tinr tuaren, we were; 
tin* maret, you were; 
fie toaren, they were. 

Cremate, formerly; bie (Sd)ute, the school; aU, when. 

Obs. — When a clause begins with al§, when, the verb is placed at the end 
of xhe clause. 



— 48 — 

2Bo toarft bn btefen SJiorgen? Qd) mar bet nteinem Setter, wtldjcx 
Don granffurt angefommen iff. SUZctn '53ruber unb id) toaren bet bet* 
item $ater. Qfyxt Xante hoar fdjon abgereift. £>err 2)iott mar ef)e* 
mats feljr retcf) ; er Ijat feit jefjn ^atjren bict fcertorcn. SBarctt @te 
nod) md)t bet £)errn tyflabit) ? Qd) bin geftent ba gcroefen, aber er 
roar auSgegangeu. 2Bte a(t mar 3f)r Sperr SBxubtv, ate er tit ftStit 
mar? @r mar nemtjdjn ober gmattgig Qcfytt aft. Sir maren ntdjt 
gufammen; er mar in $oln unb id) mar in £>it(fetborf. 3Kcinc 
©(^meftern maren tange in IBrftffel bet £>emt Collet. SSantm ftnb 
@te geftern ntdjt gefommen ? 3djj mar geftent fran!. SBaren biefe 
§erren tmnter fo retd)? £>aben @te tmmer fo tnefe greunbe gefjabt? 
JBarft bu btefen 2ttorgen in [berj ©djute? $d) bin fyente md)t in [bcr] 
@d)n(e gettefen. Qd) mar in [berj @tabt, ate ©ie geftent bet nteinem 
33ater maren. 

82. 

I was formerly much happier; I was young and strong. 
Wast thou always as contented as to-day ? My father was 
formerly very rich. My sisters were very ill yesterday. How 
old were you when you were in France ? I was fifteen years 
and six months old. Was my room open when I was in school ? 
No, but the windows were open. This girl was much prettier 
when she was young. John and William were always your 
friends. Were you not at my brother's when you were in 
town ? I have known your father when you were still a child. 

83. 
Imperfect Tense: id) fydtte, I had; 

bu fyatteft, thou hadst; 
er fyatte, he had; 
ttnr fjatten, we had; 
il)r Ijattet,you had; 
fie fatten, they had. 

2)te (Sttern, the parents; je^t, now; 

ber erne, the one; ber anbere, the other. 

Obs. — (Silt and ember, when not followed by a noun, decline weak or 
strong, according to the rules for ordinary adjectives. 

©n t)atte[t geftent ettten nenen fmt; fjctft bntfyn bertoren? £)er 
£mt, ten id) geftern fycttte, geljbrt nteinem ©rnber. Qf)x fyattet triele 



— 49 — 

greimbe, a(# ifjr nod) jung maret; tnarum f)abt ifyr |e|t fo ttentge? 
SBtr fyaben mefyr greunbe ate i£)r. 2)ten Citfel Ijat afte ^ferbe, Me 
er efjemats fyattc, derfauft. Qd) ^atte jiDei ©djroeftern; bie cine tear 
in SSten, bie cmbere in ^Berlin; t)aft bn fie gefannt? 3d) ^abc bie* 
jenige gefannt, bie in Berlin wax; fjatte fie nid)t jtDei Zodjttv? 
fatten ©ie nidjt uier £)aujer in ber ©tabt? ®ie tjaben 9M}t; aber 
id) fyabe jfaei Don biefert §aufern oerfaitft; id) f)atte in bem einen ge- 
ttofmt, nnb mein 23rnber in bem anbern. 

I had formerly little money; but I am now richer than you. 
You were (had in German. See2so.1T) wrong, my dear friend; 
but your brothers were right, Xobody had any money for my 
brother when he was in Cologne. Did you have (had you) your 
lessons when you were yesterday in school ? Xo, I was sick; but 
my brother had all his lessons. Hadst thou still thy parents when 
thou wast in Boston ? Where had you your books when you 
were in the house of your sister ? My brother had them in his 
room. We had few friends when we were in Berlin, but we 
had many when we were in Cologne . Where are the little 
dogs which Miss Emily had when she was at your mother's ? 
She has sold the one, and the other is dead. How many 
servants had you when you were in France ? What had you 
in your hands when you were in your room ? I had a piece 
of sugar in the one hand, and two little bullets in the other. 

85. 
Mm. id), I; bu, thou; er, he; fie, she; e§, it; 

DaL mir, tome; bir, to thee; ifjm, to him; itjr, to her; tfytn, to it. 
Infinitives: faufett, to buy; t!juit,t to do; 

tterfaufen, to sell; rnad)ert,f to make, to do; 

gebert, to give; lejett, to read; 

letfyett, to lend; Men, to see; 

fd^reiben, to write. 
2Bad)fam,- watchful; bie geit, the time; 

£uft t)aben, to have a mind; bie @ute, the kindness. 

*ber Scaler, the dollar; 
3d) farm, I can; bit fantift, thou canst; er farm, he can; rotr fomten, we 
can; ifyr to tint, you can; fte formett, they can. In/in.: fontten, to be able. 



f 2ftad)en and tfytm are thus distinguished in German: ttjutt Lsto act for 
and tv— pose; mad)en, to act for the production of a work. 



— 50 — 

Obs. — (1) All German infinitives end inn (mostly in en). — (2) English 
infinitives with to must generally be rendered by German infinitives with m. 
If the English infinitives lose their sign to, the German corresponding infini- 
tive is generally employed without ju; id) farm lefen, I can read; id) f)abe 511 
tfyurt, / have to do. — (3) The German infinitive is placed last in the ordinary 
sentence, but so that it precedes the past participle, if there is one. 

(4) The English objective case (me, thee, him, etc.) must be translated 
by the German dative, if we may supply the preposition to : Give me (to me) 
your pen, (jeben ©tC mtr 3fyre ^^ e ^» — (5) Personal pronouns in the accusa- 
tive or dative (without prepositions), must generally be placed before the 
accusative or dative of substantives, and before all other adjuncts of the verb. 

$cmnft bit mir biefeS 33ud) letfjeu ? 3dj fann bir biefeS 33ud) 
nidjt teifjen; e£ gc^ort meinem better ipeinricf). SSer fann btefen 
33rief lefen? Qd) fann ifyn lefen; er ift fcfjr gut gefdjrieben. 2Bir 
lonnen biefen 2Korgen nid)t fdjreiben. ©arum fount i|r nidjt \dy:cU 
ben ? Sir fjaben feme £inte. Sonuen @ie meinem 33ruber Qfyxt Utjr 
teifyen ? Qd) fann il)m nteine Ufjr nidjt Ieif)en r id) Ijabc fie bent £>crrn @. 
Derfauft |)aben @ie meiner @d)iuefter cine geber gegeben ? Qd) Ijabe 
ifjr feine geber gegeben. £>aben @ie 2uft, biefen §unb ju faufen ? 3d) 
fjabe feine 8uft, iljn ju faufen; er ift nid)t toad) f am. §at ^l)r -©ruber 
fyeute nid)t$ gu ttjun ? Sr f)at brei 33riefe ja fdjreiben. SSir l)abeu 
nod) jmei Slufgaben 3U madjen. 3d) Ijatte geftern ba$ SJergniigeu, 
$l)x graulem @$mefter ju fc^cn. Spabeu ©ie 3eit, biefen 33rief 3U 
lefen ? 3d) fyabe jefet feine £tit, ifyu gu lefen. Sonnen ©ie mir etncn 
^egeufdjirm geben? Qd) fann Ql)nm feinen gebeu, id) Ijabe nur 
einen. 3*) r § err ^ntber f)at bie ©ttte, mir ben feinigen ju teiljen. 
©tub @ie geftern bei meiner Xante gemefen ? 9?cin, id) wax geftern 
nid)t bei il)r; id) fyatte ju bide ©efdjafte. 



86. 

Can you do that exercise? Yes, lean (do it); but my 
brother cannot (can it not do). Will you (JBollen Sie) lend me 
your penknife ? I cannot lend thee my penknife; my sister has 
taken it. Have you given a pen to my cousin ? Yes, I have 
given him one. Hast thou sold thy dog to my sister ? I have 
not sold her my dog. Canst thou not lend me twenty dollars ? 
I cannot do it to-day. We can read this book. These gentle., 
men cannot write their letters; they have no paper. Hast 



— 51 — 

thou a mind to buy a pair of boots ? Has jour brother a mind 
to sell his ring ? Had you the kindness to give a glass of crater 
to this poor man? My friend had the pleasure to see his 
parents. I had no time to read all these letters. My father 
had the kindness to buy me a gold watch. Hast thou seen it ? 
I have not yet seen it. Have you been with Ferdinand to-day? 
I have been with him this morning. 

8T. 
Norn, fair, we; it)r (@te), you; fte, they; 

Dal im$, to us; cud) (3fyrten), to you; ifyneti, to them. 

gefyett, to go; fern, to be; 

fommen, to come; toernt, if; 

trinfen, to drink; untoofyt, unwell; man, one; 

effett, to eat; ba3 Ungliicf, the misfortune; 

Ijaben, to have; ba% ^aav, the pair, the couple. 

id) null, I will; bu ruittft, thou wilt; er null, be will; nnr roolien, we will; 
ifyr tuollt, you will; fte ttootten, they will. Inf.: tuotten, to be willing. 

Obs. — Clauses introduced by rocitu require the verb to be placed last in 
the clause; the same as in relative sentences (No. 45). 

SBiflft bu mtt nur gefyen? Qi) farm nidjt mtt btr gefyen, id) fjabe 
feine 3eit. 3d) tt»tt bir em fd)one3 ©ud) (cifyen, wcwx bu fleiftig bift. 
garni beut ©ruber I)cute nidjt fommen? (5r l)at fefatc fiuft 311 fommen; 
cr ift imtDol)!. 2£ir Gotten je$t imfere 2tufgaben madjeu. 2Bolfeu 
(Sic em @la$ 2$etn trinfen? SRettt, aber id) mil eiu StitcE gfeifdj 
ober Siife effen. Swollen ©te tin mertig ©enf unb ©at} ? fiomtcn 
©te imS biejen ©anb leiijen? Qd) faun Qi)\\cn biefen ©anb nicfjt 
letljen, mem ©ruber totll if)u l)abeu. )3lan taxxn nidjt uuglucfltdjer 
fern, al$ btefer juuge 2)tamt; er f)at feme ©Sent unb feme ©ruber unb 
©djroeftcrtt Derloren. 23er null biefen Slpfet? 3d) toW iljn Ijaben. 
2Ba8 wo lit ifjr je^t ttytm ? 335tr tooKen tin ^aar ©riefe fdjretben. 
3d) will eudj emeu Sorb Strfdjen geben, totmx tf)r fletjjtg fein foolft. 
SBottett ©te bie ©itte Ijaben, mtr cine 9iabel 311 geben ? $d) babe jefct 
feine, id) fann ^fyncu feine gebeu. §abcn ©ie £t\t, mit un$ ju 
geben ? 3$ ljabe feine gtit, mtt Sijnett jit gefyen. 

88. 
What hast thou to do ? I have nothing to do. Wilt thou 
read this book ? Yes, 1 will read it. How is ( 23a3 mad)t) thy 



— 52 — 

brother ? He is unwell, he cannot come. Where can one buy 
these fine penknives? One can buy them at our neighbor's. 
Will you give us a little ink? Can your sister lend us her pen- 
knife? What do these gentlemen want (what will these etc.)? 
These ladies will buy an umbrella. One cannot be more un- 
happy than I [am], one cannot have more misfortune than I. 
Give us something to drink. What will you [have] ? Will you 
have wine or water ? Have I not lent you my cane ? No, you 
have not lent it to me. Where are your brothers ? I have sold 
them my dog. These men are very rich; all these houses be- 
long to them. 

89. 

v i r> , (to me; *-, ( to thee; 

Singular. Bat. mtr, \ to mygelf; btr, -j to thysdf; 

j ijjm, Ujr, ifym, to him, to her, to it; 

j ftd), to himself, to herself, to itself, to one's self. 

Ace. mtd) f |^; elf; bid), {Myself; 

f tljtt, fte, ei, him, her, it; 
) fid), himself, herself, itself, one's self. 

■m 7 r> x (to us; *• ( to you; 

Plural. Dot. Ut&, j tQ oi ; rgeIves; eud), \ to > ourselves; 

j itjnen, to them (Sfjneu, to you); 

j ftd), to themselves, (to yourselves, to yourself). 

Ace. MS, {ourselves; euc ^' {yourselves; 

j fie, them (Eie, you); 
j fid), themselves, (yourselves, yourself). 

Infinitives. ^ ast Participles. 

Cobett, to praise; gelobt, praised; 

fd)lagen, to beat, to strike; gefdjfagen, beaten, struck; 

ttmfdjett, to wash; geroajdieit, washed; 

uerletym, to hurt; Derle^t, hurt; 

fpteien, to play; fiejpielt, played; 

erlaubett (with dat.), to permit, to allow; ertciltbt, permitted, allowed; 

toertljetbigen, to defend; Derttjeibtgt, defended; 

bejdnitbtgen, to accuse; befijutbigt, accused; 

cntid)u(btgen, to excuse: entfdjulbtgt, excused; 

ijanbeln, to act; gef)aubelt acted; 

retten, to save; gerettet, saved; 

fpred)en, to speak, to talk; gefprodjen, spoken, talked; 
fd)imben, to cut; gefdjnitten, cut; 

Queie^en, to expose; au3gefe£t, exposed; 

in 2ld)t nel)mett (with Ace), to take care of; in 2W)t genommeit, taken care of. 



— 53 — 

2)er 2U)Docat, the lawyer; ba« ©efdjtcf, the ability; ber Wlutf), the courage; btc 
@eife, the soap; ber 2>tanb f the dust; bte 2Irntee, the army; ber Pe&adjA the 
suspicion; fcorjtdjtig, cautious; uuoorft(i)ttg f incautious; artgenel)irt, pleasant; 
imiuigenefjm, unpleasant; fo, thus; ba (conjunction), since; meil, because. 

Obs — (1) SBctl and ba (since) require the following verb to be at the end 
of the clause (No. 45).— (2) Adjectives are generally preceded by their qualify- 
ing words or adjuncts: G?3 ift Hlir angenefjm, it is pleasant to me. 

£)er Center Ijat bid) gelobt, mil bn ftei^ig getnefen bift. ©eirt 
©ruber ift em bofer Snabe; cr fjat mid) geftern gefd)tagen. Spaft bu 
bid) fd)on getoafcfjen? 3d) fyabe mid) nod) nid)t geit>a[d)en; aber 
^einrid) fyat fid) fd)on feit einer ©tunbe geroafcfjen. -3$ l ) ai)e wiS 
fyeute mit etncm 3Kcjfer toerfefet. Sari t)at fid) aud) gefdjnitten; er 
fyat mit feinem gebcrmeffer gefpielt. ©often Sie unS crlaubcn, in 
3^rem ©arteu ju fpieteu ? $d) ttntf e3 endj erlauben, roemt il)r bie 
©lumen tit 2Id)t netjmen tooHt. SSarum fcib if)r ljeute uid)t ausge* 
gangen ? SSir toolkit itu3 iri 2ld)t uefymen, tocit loir franf geroef en finb. 
g3 ift feidjt, fid) in 2ld)t ju neljmen, toenn man t)orfid)ttg ift. liefer 
Slboocat l)at bid) mit gropem ®efd)icf Dertfjetbigt. ©it fyaft Unred)t, 
bid) ju bertfycibigcn, ba bid) nod) 9tiemanb bc|d)ulbigt §at S3 ift 
Unrcdjt, fid) ju bcrtfyetbigen, tocnn man uid)t bcfdjutbigt ift. <2ie 
fonnen fid) nid)t entfdjutbigen, [mcine] §erren; SRiemanb !ann fid) 
entfd)it(bigen, ber fo gefyanbcft fyat. (S3 faun 3§wn uid)t fdjmcr fein, 
tourer greunb, fid) ju cntfrfjitlbtgcn, ba Sic Dottig (perfectly) 
9ted)t babcn. @3 ift meiner 2d)wefter fefyr unangeneljm, fid) in biefer 
©efaljr ju fefyen. 

90. 
It is very pleasant to me, to hear you speak thus. It is 
easy for (to) you to accuse rae if I cannot defend myself. Hast 
thou hurt thyself, when thou wast in my room? I have not 
hurt myself, but William has hurt himself with his fork. How 
can you permit yourself to hurt the trees in my garden ? Thou 
art right to take care of thyself, since thou hast been sick. 
These boys have struck me to-day; but thy brother has de- 
fended me with great courage. William's father has beaten 
us, because we have played in his garden, Children, I cannot 
praise you to-day, because you have not done your lessons. (My) 
gentlemen, you have not been wise; to excuse one's self if one 



— 54 — 

is not accused, is incautious, Charles had cut himself when he 
was in your garden. Will you give me some soap and water ? 
I will wash myself, and clean myself of the dust. Why have 
you not been in school, children? We have already excused 
ourselves with (bet) the teacher. Our army is lost, it cannot 
save itself. These men have exposed themselves to a great 
danger. You have exposed yourselves to(a)grave (fdjrocr) sus- 
picion, since you have taken what does not belong to you. 

91. 

<Saa,en (past part, gejagt), to say, to e'men SBefud) madjen, to pay a visit; 

tell; fotcfjer, foldje, joidjeS (strong declen- 
jdjtcfen, to send; sion), such; 

cjlanben (p?.st. part, cjeglaubt), to be- fetnbttd), hostile; 

lieve; bort, there (at that place); 

nriffen, to know; bic 93efanntfd)aft, acquaintance; 

toerfpredjen, to promise; ber geinb, the enemy; 

fiird)tcn (past. part, gefiirdjtet), to be baft, that (conjunction); 

afraid; 5X(Ie^ f tt)a§, all that, everything that; 

fid) roetgern (past. part, [jetoeiejeri), to 9?td)t3, tt>a§, nothing that. 

refuse) ; 

Inf. miiffen: id) mufj, I must; bu mugt, thou must; er mug, he must; nrir 
miiffen, we must; tt)r miiftt, you must; fie muff en, they must. 

I have been in New York for a year, id) bin [f d) n] f e i t einem 3(ll)r 
in 9tew 2)or!. 

Obs. — (1) Clauses, introduced by baft require the verb to be at the end of 
the clause (No. 45). — (2) The indefinite pronoun mail is only used in the 
nominative, and is translated by one, by the indefinite people or by they: Man 
mug fagen, one (they) must say. Often man may be rendered by an English 
passive construction: man glaubt, it is believed.— (3) The accusative of personal 
pronouns generally precedes the dative. 

tonneti ©ie rntr fagen, mo $err 2flofl tootynt? -3d) fann [c8] 
3tynen nid)t fagen. 2Botten ®te mtr bicfc geber lei^en ? Qd) fann 
fie Sfynat nidjt lettjen, fie getjort rntr mdjt Qd) mufe I)eute bent 
grautcin ©. etnen SSefud) madjen; fie ift geftern mtt il)rer Aflutter an* 
get omnten. 3Ru|t bit fdjon gefjen ? So finb mcinc &d)i\t)t ? $at 
ber @d)ul)mad)er fie nod) nid)t gebrad)t? 9?ein, er roitf fie btr in einer 
©tunbe fdjid en. Sie femnft bn [c»] hriffen ? (5r l)at [c8] mtr ge^ 
fagt. £>etn ©ruber mug nod) feme Slufgaben madjen. Sir miiffen 



— 55 — 

3ffe3 tljun, toa$ nnfern Sticrn nnb gdjrcrn angeneljm ift Ofyr mftfct 
mcincn Setter befndjen; er ift feit bret 2Bod)en frant Jpeinrid) imb 
SBiHjcfat miiffcn Dtdc 33nd)er fyaben. SBfrut mu§ nidjt ansgefyen, 
»cnn man franf ift SJian muB fid) nidjt Dertfjeibtgen, toenn man 
nidjt befdjulbtgt ift @ie miiffcn nid)t 2Ule3 gtaubcn, tt>a$ man $t)ntn 
fagt @ie miiffcn fief) ntd)t folder ©efafjr ausfefcen. 2ftan glanbt, 
baB bie s $ren£cn bie feinbtidje Slrmee gefd)tagen Ijaben. %Jlan fagt, 
bap ber gcinb fid) nid)t {anger ttertfyeibigen fann. 2Kan gfaubt nid)t, 
baj3 bit bie^ SJud) gefd)rieben Ijaft (Sic miiffcn fid) in 3ld)t nefjmen, 
»cnn Sie in mcincn ©arten gefyen toolfcn. @te miiffcn tmffen, ba§ 
$f)v grennb far! fid) gemetgeri fyat, mir jctte 33iid)er gn fdjicfen. 
SSarum I)aft bn btcf) gemeigert, nad) SBicn git gefyen? Qd) fyabe mid) 
titdf)t gemeigert, nad) SSien gn gefyen; abcr id) mnfc fnrdjtcn, baft id) 
bort feine ©efdjafte madjen fann. SSir fyaben un$ genmgert, bir nnjcr 
§an£ gn Derfanfen, toeit e$ fur bid) git grojs ift SBir finb fd)on feit 
t>ter SSodjen hi ber ©tabt, abcr Sitcmanb tjat un$ cinen iBefnd) gc* 
madjt 

92. 

My friend had the kindness to send me a basket of cherries. 
You have not yet sent me my book. Who has taken my pen ? 
I cannot tell (it) thee. This penknife belongs to my brother; 
thou must give it to him. Charles will not lend me his um- 
brella. Why will he not lend it to thee ? One must not pay 
visits if one is unwell. One must promise nothing that one 
cannot do. One must never praise one's self. I can promise 
you a great pleasure if you will make the acquaintance of my 
friend; you must pay him a visit. I cannot believe (it) that 
you have such suspicion. It is said that you have been for 
two years in this country. It has been said that you have re- 
fused to pay a visit to your sick brother. We have not refused 
to write this letter, but we must be cautious in this affair (@e- 
fdjfift). Must we not be afraid that our friends have lost all 
(that) they have ? We will do nothing that can be unpleasant 
to you, but you must have the kindness to do what you have 
promised to us. 



— 56 — 



part in. 



93. 

Present Indicative, Sing. L icf) lobe, I praise, I am praising, I do praise; 

2. (bu (obcft),* bu fobft, thou praisest, etc.; 

3. (er (obet), er kib£, he praises; 
Plural. L mir foben, we praise; 

• 2. (ifjr lobet), ifjr lobt, you praise; 
3. fie loben, they praise. 

Imperative. Sing. lobe (bu), praise (thou); 
Plural, lobt (it)r), praise (you) ; 

lobetl ®ie, praise (you) [for polite conversation]. 

gtnben, to find; ft>iinjd)en, to wish, to desire; 
jud)en (with ace), to seek, to look for; arbeiten, to work, to labor; 

tt)of)tten, to dwell, reside, live; ba3 Xud), the cloth; 

brtngen, to bring; bie @traJ3e, the street; 

bebauern, to regret, to pity; ber 23 ud) I) an bier, the bookseller; 

baueu, to build; - 3ebermamt, every body; 

retten, to ride; fcfyarf, sharp; 

taDeltt, to censure, to blame; 8^3, whole* 

Obs. — 1. The e in the endings of the 2d and 3 1 pers. sing, and 2d plural 
is always used if the infinitive ends in ben or ten (finben, arbeiten). In verbs 
with infinitives in e(n and eru (tabetn, bebauern) the e of the ending is dropped 
in all persons, except the 1st pers. sing. 

2. The demonstrative pronoun that, used without a noun, and referring to 
something mentioned before, or pointed at, is rendered by the neuter t>a$ or 
bte§ (instead of btefes). 

3. Mixed fractions are placed wholly before the following noun: greet 
unb eine ttiertel Sftetle, two miles and a quarter. 

2Ba3 fudjett @ic ? Q&) fudje nteme geber* 2Rem ^Bruber fudjt 
femett ©(ctfttft. SStr fucfyen imfertt Jpimb. £)tcfe Stnber fudjett 
tljre 33iicf)ei\ 2Bo f aufert ©tc Qljv papier ? 2£ir laufen unfer papier 



The forms enclosed in parentheses are obsolete. 



— 57 — 

bet bent Sudjljanbfer. 3d) finbe metnert <&tod nidjt. Set fjat 
meincit ©tod genommen? Qdj gfaubc, ba£ $|t ©ruber iljrt ge= 
nommen fjat. 34 liebe bicfcn i?nabeu ntd)t; er ift immcr unartig. 
£>u tiebft beinen Sefyrcr. ©ott tiebt tie guten 3Kenfd}eju @ute ®tn* 
ber fieben itjre SItern. 3ft e£ waljr, baft 3fyr Cnfet fein £>au3 t>er= 
fauft? SSte tfyeuer oerfaufctt Ste bic (a) fettc don biefem £ud)e? 
3d) aerfaufe btc (a) (Site btefeS SEud^eS 3U (at) t)ier Stljatero, £>a3 
ift fcfjr tljeuer. tfinbeft bu nidjt, £)etnridj, ba£ ba3 fef)r tljeuer ift? 
3^, id) finbe e3 fefyr tfjeuer. SSir t)erfaufett aber biel toon btefem 
£ud)e. 3ebermann finbet e§ fd)on. Sdjicfetx 2ie mir brei unb eine 
fjatbeGlfe! SBiffcn ©ie, too id) woljne? JJa, 2ie toofjnen in ber 
®arfeftra§e. 3d) nui§ toiinfrfjcn, ba§ <Sie fid) eitt toenig in 2(d) t 
nefjmen. SSarum iabett if)r cure greunbe? 3d) fwdjte, bap ifjrnie 
3emaub (obt 3Kctn greunb £ar( arbeitet ben ganjenXag; er ift 
eiu fef)r flcijstger S'uabe. fringe mir mcinen Stocf, SSityctm; id) 
mitt auSgefyen. 8eif)en @te mir gefafligft Qfyv tfebermeffer ! ipier 
Jjaft bu ee, aber fd)neibe bid) nid)t; e3 ift fdjarf. 



94. 

What are you doing? I am reading the book which your 
brother has lent me. You read too much. Why do you not 
write? I have already written three letters. My cousins 
never write. You always blame your cousins; you must not 
blame them. What art thou doing ? I am doing my exercise. 
What is thy sister doing? She is working. Can you tell me 
where Mr. X. lives ? He lives in (the ) William street. Dost 
thou live with (bet) thy uncle? No, I do not live with 
him. We regret that thy father is sick. Do you know, that 
your uncle is building a new house? Where is your little 
brother ? I believe that he is playing in the garden. I 
am afraid that thou playest too much, my son; thou must play 
less and work more. Has your brother found my watch ? He 
finds all (that) he seeks. I can not excuse you if you are 
acting thus. Write this letter for me, if you please. Tell my 
brother that he must go to Vienna with thee. Do not excuse 
thyself! I believe what thou sayest to me. My father wishes 
that thou ridest to the village, and buyest there ten pounds of 



— 58 — 

sugar and twenty yards of linen. How much coffee have you 
bought ? Three pounds and three quarters. 

95. 

Imperfect Indicative, id) lobte, I praised, I did praise, was praising; 

bil lobteft, thou praisedst, etc. ; 

er tobte, lie praised; 

roir fobten, we praised; 

tljr fobtet, you praised; 

fte (obten, they praised. 
SBejucrjen, to visit; anttuorten, (with dat.), to answer; 

t>erjud)en, to attempt, to try, to en- fenben, to send; 
tobtert, to kill; [deavor; fennen*, to know; 

beabjtd)ttgen, to intend; lernen, to learn; 

t>er(a(fen, to quit, to leave; begtetten, to accompany; 

fid) begeben, to proceed, to betake amiiftren, to amuse; 

one's self; ber SBerfud), the attempt; 

benten, to think; ber Xob, the death; 

fief) befdjeifttgen, to occupy one's self; bte 2lbfid)t, the intention, design; 
brennett, to burn; bte 23erftarfttng, the reinforcement; 

reben, to speak; bit Sfteife, the journey; 

bemerfen,to perceive; bte 2lnftmft, the arrival; 

l)inretdjen, to be sufficient; ba$ @elb, -the money; 

Ijelfen, (with dat.), to help; bte 2$ofyuung, the residence; 

au3fuf)rett, to accomplish; ber 23ote, the messenger; 

ernjarteu, to expect; ba3 ^Setter, the weather; 

ditjeigen, to announce; ttcifyrcnb, ** while. 

Obs.— 1. The imperfect ending is ete in regular verbs ending in ben, 
ten, gnen and d)nen (idj rebete, arbettete, e$ regnete), except fenben and men* 
ben, which generally form fattbte, manbte. 

2. The imperfects of bringen and benfenare bradjte and badjte; of brennen, 
brannte; Fennen, Fannte; nennen, nannte; reitnen, rannte. 

3. SBoften forms regularly rooftte; Fomten makes Fonnte, and mitffen, 
mnJ3te, both without softening the vowel. 3d) roollte is translated by / was 
willing, I intended, I was going to, I wished; id) ruottte nid)t, / was unwilling, 
I did not choose; id) muftte, I was obliged to; id) Fonnie, I could. 

4. If conjunctions that throw the verb to the end of the clause(bd{3, (ll$, 
roemt, ba, met!, ro&fyrenb etc.) precede their principal sentences, the verb of 
the latter is placed before its subject: 

id) g etje , roenn er fommt, I go if he comes, 
roenn er fommt, g e I) e id) , if he comes, I go. 

* $emten (to know) means 'to have an acquaintance with somebody or 
something'; ttriffen, (to know) means 4 to have a knowledge of something,' 
** 28al)renb requires the verb to be at the end of the clause. 



— 59 — 

5. In this instance (Obs. 4) the principal sentence is often preceded by 
the adverb fo, which in that position cannot be expressed in English: 2$emt er 
fommt, j o get)e id). 

6. Feminine nouns consisting of more than one syllable, except those 
in funft and nif^ take en in all cases of the plural, without softening the 
radical vowel* For feminine nouns in cl and er see p. 33. 

Qd) war tit bem ©arten, ate bein 23ruber unS bcfudjte. 21(3 23oottj 
Slbrafyam gtucobt tobtete, wax id) m £eutfd)iaub> Qcfy U)imfd)te 
beinen ©ruber in SSten 3U fet)en r ba id) tl)n in Berlin md)t fefjen 
fonnte. ©a id) alfeS @elb tterloren fyxtte, beabfiditigte id) tncinc LU)t 
ju tjcrlaufcn. ©a id) s £ari3 dcrtaffctt umjjte, fo rooflte td) mid) nad) 
Sofn begeben, 2Str mad)tcn feinen 93erfudj nad) bet ©tabt ju gefyen, 
meil e3 ben ganjen Jag reguete. SSeit 9iicmanb fitr beinen 33m* 
ber rebete, fo t>erfucf)ten toir [efr], if)rt ju scrtfycibtgett. SSir fpieltcn 
in bem ©arten, mafjrenb bein ©ruber in feincm 3immer arbettete. 
SSatjrenb wiv bet btr fpeiften, brannte unfer §au3. 2U3 ftur bid) nicf)t 
im §aufe bemerften, batten tour, bap bit bid) tut ©arten befdjafttgteft. 
SBenn bit bid) wetgerft, un$ betne 2Ibfid)ten ju fagen, fo fbnnen wiv 
btr nid)t Ijelfen* ®a| bein ©ruber in unferer Stabt tooljute, lonnte 
id) niefct nnffeu. 

96. 

I did not attempt to proceed to Paris since my money was 
not sufficient for the journey. We did not expect the arrival 
of thy brother, since it rained the whole day. Since my 
brother refused to help me, I could not accomplish my designs. 
Since my friends were afraid to come to (ju) us, we were 
obliged to visit them. We were expecting the arrival of your 
brother, when a messenger brought us your letter that 
announced his death. We could not yesterday come to town, 
because the weather was bad. Just (©erabe) because he was 
wrong, I did not answer him. Why did you not send your 
son, if you could not come to town? If you thought so of him, 
you did not know the man. My brother was learning his 
lesson while I accompanied Charles into the garden. While 
our house was burning, I amused myself with my friend 
William. That Henry did not choose to come, I could not 



— 60 — 

know. Since Mr. Davis was going to sell the house in which 
I lived, I was obliged to look for another residence. When 
we perceived the designs of the enemy, we sent reinforcements 
into the village. 



97. 

Future Indicative, id) U)erbe loben. I shall or will praise; 1 am going to praise; 
bu ttnrft loben, thou wilt praise; 
er roirb loben, he will praise; 
rotr uoerben loben, we shall praise; 
ifyr ruerbet loben, you will praise; 
fte njerben loben, they will praise. 

$cf)t Sage, a week; ber X'xtntx, the man-servant; 

fcter 5 et)U Sage, a fortnight: mitnefymen, to take along; 
bie*, till, until; in $tt)et bis brei Xa= anfommen, to arrive; 

gen, in two or three days; abreijen, to depart; 

nod) etnmal, once more; f)5ren, to hear;, 

ttneber, again; regnen, to rain; 

morgen. to-morrow; bauern, to last; 

mbgttd), possible bletben, to remain; 

ber &rieg, the war; erjucfjen, to request; 

bie StngeUgenfyeit, the affair; fcevlieren, to lose. 

Obs. — (1) The rrn-RE is formed by the verb roerben as auxiliary, and 
the infinitive of the verb without $u. This infinitive in simple sentences 
must be placed at the end of the clause. The verb Meroen, not followed by 
an infinitive, denotes to become: fie tDetbcn Jreunbe, they become friends. — 
(2) Shall in the 2. and 3. pers. sing, and plur. is translated by the verb follcn, 
which is irregular in the pres. indicative sing,: id) foil, bu fottft, er )oti. 
Shall in questions is translated by follen even in the first person: shall 1 come, 
foil id) fommen? — (3) If I will etc. means to be willing, to intend, it should be 
translated by id) milt. — (4) The interrogative adverb when is translated by 
roann. 

3d) tucrbe biefert 2I6enb ba3 3?ergnligcrt fyaben, metnen Onfct ju 
fetjen. Qd) toerbe btr btcjen pbfdjen King gebett, rcemt bit ffeiBtg 
fein trtrft. £)einrid) ftnrb mix ftcute ciu ^paar fcfione £>ar.bfdnif)e tan* 
fen. Petite Scf)tr>efter nnrb jufrteben fein, toenn fie i|re vXufgabe ge* 



* 25i§, if it is used as a conjunction has the verb at the end of the clause. 



— Gl — 

madjt |at 2Bemt liur in 3ft. fciu werbcn, wcvbcn nnr t)ic£ 23ergnugat 
fyaben. SSBatm mxbm @ie mid) befudjeu? 3d) gtaube, ba§ »»i Sie 
morgen befudjen toerbcn. SDteine 4)ruber toerben fyeute ober morgen 
and) fommeu. S3 ipirb meinem 93ater feljr Diet SSerguitgen madjen 
(give), fie nod) etnmal ju fcfjcn. SSamt Herbert Sie $l)rem greimbe 
ifarf fdjreiben? $d) tncrbe H)tn in adjt bis Hierje^n £agcu fdjreiben. 
Soften Sie bie ©iitc fyabcn, mir ba3 33ud) jii fd)tden, toetdjeS Sie 
mir oerjprodjeu fjaben? 3d) ix>erbe e3 $l)nen Ijcute fdjiden, grauiein. 
3Kctn Wiener xoxxb e$ Qfynm bringen. 3^ Sreunb fdjetnt (seems) 
arm jn roerben. Soft id) ^^nen je^t Ijelfen, ober foil id) im ©arten 
arbeiten, 6i3 Sie fcrtig (done) fein rcerben? £5a bn bid) morgen 
nad) SSien begeben nnrft, fo erfucfye id) bid), meinen @ot)n mitjunel)* 
men. iBleiben ©ie in Berlin, bt3 id) bort anfommen tterbe? 

98. 

Will you go with us ? I do not believe that my father will 
allow (it to) me. Has the shoemaker brought my boots? No, 
he will bring them to you this evening. What shall we do now? 
We will go to town together (together to town). Will you 
have the kindness to lend me your horse ? I shall lend it to you 
with much pleasure. We shall play to-day in the garden of 
our uncle; he will allow us. This man is becoming rich. I 
hear that thou art going to depart for Germany; wilt thou not 
take along thy children? Mr. Xollet has (is) arrived who 
desires to speak with you. Tell him that I will not see him. 
My father will arrive here in [a] short time; will you visit him? 
Excuse me, I must depart in three or four hours. It will not 
be possible for (to) me to see him. Since the war will last longer 
than we expected, it will be better if we remain in the country. 
Will you accompany us if we go to town ? If your friend is 
losing so much money, he will soon become poor. What will 
your father say, if he hears that you are going to leave the 
country? I shall not write you again till I shall come (till I 
.come) to Yienna. Will the weather be good or bad to-morrow ? 
I believe that it is going to rain to-morrow. Shall I try it once 
more? Do not try it till you have spoken again with me. Do 
you know that our friend William is going to leave our town ? 



— 62 — 

When is he going to depart ? I believe that he will depart in 
five or six days. If thou wilt (ttnfift) bring me pen T ink, and 
paper, I shall try to write that letter for you. 



Present Subjunctive, Sing, id) lobe, I praise (praised etc.); 

bu lobeft, thou praise (praisedst etc.); 

Ct lobe, he praise (praised etc.). 
Plur. tinr loben, tljr lobet, fie lobett. 
Imperfect Subjunctive, id) lobte etc. (like imperfect indicative). 
Perfect Indicative. id) l)Clbe (t)U Ijaft, er l)(tt etc.) gelobt, I hare praised. 

Perfect Subjunctive. id) l)abe (bit Ijabeft, er Ijabe, roir Ijaben, tljr tyatet, fte Ija* 

ben) gelobt. 
Perfect Infinitive. gelobt fjaben, gelobt gu Ijaben, to have praised. 

Pluperfect Indicative. id) ^atte (ton Ijatteft etc.) gelobt, I had praised. 
Pluperfect Subjunctive, id) Ijatte (bu l)(itteft etc.) gelobt 

Obs. — 1. The present subjunctive generally does not drop the e in the 
endings. The third person sing, is always like the first. 

2. The first persons subjunct. present of fonnen, rooEen, ntitffeu are: id) 
fotttte, id) roolle, id) tttiiffe, and are conjugated like the subjunctive of id) 
lobe. §aben, to have, makes the pres. subj.: id) ijabe,' bu Ijabeft, er Ijabc, ttrir 
Ijaben, tl)r Ijabet, fie Ijaben, @etn, to be, has the pres. subj.: id) jet, bu feteft, 
er fet, nnr feien, tfyr feiet, fte feien. 

3. The imperfect subjunctives of fomten, roollett, tttiiffert are: id) fottttte, 
(could), roollte, mitgte. §aben, fern, brtngen, benfen soften in the imperf. 
subjunct. the a of their imperfect indicatives: id) mare (I were), tdj bftdjte, id) 
briidjte. ®enben, roenben, brennen, fennen, nentteit, remten form their imperf. 
subjunct. regularly, restoring the e of the infinitives: id) fenbete, rcenbete, 
brennte, fennte, nennte, renttte. 

4. The perfect indie, of Ijabeit and fettt are: id) Ijabe geljabt, I have had; 
id) bin gettrefen, I have been; perfect subjunctive: id) l)abe (bu Ijabeft etc.) ge* 
Ijabt; id) fei (bu feteft etc.) geroefen; pluperfect indicative: id) l)atte geljabt, I 
had had; id) mar geroefen, lhad been; pluperfect subjunctive: id) t)atte ge* 
l)abt; id) mare geraefen. 

5. In clauses introduced by b ft j$ the subjunctive is under certain cir- 
cumstances more generally used than the indicative. This is the case if the 
clause introduced by bafj is dependent on a verb of hearing, thinking, be- 
lieving or saying, in the imperfect or pluperfect tense: 

I believe that he comes, id) gtaube, baft er to m m t ; but: 
I believed that he came (was coming), id) glaubte, baft er f ttt lit e. 
Such verbs as require the verbs in the following clause to be in the sub- 
junctive are: benfen, ubeqeugt fein, fyoren, glauben, roalnicn, fiirdjten, fagen, 
antroorten, (djreiben, and the like. 



— 63 — 

6. In clauses introduced by that, the English past tense is translated 
either by the present or imperfect subjunctive, and the English pluperfect 
either by the pereect or pluperfect subjunctive: 

They believed that he learned, fte fltaubteit, baft cr I e r it e (or 1 e r it t C). 

They said that he had learned, ftefagten, ba|3 cr getcttlt Ij a b e (or I) a 1 1 e ). 
But the use of the present and perfect subjunctives must be avoided, when its 
forms would not be distinguishable from the indicative : id) glaubte, bag fte 
Icrnten (not (eriteit); tdj gtaubte, ba$ fte gelentt fatten (not fyaben). 

7. In all these constructions the conjunction ba\$ may be omitted, and 
the verb (subjunctive) of the clause takes its place immediately after the 
subject : id) gtaubte, er fet in ber 3tabr, I believed he was in the city. 

8. The same usage cf the subjunctive takes place in clauses introduced 
by ob (whether, if), after the imperfect or pluperfect of verbs of asking 
(frageu) or doubting (;unetfeln): id) fragte tint, ob er franf fet (or retire), I 
asked him whether (if) he was sick. 



If the clause introduced by ba$ depends on verbs in the present or 
future, the subjunctive is more rarely used than the indicative. 

2Baf)tten, to suppose (wrongly); mt^uiajftg, inadmissible; 

rjermutfyen, to presume; nd)ttg, correct; 

erfttiren, to declare; unrtd)ttg, incorrect; 

CUUtefymeit, to accept; taaftd), daily; 

bcf)cmpteu, to state, to assert; bte 3ufnl)i*, supply, provision; 

bemerfen, to remark; ber 25orjd)lctg, the proposition; 

fdjetnen, to seem; bte 2Inftd)t, the view; 

fragen, to ask (a question); bte ^Butter, the butter; 

r)crftd)ent, to assure; ba$ di (pi. (Sier), the egg) 
uorberettett (past part. t>orberettet) f to bte 2Baf)rl)ett, the truth; 

prepare; bte (SefeUfcfjaft, the company; 

tengnen, to deny; bte ®d)tad)t, the battle; 

$roetfeln, to doubt; ber (General, the general; 

gafjten, to pay; *ber (nnroolnter, the inhabitant; 

iibeqeugt, convinced; ob, whether, if. 

Qi) glaubte, ba§ cr fptete. Q&) glaubte, ba§ fie fpieften. Qfy 
lrjal)ttte, ba£ bu Iran! feieft. Qi) tttcifyntc, bu feieft franf. SSMr t)er^ 
rmitfyeteu, ba^ bu bcine 9Iuf gaben lernteft. £>ie getnbe badjtcn, batf 
ttrir feine gufuljren fy&ttw* SD^eine greunbe fitrdjteten, id) fci tobt. 
(5r tt>ar Uberjeugt, baft tdj mid) nad) Berlin begebctt [)atte. 5Dcm 
greunb erftarte, baft er bcincn 23orfd)fag ntd)t annef)meu fonue. 
Siefe SKanner flatten beljaupict, bap bu in Sofn ftoljntcft. 3d) && 
merfte, baft biefe 2lnfid)t unrtdjitg jit fein fdjeine. (£r t»erfirf)erte mir, 



_ 64 — 

baft cr hnmer biefe Slbfidjt grfjabt Ijabe, £cr Center badjte, ba£ roir 
im$ nidjt t>orberettet fatten. 9)tone greunbe fd)riebcn mir, fie brad;= 
ten tagfid) Sutter unb Gier nadj ber Stabt SBiHjefm leugnctc, bap 
cr jemate bie Slbfidjt gefyabt Ijatte, fcin £)au£ gu fcerfaufen. £)eitt 
SBater fragte mid), ob id) jemate in Sien gen>efen feu Qd) jmeifelte, 
ob biefer Sttamt bir bie SSafyrfyeit fage. 

100. 

My brother thought that thou AYast working; but I was 
afraid that thou wast playing. He supposed [wrongly] that I 
was wrong. He often £old me (told me often) that he had 
never had such a suspicion, We presumed, Henry was in your 
company. Were you not convinced that we could not lose 
that battle? The general declared that these propositions 
were inadmissible. He stated that the English were sending 
provisions, and that the inhabitants were bringing them to the 
city. How could you say that I was living in France ? Did I 
not always say that your views were correct ? He remarked 
that he knew me, and [that] your suspicion could not be correct. 
My brother asked me whether I had ever had such designs ? 
Henry answered me that he was not prepared to declare his 
views; he doubted if we could pay that money. I supposed 
you were accompanying your brother. I was afraid you were 
dead, since I had heard that you had not been in town for a 
month. 

101. 

Future Subjunctive, id) fterbe foben, bu irjerbeft foben, er toerbe foben, ttnv 
roerben foben, ifyr raerbet ioben, fte merben foben. 
Conditional, id) roiivbe Ioben, I should or would praise; 
bit ttmrbeft foben, thou wouldst praise; 
er ttmrbe foben, be would praise; 
ft>ir ftmrbeit foben, we should praise; 
tt)r ttmrbet foben, you would praise; 
fie ttmrben foben, they would praise. 

Obs.~ 1. If a clause, introduced by if, is dependent on a verb in the 
potential mood with should, would, could, might, the clause is called 
hypothetical, and requires in German the subjunctive of the imperfect for 
the English past tense, and the subjunctive of the pluperfect for the 



— 65 — 

English pluperfect. The conditional should not be used in clauses intro- 
duced by tuentt (if) : / should praise you, if you were here, id) nmi'be @te tobeit, 
Ittentt ^te l)ter Uidren; I should praise you, if you worked (would work), id) 

ttmvbe && loben, mnn Bit atbeiteten {not arbeiten rtmvben): / should 
praise you, if you had worked, id) ttmrbe ®ie loben, menu @ie gcarbcitet fatten. 

2. In the principal sentence of the hypothetical period the English 
potential with should or would is rendered either by the German conditional, 
or by the subjunctive of the imperfect (pluperfect): 3d) mitt be jjnfrteben 
f e in (or id) m a x e jufrieben), menn fie angefommeu toattn, I sftowZd be pleased 
if they had arrived. ©te fatten irju getobt, menn @ie l)ter getoefen maren, 
you would have praised him if you had been here. 

3. The English potential with could or might in the principal sentence is 
generally rendered by the subjunctive of the imperfect (or pluperfect, see 
p. 108.) of the modal auxiliary totlllCU (id) fomtte) with the infinitive of the 
verb: G?r fonnte bie§ tfjurt, menu er l)icr mitre, he could (might) do this 
if he were here. 

4. The imperfect subjunctive of the modal auxiliary tttiiffeit (id) miifete) 
in the principal sentence of hypothetical periods is generally rendered by 
'/ ought to' or '/ should be obliged to or by similar circumlocutions: Sie 
miifct en b\e§ miffen, menu <3ie cmfmerfjam maren, you ought to know this if 
you were attentive. 3d) mugte metnen ^tan aufgeben, menn bte$ ber gad 
tt)dve f I should be obliged to give up my plan if this were the case. 

5. The imperfect subjunctive of the modal auxiliary mogert (id) tnbd)te, 
see p. 108.) in the principal sentence of hypothetical periods, generally cor- 
responds to '/ should wish to or 'like to: 3d) modjte irjtt fefyen, menn e§ mogftd) 
mare, / should wish (ivould like) to see him if it were possible. 

6. In all these instances (No. 2 — 5.) the conditional clause is frequently 
understood: 2Ba§ mitrben ©te tfynn? what would you do? 

7. The English potential with should or would in clauses introduced by 
that (bctJ3), is expressed either by the subjunctive of the future, or by the 
conditional (especially with a plural verb). But after verbs of wishing, 
would is expressed by mcd)te, or by the imperfect subjunctive of the main 
verb: 3d) fyoffte, bag er fommen merbe (or miirbe), I hoped that he would 
come, dx gtaubte, baft fie bteiben m iir b en (not merben), he believed that 
they would remain. 3d) miin|d)te, bag fie fommen mod) ten (or famen), I 
wished that they would vome. 

8. In clauses introduced by that, could generally corresponds to fomtte, 
and might to mod)te: C£r bad)te, baft fie nid)t fommen f on it ten, he thought 
that they could not come. C£r fiirdjtetc, baft fie fommen mod) ten, he was 
afraid that they might come. 

$bjd)netben, to cut off; mafjfett, to choose, elect; 

erretdjen, to reach; befolgeu (part, befolcjt), to follow; 

dnbern (part, gecinbert), to change; reifen, to travel; 

^urtidfefyren, to return; ftd) jurucfjteljeit, to retreat; 



— 66 — 

emdjtett, to establish; bet Ratty, the advice; 

beftattgen, to confirm; bet* iBiirger, the citizen; 

bauctt, to build; bie Sfcegierung, the government; 

l)offcn f to hope; ba3 ^oftcttttt, the post-omce; 

fortfefcen, to continue; gent, gladly, willingly; 

bet* $tt)etn, the Rhine; fpat, late; 

ber ^rciftbent, the President; batb, soon; 

bcr SBejd)iuf3, the resolution; gefunb, healthy; 

ber (befallen, the favor; fparfcutt, economical. 

35er ©encrat fitrdjiete, ba$ bie gembe fetne gufuljren abfdjnetbett 
toiirben, SStr fiird)teten, ba£ bu $u fpat fommen mbd)teft ©ein 
better nntnfdjte, ba£ bu bid) nad) SBieu begeben ntudjtcft £)ie (Sin* 
iDoIjner ^offten, ba§ bie gctnbe bie @tabt ntdjt erretdjen fonnten, $cf) 
gtaubte nidjt, ba£ bcin SBruber feine 2lnftd)t anbern tt>erbe. Sir Der- 
ntutfjetcn, ba% kavl feine Stufgabeu nidjt fyaben nmrbe. Qdj badjte 
bu iDerbeft bafb jurudfe^rcn. Qd) nmrbe gliicflidfjer fein, menu id) 
33itd)er unb grcunbe Ijcitte. Qd) nmrbe mel)r SScrgniigcn Ijaben, warn 
ineine @d)tt)eftcru Ijter toaren. ®u ttmrbeft nid)t fo reid) fein, menu 
bu nidjt fo fcicle ©efdjafte gemadjt ljatteft. SBemt £>einvid) ©elb 
Ijatte, nmrbe er biefe SOfcffer faufeu. Qd) nmrbe beinen $rttber be> 
fudjen, wcrnt id) 3ctt tjcittc. 28ir nmrben bid) nid)t tabefn, roemt bu 
fleipiger genoefen roareft. SBeta Dnfcl fagte mir, bu ttmrbeft morgeit 
nid)t fommen. 2Bctd)en oon biefeu ©tocfat ipixrbeft bu iDal)Ien ? 
Sent nritrbet i()r eure SBlimten geben ? 23a3 ttmrbeft bu fagen, ttenn 
id) mcin ^fcrb Dcrf auf te ? Qd) xoixxbt bir ertauben ju fpiefen, tt)enn 
bu beine Slufgaben gemad)t ljatteft SBcnn bu £tit ju tefen ljatteft, 
ttmrbc id) bir eht nu£ftd)e$ 33ud) leifyen. Qd) ttutrbe gent mit bir 
gefjen, toemt mcin Scorer c$ ertaubtc; id) mujj fyeute [nod)] brei 33ricfe 
fd)reibeu. Qd) bvadjtc bir gern beine 23itd)er, koenn id) fie fyatte. 
£)eht 23atcr todre jefet reid), menu cr nteineu SSorfdjIag befotgt Ijatte, 
£)u ljatteft 9tcd)t, menu tt>ir in granfreidj todren. -3d) fdjitfte bir 
meinett £)iener, menu cr nid)t auSgegcutgen tt>dre. 2£enn tt)ir in 
55eutfd)lvinb moljnten, fo ptteft bu nid)t fo Diet ©elb fcerforcn. SBenn 
bu bid) in 2td)t genomnteu fjdtteft, fo ttmrft bu jefet nidjt frant £)cine 
greunbe fbuuten bir nidjt fo Diet ©elb geben, roenn fie nidjt reid) 
ttdren. $d) ntbdjte nad) £)eutfd)tanb reifen, tt)enn id) meljr ©elb 
l)dtte* 2)u fomiteft bcin ©efd)dft fortfe^en, menu bu t)orfid)tiger 
toareft. (gr tonnte gefunb fein, menn er einen Slrgt geljabt ^atte. 



3f)r ntiijstet retdjer fern, tomn H)t fpctrfctm getnefen rodret. SBemt 
bit inetncm 9?adibar ntdjt ©e(b gegeben Jjatteft, miijjte er |cin £)au3 
ucrfaufcn. SBettst ttnr jinei Stimmen (votes) mefyr gefyabt fatten, 
fo Ijatte bcirt S3ater 9ted)t gefyabt. 

102. 

We thought that the enemy (pi.) would retreat to the 
Rhine. Charles did not doubt that you would return in five or 
six days. The inhabitants wished that the government would 
establish a new post-office. All citizens expected that the 
President would confirm these resolutions. We were afraid 
that you might choose the wrong (unredjt) way. Louisa would 
be much (fel)r) pleased if she had these flowers. Henry would 
not have so many friends if he were not so kind (gut) and 
diligent. We should not yet have (be) arrived if we had not 
received a letter from your father. We should not have sold 
our house if my father had done more business (pi.). The 
teacher would blame thee if thou hadst not done thy exercises. 
I should not believe it if thou hadst not seen it. If I had money 
I should buy a pound of cherries. If you would tell me where 
Mr. N. lives, I would give you two dollars. Would you be- 
lieve that I had done this ? Would you do me this favor if I 
allowed you to amuse yourself this evening? I would do it 
willingly if I had time. You might be rich now if you had been 
more cautious in your affairs. Thou mightest live now in a 
palace ( 2d)(oB) if thou hadst followed my advice. If we should 
receive reinforcements, we could beat the enemy. They could 
not have defended (uertljcibigt) themselves if my brother had 
not helped (gef)o(fcn) them. If they had (were) departed 
yesterday, they ought to be here now (now here). If you had 
followed your [own] advice, you would be obliged now to leave 
the country. I should like to build this house for you if you 
would (were willing to) pay more money. We should like to 
follow thy advice, if it were possible. [Use the imperfect in- 
stead of conditional in the following sentences]. I should 
bring you your pictures to-morrow if they were done (fcrtig). 
They would have sent your money a week ago if they had had 
it. If you had arrived later, you would not have found us in 



— - 68 



town. If I were not sick, I should visit you. IT thou hadst 
changed thy resolutions, thou wouldst not have lost thy 
money.- Thou wouldst be lost now if I had not saved (gcrcttct) 
thee. If you had had less money, you would have been more 
economical. 

103. 
SCuSgeljett, to go out. 

id) gelje cms, I go out; 
bu gel) ft au$, thou goest out; 
er gefyt cut3, he goes out; 
toxt gefyen au$, we go out; 
tljr gefyt au3, you go out; 
fte gefjeu au§, they go out. 



aufmadjen, to open; 
gumadjen, to shut; 
yxtn&fyitkVL, to send back; 
Uitteruid)t nefymen, to take lessons; 
dttHopfeit, to knock (at a door); 
aiifruadjett, to awake; 
ftitbtrett, to study; 
dbfffyreiben, to copy; 
UUttfyetleit, to communicate; 
tut$iet)en, to put on; 
erfranfett, to fall sick; 
CUtffyoreit, to cease; 
artfangett, to begin, to commence; 
geftefyen, to confess; 
etttfejjen (eine ^a£)e), to be aware (of 
a thing); 



fid) ctnHetbcn, to dress (one's self); 
Clllfftefyetl, to rise (from bed or a fall, 

etc.); 
Ctufgefyett, to rise (from the sun, moon, 

etc.); 
Utttergeljen, to set (of the sun, etc.); 
Dor.jtefyett, to prefer; 
bie 9?ad)rid)t, the news; 
bie ©erool)Ul)eit, the habit; 
bte font mo be, the chest of drawers; 
bte Sftetfe, the journey; 
bte &afye, the thing; 
bte Ununffcnfyett, the ignorance; 
ftfjuiaq, black; 
friil}, early. 



Obs. — 1 . Verbs having for prefixes syllables that do not occur as words by 
themselves, are called inseparable compound verbs. Such prefixes are be, 
ge, ent (emp), er, Oev, ger. Most other prefixes of verbs are particles (espe- 
cially prepositions) which also occur as separate words. Verbs compounded 
with these are called separable compound verbs. The most usual of these 
particles are: ah, an, auf, au$, bet, nut, rtad), tor, gu, jitriicf, etn, fort, and the 
compound particles with Ijer and l)ht (fyeroor, ()erauf, etc.). 

2. The prefixes of the separable compound verbs are detached from the 
simple verb in the present, imperfect and imperative, if they stand in or- 
dinary (see Obs. 4) sentences. The detached prefixes are removed to the end 
of the clause: er § e t g t c mtr ben £ob femes betters an , he announced t© me 
the death of his cousin. 



— GO — 

3. If separable compound verbs are construed with infinitives (with 
gu), the detached prefix is often placed before the infinitive and its adjuncts: 
2Btr f a it a. e tt fyeitte a it , ba3 23ud) ju lefcn (or: 2£tr f a tt g e it l)eute ba§ 33ud) 
git (efcit a it), we begin to-day to read the book. 

4. If the separable compound verbs occur in clauses that require the 
verb to be at the end (No. 45; 95, Obs. 4), the prefixed particles are not de- 
tached, but keep their connection with the simple verb, the same as in the 
infinitive: 2)ie $ttabett, bte gtt lefcn a it f a It g e tt , the boys that begin to read; 
inentt bte $ttabeit 311 tejeit a tt f a it g e tt , if the boys begin to read, etc. 

5. The prepositions burd), iiber, tttlt and Hitter are in some compounds 
separable, and in others inseparable: id) It tt t e r tt e I) tit e , I undertake; but: 
bte ©onite 3 e t) t it 11 1 e r , the sun sets.f 

3d) gcl)e Ijcute mdjt cm3; ba$ SBetter ift gu fd)(ed)t. SSenn ba$ 
SScttcr fcfjoncr mare, nntrben toir gem au3gel)en. Spctnrtcl), bnmad)ft 
ttic bie Z\)\m ju. $annft bit biefe $ommobe aufmadjen? $tf)matf)t 
mem dimmer git, toemt id) anSgefye. Qd) \djidc Qijnax ba3 33nd) 
jnriitf, midjc^ @te mir gelieljen t)akn. SJtem Setter fdjtdte mir 
geftent ben ©tocf jnritd, ben id) tl)m getiefyen fjatte. @d)reibft bit 
atte btcfc ©rtcfe at) ? 3$ H*it§ $f)tten etoa§ mitttjeifett* 2Ba3tt)ofte:t 
@te mir ntittJjcUen? -3d) tfjctlc 3f)nen cine angenefyme 9?ad)ridjt mit 
SSelcfyeS Stctb jiel) ft bit fycute ait? 33) Stef^e mem fcfywarjed Sleib 
an, tmb meine @d)ti)cfter tnirb xijx \vt\$t§ Steib an3te^en. Sfteine 
■Kadjbarrt fangen fyeute an, iljre @adjcn git bcrfaufen. ©em grennb 
fcfetc geftent feine 9tafe fort. SSaljrenb er feine Strife fortfe^te, er* 
franfte er. SSann Ijorctt @te anf, Unterrtdjt ju ueljmeu ? SBemt id) 
je^t auf()orte, nntrbe id) nid)t fcijr met nnffen. SSamt gel)tbie@onne 
im SDfconat SKarj (March) anf ? Sentt bie ©otmc fritt) aufgef)t r 
gel)t fie fpat unter. SSann ftcfyen ©ie anf? 

10-1. 

Do you not rise yet? No, I am unwell; I shall not rise 
to-day. You always rise very late; that is a bad habit. Shut 
the door, if you please. Open the window. Your brother al- 
ways opens the door and the windows. Do you not go out to- 
day? I shall not go out to-day. My brother goes out twice 
every day (every day twice). I shall send you back your 
umbrella to-morrow. Send me also back the cane which I 



f If such verbs are inseparable, they are marked with an asterisk. 



— TO — 

have lent you. What is my son doing? He copies the letters 
which yon have written this morning. If my uncle arrives, 
I shall communicate to him the good news. Do not com- 
municate him anything. Put on thy new dress. I announced yes- 
terday to my children that you would visit us to-day. Why do 
you begin again to take lessons ? Because I am aware of my 
ignorance. Are you aware that I was right ? No, I am not 
aware of it. My children begin to study early, and cease [to 
study] late. Which garden do you prefer, mine or that of my 
brother ? I must confess that I prefer that of your brother. 
When my servant knocked [at the door] I awoke, dressed my- 
self and perceived that I had slept (gefrfjlafen) too long. My 
brother departed from Vienna while I was preparing my 
journey. Why do you not prepare your lessons, children? 



SBauen, to build; 

f)etratl)ett, to marry; 

f itfyren, to conduct; 

ptihtbern, to plunder; 

gerftoren, to destroy; 

Sufyoren, to listen; 

anerfennen, to acknowledge; 

fyetlen, to cure, to heal; 

fid) beffem, to improve (one's self) 

bicttren, to dictate; 

DergrSJ3ent, to increase, to enlarge; 

fcerfdjonera, to embellish; 

be}d)ieJ3crt, to bombard; 

fcernuniben, to wound; 

ttortegen, to submit (place before); 

cibteljncn, to decline; 

ciu§t>evfaufen, to sell out; 

fraitgoftfd), French; 

lmbegriinbet, unfounded; 

amertfcmifd), American; 



105. 

fa ft, almost; 
grtebrtdj, Frederick; 
Defterrettf), Austria; 
ber ©ejanbte, the ambassador; 
ber ©raf, the count; 
ber Siirft, the prince; 
ber ^etbfyerr, the commander; 
*ber (Svfolg, the success; 
ber (golbcit, the soldier; 
ber §etb, the hero; 
ber oenat, the senate; 
bte 9Utfmerfjamfeit, the attention; 
bie 9?epltbttf, the republic; 
bte 2$unbe, the wound; 
bie $afy\, the number; 
bte 23ebhtgmtg, the condition; 
ber grtebett, the peace; 
ber ©efyitffe, the assistant; 
ber SBorratl), the stock, 
ber f5 ran S°f e r the Frenchman. 



Obs. — 1. The past participle of verbs that make their imperfects in 
te or ete is formed by prefixing the syllable ge (augment) and adding the 
ending t or et to the infinitive, after its ending (en or n) has been dropped. 
Yerbs in ben and ten take et: loben — gelobt; dnbern — cjednbert; reben — 
gerebet. Those verbs that change e into a in the imperfect (No. 95.) keep 
that vowel in the participle (feitbct — gefanbt; benfen — gebad)t, etc.). 



— n — v 

2. Verbs with the ending irert (terett), and the inseparable compound 
verbs do not take an augment (ftubtretl, ftubtrt; erlattbett — erlailbt). Separable 
compounds insert the augment between the prefix and the simple verb (auf* 
l)5rett • — auf(] cl)ort). Some compound verbs consist of a separable prefix 
followed by an inseparable one. These take no augment: Uorberetten — D01> 
berettet. 

3. About hundred and seventy verbs and their compounds form their 
past participles by the ending en, refusing the ending te of the imperfect (fefyett 
— gefeljeit; fatten- — gefatteu). These verbs are called strong verbs, and their 
conjugation strong conjugation; all the others (with participles in et) are 
called weak verbs, and their conjugation weak conjugation. See p. 90. 

4. Nouns form their genitives in e3 (§) or ett (it). The former are of the 
strong, the latter of the weak declension. Nouns of the weak declension 
take ett (or tt if the nom. ends in e, el or er) in all cases except nora. sing., and 
never soften their radical vowels in the plural. To the weak declension be- 
long the masculines in e ($ttabe, SBote, ^reupe, etc.), and some other, 
especially foreign nouns which have dropped their former ending e (©raf, 
prft, £err, 2»enfd), §etb, @o0>at, .^rfiftbent, etc). 

3Kcttt ©ruber fjat cm neueS §au$ in ber grtebrtdiSftrajse gebaut. 
35er frangoftfdje @enera( fyat bett ©rafen ^BtSmartf nad) ber ©tabt 
SBerf attfeS begleitet. 3)?att fagt, baj} ber ©encrat Sft. bie Jotter eineS 
granjofett gefyeiratfyct ljabe. SBemt iljr ten gitrften eroartct fyattct, 
fo Ijatte er cud) tit fcht <2d)fo§ gefitljrt. £>aft bit bem gclbljerru ben 
Srfotg ber ©d)(ad)t angejetgt? !£ie ©olbaten Ijabctt bie <Stabt 
Qtplnnbtxt unb jerftort. ©enn tljr btefert £)elben gefanut fyattet, 
toiirbct it)r fcnffett, baJ3 btefer 23erbadjt unbegritnbet tft. £er @enat 
l)at ber 3Sotfd)aft be$ ^rafibeutcu mit grower Slufmerffamfett jugc* 
Ijort. ©er ^rafibent i)at bie frcmgofijdje 9iepub(if ancrfannt, unb 
bem amertfantfdjen ©efanbtcn crtaubt, in ^aris ju btetben. iWcin 
grcunb I)at brei Qafyxt tit SBertht ftubtrt. SSie Ijabett ©te fid) in ber 
©efeflfdjaft btefeS §errn amitfirt? 

106. 

What physician has cured the wound of that soldier? 
Frederick has improved very [much] in the last three months. 
Do you know the boy ? Have you ever seen (the) Count Bis- 
marck? Do you know the conditions of (the) peace which the 
Prussians have dictated? TTe had expected the physician, 
but he has sent his assistant. The Emperor Napoleon has 
enlarged and embellished the city of Paris very [much]. Have 



— 12 — 

the Prussians not yet commenced (strong verb) to bombard 
the city ? They have killed or wounded a great number of 
French soldiers. One has almost ceased to speak of this affair. 
There arc few men that have not acknowledged this. The 
ambassadors of England and Austria have submitted to the 
King of Prussia other conditions, but it is said that the king has 
declined them. We have almost sold out our whole stock, but 
our friends have advised (cmjcigen) us that they have shipped 
(abfeuben) another supply. 



10T. 

3)er 9?effe, the nephew; bettnofjnen (with.dat.), to be present at; 

bus £cmbgut, the country-seat; antneilbeu, to employ; 

ber 33ebiente, the (man) servant; *uberrajd)en, to surprise; 

btc SBorlefung, the lecture; uerbteneu, to deserve; 

bie (Sntfdjulbigmtg, the excuse; abt}oteit (with accus.), to call for; 

ber Coffer, the trunk; braudjen, to need (a. v.); 

ber ©aftbof, the hotel; aufrtdjttct, upright, sincere- 

ber g:ortfd)ritt, the progress; gefdllig, obliging; 

bie Stone, the crown; Qel)oricj, proper; 

btc @trafc, the punishment, penalty; cjettugenb, sufficient; 

leben, to live (be alive),; ntd)t blojj, tttd)t ltur, not only. 

Obs. — 1. In separable com])ound verbs, the preposition ju as sign of the 
infinitive U incorporated in the verb and placed immediately after the prefix 
(anfangeu — an g u fangen). 

2. In order to, before an infinitive, is rendered by the prepositions itttt —■- 
git: in order to praise, um £U (obcrt. Um is placed before all adjuncts of the in- 
finitive if there are any: um morcjCU ttcid) 9£. £U flefyen, in order to go to N. to- 
morrow. 

3. If a phrase with um — $U opens the sentence, the verb of the latter 
must be placed before the subject. The same is the case if any sentence is 
opened by an adjunct of the verb (objects, adverbs or prepositions): Um gtt 
leben, miif f en rn tr arbettcn, in order to live we must work. SJftttg-reunbcn 
bin id) ftreng, with friends I am strict. 

4. German adjectives in their crude forms (without endings) are used 
as adverbs, corresponding to English adverbs in ly: @te l)Clbe:t r t d) t i Q (jeur= 
ttyettt, you have judged correctly. 

5 If the conjunction but stands after a negative phrase which it corrects, 
it is translated by fottbern, n>t by aber: Qh$ ift ntd)t tneif}, fonbern 
fd)tt>ar3, ^ s ^ s not w hi* e oui black. 



— 13 — 

6. The possessive case of nouns may generally be rendered by the Ger- 
man genitive preceding its noun. In this instance the governing noun, as in 
English, loses its article (the article or other determinative words, if there are 
any, always belonging to the possessive case) : the boy's father, b e8 It'll a b en 

$ater; the teacher s book, b e 3 2 e I) x e r 3 23ud). 



Qd) fotmrte, nm Mr ?u fag.cn, bap icf) morgen nad) meineS SJeffen 
Sanbgute abretfe. -3$ I)^& e meinen ©ebienten flefdjitft, urn mtr etn 
^funb $iidzv gu faufen. Sir leben md)t, um gu effen, fouberu tt)ir 
effcn, um ju leben. Um gUicflidj jn fetn, mug man gnfrieben fetn. 
Um grennbe gu fyaben, mug man ntdjt blog aufrtdjttg, fouberu and) 
gefatfig fetn. $d) fyabe ntdjt 3«t au3$ugel)en. §mben ®fe bie ©tite, 
btefe jiuet -SBriefe abjufdjretben. SSotten (Sic fo gut fern bie £i)ure 
auf5umad)en? 3Ketne3 9?ad)bar3 @oljn Ijat $tt>ei ^ferbe ju toerfaufen. 
Q)t e3 nod) ntdjt ,3ett aufgnfieljen ? 3d) fjabe ba$ 2?ergnitgcn ge= 
t)abt, betncr Sdjmefter 93or(efung bet$Mt>ol)neu. §abcn @ie ©clb, 
um biefeu Sfttng gu faufen ? £at bein SBater bir btefe^ ©clb gegebcn, 
um e3 fo fd)(ed)t anjuroenben? 2>3 gfiirfien Sob Ijat mid) fefjr ate 
angeuefym itberrafdjt. Seiner ©djttefter gratnbin fyat utd)t untoor* 
ftd)ttg, fonbern fefyr tnetfe gcljanbclt. 3d) bin ntdjt f)ter, um cure 
Sntfd)u(bigungen anjuljorcn, fouberu iun bie Strafe, bie il)r Derbicnt 
Ijabt, ju bictiren. 



108. 

My brother has six letters to cop}'. Have the kindness to 
send me back my book. It is time to depart. Which dress do 
you wish to put on? Allow me to open the window, it is so 
warm. Excuse me, it is not warm, but cold. You have the 
bad habit to rise too late; }'ou must not rise late, but as early 
as you can. A soldier has (is) arrived in order to take along 
the general's children. I have sent a servant to the hotel in 
order to call for my sister's trunk. In order to make progress 
(plur. in German), we must not play, but diligently work. We 
need more money in order to continue this business properly. 
In order to prepare [yourself] sufficiently, you will need not 
one but three hours. The Emperor Napoleon has declared war 
to the King of Prussia in order not to lose his crown. 



— 71 — 



109. 



Present Infinitive Passive. gelobt tberben (gelobt £U roerben), to be praised. 
Present Indicative Passive : id) trjerbe gelobt, 1 am praised; 

bu roirft gelobt, thou art praised; 

er txrirb gelobt, he is praised; 

ttnr merbcit gelobt, we are praised; 

ifyr toerbet gelobt, you are praised; 

lie merben gelobt, they are praised. 
Passive Form with fettt : id) bin gelobt, I am praised; 

bu bift gelobt, thou art praised etc. 

Obs — 1. The present passive is easily distinguished from the future 
active, the auxiliary noerbett in the latter being connected with the infini- 
tive, and in the former with the past participle of the verb. 

2. The passive with frerben is the ordinary form of the German passive, 
denoting the actual happening or continuing cf the action expressed by the 
verb : bie geittbe tt) e r b e tt oerfolgt, the enemy are pursued (are being pursued). 
The form of the passive with fetlt denotes a state, resulting from the action 
expressed by the verb: ba$ §cm$ i ft cerfauft, the house is sold (is a sold one), 
denoting the result of the act of selling, while: ba% $au§ tturb bermuft 
denotes the actual going on of the sale (the house is being sold, for instance by 
an auctioneer). If the action itself and its result are not distinguished, both 
forms may be used with equal propriety: bie t&iabt roirb (or ift) belagert, the 
city is besieged. If for the English ordinary passive we use or may use the 
progressive form of the passive, the German passive takes the auxiliary 
rcerbetu 

3. The passive agent (doer of the action) is generally indicated by Don 
with the dative (sometimes by'burd)): bie ©tabt ttnrb b o tt bett £ru£pctt bela= 
gert, the city is besieged by the troops. 

4. The conjunction when is translated by roetttt (not by at3), if it de- 
notes zvhenever, or if the verb stands in the present, perfect or future tenses. 

SYNOPSIS. 

roatttt ? in questions, direct or indirect; 

toemt, if denoting whenever or if the verb is in present, perfect or 
when - future; 

Cu% if the verb is in the imperfect or pluperfect, and does not 
denote whenever. 
•r j roettrt, denoting contingency in conditional clauses; 

( ob, if denoting whether after verbs of asking or doubting. 

^(ttfieliett, to appoint; befeften, to occupy; 

cmgreifett (part, angegriffen), to attack; betteibett, to envy; 

attSrtiftett, to endow; beleibtgen, to insult; 

cmf alien, to fill; blitfjen, to flourish; 

adjten, to esteem; ernten, to harvest; 

befofynen, to reward; er^eben (n. erfyoben), to collect; 



75 — 



crftamtett (v. a.), to astonish; 

crfreuen, to delight; 

gebraud)en, to use; 

geUngen, to succeed 

Ijaffcn, to hate; 

lieben, to love; 

:|) (emir en, to grade; 

pffoftern, to pave; 

radjen, to avenge; 

repariren, to repair; 

jaen, to sow; 

ftrafen; to punish; 

taufcrjett, to deceive; 

*uma,eben, (strong v.) 

*umringcn 

*uberf)aufen, to overwhelm; 

*iibeqeugen, to convince; 

berlaffen (strong), to leave, quit, desert; 

Derfcfjltcgcn (pLtoerfrfjfoffen), to lock; 

oerforgett, to supply; 

*&otfenben, to finish; 

bte WtQObt, the tax; 

tie mintage, the talent; 

ber Sltltrag, the application; 

bte Arbeit, the work, labor; 

bte 2trt, the kind; 

ba3 2>ampfboot, the steamboat; 

bet* (§ijenba()n$UO,, the railroad-train; 

bte (Srbtttenmg, the animosity; 



to surround; 



ber gall, the case; 
ba3 ge(b (pi. getber), the field; 
ber grueling, the spring; 
ber ©ecmer, the adversary; 
ba3 ©etretbe, the grain; 
ber §ctnbet, the trade; 
ber §erbft, the autumn; 
ber $cmfer, the purchaser; 
ber Saben, th.e shop; 
ba3 £aubl)ait$, the villa; 
bte SebenSmtttet, (pi) the victuals; 
bas geljrbud), the text-book; 
ber $lcm, the plan; 
ber «PoIe, the Pole; 
bte s ^egeImdJ3tg!ett, the regularity; 
ber SRllffe, the Russian; 
ber ©ommer, the summer; 
ber Uljrmadjer, the watchmaker; 
ba$ SBerbtenft, the merit; 
ber 2£etngarten, the vineyard; 
gefdncft, able; 
frucfjtbar, fertile; 
reidjttd), abundant; 
fonberbar, odd; 
ltmniffenb, ignorant; 
fogletd), presently, directly, immed- 
iately; 
iibcraH, everywhere. 



Qti) toerbe Don inetnem SBatcr gctobt, toenn id) fleiptg bin. £)n 
toirft toon betnem Scfyrcr getabclt, we'd bu tmmer faul bift. £)er ge* 
fdjidte 2ftamt tturb gelobt unb ber umx>iffenbc getabclt. SBeldje ®na* 
ben toerben betofynt unb fteldie toerben geftraft? 3Mej[emgcn, tteldje 
flctfctg finb, toerben betofynt unb bte, toeldje faul fi:tb, geftraft. SBir 
tocrben t>on nnfern Sftcrn geltcbt; ii)r roerbet Don ben eurtgen geta- 
belt 3Rcmc 53riibcr toerben Don ^ebermamt gead)tct. 23ir toerben 
tion nnfern getnben geljajH. £>ie 9Ibgaben tocrben \ctgt rntt ber grd^ 
ten ^egeltna^tgfeit erl)oben. !Der Srtcg toirb mit grower Grbit* 
terung fortgefefct. ©enn itjr Don euern geinbert beletbtgt inerbet, 
ntiifct il)r eud) uidjt rad)en. SEtr babeu nnfer $au§ Dcrfaffen, 
toctl e3 jefet rcparirt ttnrb. SSenn ba$ ©etretbe gefaet toivb, ift e3 
grueling; toenn e$ gecrntet toirb, ift c3 ©oramcr ober §erbft. $\t 



bic Zi)\\v Dcrfd){o[(en? 3d) tin crftaimt, baft <Sie eine@acljc (cause) 
fcertfjeibtgen, bie nicfyt ucrtfjctbigt hocrben fann. Unfcrc Slrbeit if* 
rjofienbet; ttur Ijoffeu, bap in fie (obert uurft. (S3 fdjetnt, ba£ btefeS 
5)orf don fetnen Gtrm>ol)ncnt berlaffen ift @cin ,3hmncr ift mit 
bcu foubcrbarftcit @ad)en angefitCt Sr tobtete fetnen ®egner, nm 
ntdjt uon if)m getobtet ju toerbett. Unfere Stabt ift (ttnrb) t)on ben 
frnd)tbarften gelbern umgeben. £5it fannft ntdjt in bie @tabt fom* 
men, ba fie son ben geinben befefct ift (or uurb). 

110. 
I am envied by my friends, but thy merits are acknowled- 
ged by all. The king is deceived by his servants*. The 
President is daily overwhelmed by applications of every 
kind. We are overwhelmed with work (plur. in German) 
which has been in our hands for a year. These books are no 
more read. What text-books are used in your school ? Are 
the Poles loved or hated by the Russians? Is your work 
finished? It is not yet finished, but it shall (fol(en) be finished 
presently. I am surprised that your father should have given 
(transl. has given) this permission. Are you not convinced 
that these plans will succeed ? The inhabitants say that they 
are abundantly supplied with victuals. How is the city of New 
York supplied with victuals? The railroad-trains and steam- 
boats convey (brtugen) them daily to the city. My watch is 
now repaired; the watchmaker has sent it back to me. My 
watch is now (being) repaired by the watchmaker. Is thy 
wound not healed yet ? The streets of our city are now being 
graded and paved. When the shops are filled with purchasers, 
(the) trade is flourishing. If that work cannot be continued 
by you, it must be finished by your brother. You are deserted 
by your friends because they are always insulted by you. 
"We are delighted that your diligence is now better rewarded 
than** it was formerly the case. Since you are occupied^ 



* 33ebtettte is a menial servant; Wiener comprises all kinds of servants. 
A servant of God, eitt & tie tf) t @0tte§. Otherwise $rted)t is used of the lowest 
kinds of servants, 

** 5tt3, than, throws the following verb to the end of the clause. 

f To occupy is rendered by befekeit, if it means to take possession : but by 
befd)afttom, if it refers to work. 



with too many engagements (3(r&eit},we shall appoint another 
assistant. My brother is expected by his friends while he is 
expecting them. Our soldiers were obliged to attack the 
enemy (plur. ) in order not to be attacked by them. This man 
is endowed with the highest talents. The city is everywhere 
surrounded with villas and vineyards. 

111. 

Imperfect Indicative Passive: \ij amrbe* gelobt, I was praised; 

bit nmrDeft gelobt, thou wast praised; 
er rourDe gelobt, he was praised; 
XOXX ttntrbeu gelobt, we were praised; 
ifyr untrbet gelobt, you were praised; 
fie UUtrben gelobt, they were praised. 

Present Subjunctive Passive : ii) tt)evbe (bu roevbeft, er roerbe etc.) gelobt. 
Imperfect Subjunctive Passive : id) VDiirbe (^bu tutirbeft, er ivjiirbe etc.) gelobt. 

Obs. — 1. The imperfect indicative passive is formed by the auxiliary 
trmrbe, the imperfect of the verb roerben, to become, whose subjunctive is roitrbe. 
The imperfect subjunctive passive is easily distinguished from the active 
conditional, the auxiliary noiirbe in the latter being construed with the 
infinitive, and in the former with the past participle of the verb. 

2. Instead of the ordinary passive with njcrbert in these tenses and 
moods, a passive with \ e i tt is used under the same circumstances as in the 
present indicative (No. 110. Obs. 3): Imperfect Indicative: id) rear geltebt, I was 
loved; Present Subjunctive: id) fet geltebt (generally translated by the past 
tense); Imperfect Subjunctive: id) rocire geltebt. £er £aben roar gefd)loffert, the 
shop was closed, if it means that the shop was a closed one, as a result of its 
having been closed before. But: ber £aben W ur b e gejd)lcffert, if the act of 
closing is described (the shop was being closed). If the action itself and its 
resulting state are not distinguished, we generally use the auxiliary ttmrbe 
in the imperfect. 

3. The u?e of the subjunctive passive is the same as that of the cor- 
responding active tenses .(No. 99. 101.) 

2Ibf)cmert (strong verb), to cut down; bebecfert, to cover; 

abtragen (strong), to pull down; bebrofyen, to threaten; 

cutreben, to address; bebaubeln, to treat; 

aufi)atteu (strong), to delay; belcifttgett, to molest; 

bebauervt, to regret; bertd)ten, to report; 



* In higher style the form id) ro a r b is used instead of id) ftmrbe, in the 
singular. 



beftegen, to defeat; 

beumnberrt, to admire; 

emtaben (strong), to invite; 

entbecfett, to discover; 

entdljren, to support; 

enuetfen (part, ernriefen), to prove; 

fortraumen, to remove, 

qudlen, to torment; 

fd)tiegeit (part. gefcf)Xoffeu), to close; 

ftoren, to disturb; 

troften, to console; 

*unterrid)teit, to instruct; 

fceridumbett, to slander; 

benrnettyen, to rent; 

t>Gvfel)cn (strong), to provide; 

DeruvtfjeUen, to condemn; 

Dcrmalten, to administer; 

uneber aufbemen, to rebuild; 

ber 2lbt>0CClt (weak deel.), tEo lawyer; 

ber Sfoujriff, the attack; 

ba% 2luge, the eye; 

ber 5lnget'(agte, the accused; 

ber 33al)ttf)of, the railroad station; 

ber Pettier, the beggar; 

bie 23e(agerung, the siege; 

ber Cngentfyiimer, the owner; 

ba$ (Sinlommen, the income; 



bie ©tnualjme, the revenue; 

ber ©aft, the guest; 

ber ©efemgene, the prisoner; 

ba% §inbermJ3, the obstacle; 

bie $anonabe, the cannonade; 

bie £eute (pi ), the individuals; 

ber 3ftarfd), the march; 

bie Cartel, the party; 

ber dauber, the robber; 

ber 9ttcf)ter, the judge; 

ba% ©d)teferbad), the slate-roof; 

bie ©tf)inbel, the shingle; 

ba$ ©djiff, the ship; 

bie @d)ulb, the guilt, the debt; 

ber ©eerduber, the pirate; 

bie ©pradje, the language; 

ba$ SBerbredjett, the crime; 

ber SBltttbrirgt, the surgeon; 

betrdcf)ttt(f) f considerable; 

beutfd), German; 

bitnfet, dark; 

frol), glad; 

leer, empty; 

prddjttg, magnificent; 

fdjredltdj, terrible; 

bort, there; 

nid)t euimal, not even. 



Qn wddjem -3al)re unb Don toem nntrbe 3Imertfa entbedt? SS?er 
Wax ber 9ft(nm, Don bem bit Ijeute in ber £>anuitonftra£e angercbet 
tourbeft ? $LU id) nad) SBien reifte, nmrbe id) liberal! Don 23ett(ent 
betaftigt. Safyrenb bit Don betnen greunben bettmnbert nnirbeft, 
ttmrbett \viv Don unfent geinben Derlanmbet. 3d) tear erftatmi, ba£ 
ttur nod) mdjts Don bir getjort fatten. £ie §aufer bicfer (Stabt 
toaxm bamaU mit Sdjinbcln bebeeft; je^t finbet ntan bort nnr ©d)ic- 
ferbadjer. DJiein grennb geigte mir an, baj3 feine SSJnnbe nod) ntd)t 
geljettt fci; er fitgte fyinjn, baj} cr Don feinem SSimbargte fcl)r (Diet) 
geqnaft roerbe. SRetne 33ritber in Berlin tfjeitten mir mit, ka$ fie 
faft taglid) Don beinen grennben eingefaben toftrbat, SBerat id) Don 
nteinen geinben geljafct toitrbe, fo ttmrbe id) fie nidjt fyaffen, fonbern 
Kebett. SSenn id) Don meinen grennben Dertaffen Wave, fonnte id) 
mid) nid)t Ieid)t troften. Qd) ttiirbe fefjr fro^ fein, toemt biefe 



— 19 — 

£>inbermffe fortgeraimtt ttiirben. 9U3 biefer 33rtef gefd^rieben ttmrbe, 
warm bte 2lugen, bte ifytt lefen fotlten (were to), fcfjon gefd)Ioffen* 
£)cr Slngeflagte rourbe Don ben 9itd)tent Dentrtfyeilt, rueit ba$ 9?et> 
brecben erunefen ttmr, mtb feme ©cfyulb nidjt bejttmfeU* toerben fonnte. 

112. 

The Russians were defeated by the English in the battle 
of (bet) Inkerman. The city was threatened with a siege, but 
the threat was treated with contempt by the inhabitants**. 
The city was threatened with a siege [ever] since the third 
of March. In what year wast thou sent to Germany by thy 
friends ? The prisoners were defended by able lawyers. 
In what battle were you wounded ? When I departed from 
the city, I was accompanied by my friends to the railroad 
station. I was astonished when I heard that my friend 
Charles was not invited. When we were sailing (reifen) 
to Europe, our ship was pursued by a pirate. While you 
were instructed by Mr. Reiley, I was studying Ahn's 
Grammar of the German Language. We were obliged 
to quit our house because it was repaired. At that time all 
hotels of the city were filled with guests, but now they are 
empty. When it was dark, a terrible cannonade was opened 
(eroffnen) by the enemy. Was thy wound healed or not when 
thou wast returning to the city ? It was not healed then, but 
it was treated by the surgeon. The general reported that his 
march was being delayed by attacks of the enemy. My friend 
declared that he was abundantly provided with money. He 
said that he was daily molested by individuals who were 
disturbing him in his work. If my debts were paid (bejatjtcn), 
my income would be sufficient to support me. I would regret 
very much if these beautiful trees were cut down. Were your 
streets at that time in good condition (ber ©tcmb) ? No, they 
were not even paved; but they are being paved now. If your 



* In the passive to doubt must be translated by bc^tneifefrt, not by 
gmctfeln. 

** All those adjuncts of the verb which complete its idea, must be 
placed after the passive agent. 



— 80 — 

house were rented, your revenues would increase (themselves) 
considerably. Would we pay fewer taxes, if our city were 
[being] administered by your party? If you were attacked 
by robbers, would you defend yourself or not? The house 
was pulled down by the owner in order to be rebuilt more 
magnificently. 



113. 

Perfect Indicative Passive: id) bin gelobt toorben, I have been praised; 

bit bift gelobt toorben, thou hast been praised; 
er tft gelobt roorben, he has been praised; 
Voir finb Cjefobt toorben, we have been praised; 
tf)t feib gelobt roorben, you have been praised; 
fie finb gelobt roorben, they have been praised. 

Perfect Subjunctive Passive: id) jet gelobt roorben, bVL f e i ft (er fet, toil* feien, etc.) 

gelobt toorben. 

Pluperfect Indicat. Passive: id) roar gelobt roorben, I had been praised; 

bn roarft gelobt toorben, thou hadst been praised; 
er roar gelobt roorben, he had been praised; 
Voir toaren gelobt toorben, we had been praised; 
il)V roaret gelobt roorben, you had been praised; 
fie roaren gelobt toorben, they had been praised. 

Pluperfect Subjunct. Passive: id) tuctre gelobt roorben, bit rocireft (er rocire, etc.) 

gelobt roorben. 

Obs. — 1. The perfect and pluperfect passive are formed by the perfect 
(id) bin roorben) and the pluperfect (id) roar roorben) of toerbenf (to become), 
in connection with the past participle of the verb. 

2. The rules No 99, Obs. 5 and 6, as to the use of the subjunctive and 
its tense after verbs of believing, stating, etc., n re Applicable to the passive 
voice, the same as to the active: er glaiibte, bafj id) in bcr (£>d)lad)t Oer* 
tounbet toorben fet ober to a r e , ho believed that I had been wounded 
in battle. 

3. The pluperfect subjunctive is often used in hypothetical periods 
with the force of the english potential with shoidd (would) hive (or should^ 
would have been m the passive): See No. 101 , Obs. 2 : id) 1) d 1 1 e il)tt g e f e I) e n; 

f The verb roerben, if not an auxiliary, takes the augment in the parti- 
ciple: id) bin g e roorben, I have become; td) toar g e toorben, I had become. 



— 81 — 

I should have seen liiin; er tv'&Xt tton mit g e f C I) C It to r b e n , he would have 
been seen by me. 

4. In ordinary sentences the perfect is frequently used, in German, when 
in English only the simple past tense would be proper; id) bin geftem in 
ber @tabt g e ft) e \ e n , I was yesterday in town. 

5, The conjunction after is translated by the German conjunction xiady 
bent, and the conjunction before by el)e, bettor. All these require the verb to 
be placed at the end of the clause: n a d) b e nt id) il)n geljortfyatte, after 
I had heard him; nadjbemergetobtet to or be n to a r ,t after he had 
been killed; efye (bettor) er cmgefangett Ijatte, before he had commenced. 

SInSfitfjren, to execute; bte iBiirgfcfyaft, the bail, ( to give 

benad)rid)ttgen, to inform; bail, SBurgjdjaft tetften); 

befetttgeit, to remove; bte (Entjd)abtgung(sing.), the damages; 

corrtgtren, to correct; ba3 gener, the fire; 

entlaffen (strong v.), to dismiss; ber £(ager, the plaintiff; 

entmutrjtgen, to discourage; bte 9ftiif)e, the trouble; 

pflegen, to nurse; ber $ro$eJ3, the law-suit; 

protefttren, to protest; bte ^rajibentfdjaft, the presidency; 

*iiberfenben, to send over; ber Stfatfygeber, the adviser; 

*tibertragen (strong), to confer (upon); bte (SteUe, the place; 

tterfyaften, to arrest; ber Xefegrapl) (weak d.),the telegraph; 

tterlattgett, to demand; bte 2Saf)(, the election; 

tterratfyen (strong), to betray; ber 2Bed)fet, the note (bill of exchange) ; 

ttorlaben (strong), to summon; ber ^oEbeamte, the custom-house 

tDarnett, to warn; officer; 

SSfabreaS, Andrew; at(anttjd), Atlantic; 

ber $uftrag, the order; ttergeMtd), in vain; 

bte 23anf, the bank; gtt)eife(^aft, doubtful. 

Qfy bin t>on meinem Secret cjeftraft toorbett, mil id) btefe 2Iufga= 
ben abgefdjrieben f)abc. <Du Kft tioxt betnem Onlel betoljnt toorben, 
roeif bit feme Utjr gcfnnben fyaft. |)emrtd) ift fiir feme 2Ru^e nidjt 
belofynt toorben. £>tefe 9?ad)rid)t ift un8 t)on £>errn 2Rofl mitgetl)ei(t 
trjorben. SBon mem ift biefe Stufgabe corrtgtrt toorben ? S3 ift mtr 
gefagt toorben, ba£ @ie emeu ©ebicntcn furfjcn. £)tefe $lad)xid)t ift 
un3 bnrd) (by) bm atfanttfdjen Xelegrapljen iibevfanbt toorben. 
SDtefeS ©elb ift mtr gcjaljft ftorben, nadjbcm id) e£ gtoctmal fcergeb(id) 
Dcrlangt fyatte. Sftadjbem ber ^rafibent Sincoln getdbtet ttorben wax, 



f In such passive constructions the participle toorben is sometimes 
omitted: nad)bem ergetobtet mar. 



mnrbe bie ^rcifibentfdjaft StnbreaS $ot)ufon iibertragcn. SSer pflegte 
end), ati i()r in ber ©d)tad)t Dcrmnnbct morbcn mart? £art be* 
tymptttt, bap biefe 91ad)rid)t if)m Don fetnen grcunbeu nod) nidjt mtt^ 
get()ei(t morben fci Unfere ^(cinc fonnten nidjt auSgefufyrt merben, 
nadjbent fie unfern ©egnern Derratfyen morbcn maren. 3#cine grennbe 
gtanbten, ba§ id) in ber2d)lad)t getbbtet morben fet. £)te geinbe Der<- 
mut()ctcn ba^ mir bnrd) (by) unfere 3?iebcr(age cntmnt(;igt morben 
maren. SSarnm antmortet ifyr, cl)e iljr Don enrcm Sefjrcr gcfragt 
morben feib ? !Die geinbe flofjcrt (fled), bcDor [nod)] ba3 gcncr Don 
tutS croffnet (opened) morben mar. 2£enu bit meinen 9iat() bcfolgt 
fyatteft, mar ft bit nidjt t)on beincm ©egncr bet (at) bcr 2£>al)t be- 
ficgt morbcn. SMefer l?orfd)lag mare Don inir nid)t angenomnten 
(accepted) morben, menn id) nid)t Don meinen 3iatf)geberu gctdnfd)t 
morben mare. 



114. 

I have been informed that you have opened ^eroffnet) a 
school in the city of Xew York. This debt has never been 
paid. Almost all custom-house officers have been dismissed by 
the President. Your note has been protested by the bank. 
After your cousin had been arrested, I was summoned by the 
judge in order to give bail for him. We continued our journey 
after these obstacles had been removed. William paid me a 
visit, before I had been informed that he was here. Before 
your orders had been executed, we heard that (the) war had 
been declared. Your brother stated in his letter that he had 
lost his law-suit and was condemned to pay damages to the 
plaintiff. It is doubtful whether I would have found bail, if I 
had been arrested. If I had been in your place, I should not 
have been defeated by my adversary. If you had had better 
advisers, you would have been warned by them. 



— 83 — 
115. 

jld) fveiten, to rejoice, to be glad. 

tdj freue mid), I rejoice, I am glad; id] f)abe mid) fjefteitt^ I have rejoiced; 

I have been glad, etc.; 

bu freujl bid), thou art glad, etc.; bu I) a ft bid) gefreut, 

cr freut fid), cr l)tit fid] gefreut, 

uur f veuen un0, tott l)aben une gefreut, 

tiir freut eud), Hjt tiabt eudi gefreut, 

fie freueix fid), fie Ijabeit ftd) gefreut. 

Obs.— 1. A. great number of German reflexive verbs (construed with a 
reflexive pronoun) correspond to English neuter or passive verbs or to 
whole phrases: [idj ttetbreitett, to spread] fid) tauidjen, to be disappointed: fief) 
feftert, to fcife a seat. The reflexive pronouns (unless governed by preposi- 
tions) are generally, bat not always in the accusative, In fid) fd)meid)eht, to 
flatter one's self, fid) etubilben, (o imagine, and several others the reflexive 
pronouns are datives: id) fd)metd)le mir, etc. 

2, The English compounds with sejf (myself, thyself, himself, etc.), are 
not to be considered as reflexives if they qualify nouns or pronouns with 
emphatical force. In this ease they are rendered by the German indeclinable 
felbft (or felbet): 3d) fyabe ben 2ft a rut felbft geiebcu, I have seen the man 
himself; e V f c i b ft fagte ec> he said so himself; \ d) irjerbe f c I b ft gel)Ctt, /shall 
go myself. 

3, If the English compounds with self have both a reflexive and emphat- 
ical force (which always is the case when reflexives have the rhetorical accent), 
they are rendered by the German reflexives in connection with felbft: He has 
killed himself (and no other), er l)at fid) f C 1 b f t getobtet: you must not praise 
yourselves (but others' you may), iljr miifjt cud) ntdit f e [ b f t loben. 

4, The English reciprocals each o'her, one another are either translated 
by the indeclinable einanber, or, if no ambiguity can arise, by the reflexive 
pronouns either alone, or in combination with etuaubcv: fie fdjirrtpfcit fid), 
they abuse each other: nur bctffeu etna it bet, we hate each other; fie ftoreit j i d) 
etrtdttber, they disturb each other. Often German reciprocal verbs are ix.= 
pressei by neuter verbs in English: 1 1 d) tveffen, to meet (one another); ft d) 
(mit etnattberi imterljalteit, to converse. 

2lbgeben (abgegangen), t cleave (neuter fid) begegrtert, to meet; 

verb); beicMDigeit, to damage; 

fid) amiiftven, to enjoy one's self; fid) biicfett, to stoop down; 

atldeilten, to intimate; baitleit ''with dative), to thank; 

a:if;):be:i (auftjerjoben), to pick up; fiii erinnertt (with gen.), to remember; 

ftjf) aufl)atteu (strong), to stay: fid) erhntMgeu, to inquire; 

auSbrennen, to burn out; fufj erfaiteu, to take a cold; 

fid) befiuben (befunben), to do, to be fid) ergeben (strong), to surrender 



(of the health) ; (one' s self) ; 



— 84 — 



fid) ctnbttben, to imagine; 

ftd) fitgen, to submit; 

gct)ord)en (with dative), to obey; 

fatten (strong), to keep; 

Ijerausfovbcrn, to challenge; 

ftd) nftfjrot, to approach; 

regie vert, to govern; 

fid) [e£en, to take a seat; 

treffen (getrbffen), to hit; 

ftd) tvenneit (to separate (from one 
another) ; 

*ftd) Uitterfjatteit (strong), to converse; 

*imterrtd)ten, to instruct; 

*unterfttii3ert, to support; 

ftd} uerbeugen, to bow (down); 

&erpf(td)tert, to pledge; 

toerfennett, to misjudge; 

ftd) uerjammeln, to assemble; 

ttcntrfadjen, to cause; 

fcenutdcht, to implicate; 

*ftd) Wtberfcfeen (with dative), to op- 
pose, to resist; 

ttneberjel)ert (strong), to see again; 

ftd) rounbern, to wonder; 

aiirjlen, to number; 

gugebett (.strong), to concede; 

bte 2tuforbenmg, the demand; 

bte SCuovbtmrtg, the regulation; 

ber 2ttt]prud), the claim; 

ber ^rgroorjtt, the suspicion; 



bcr $il8fd)Ug, the board; 

ber 23camte, the officer; 

ba3 ©elbftiicf, the piece of money; 

ba% ©eje£, the law; 

ber £ummet, Heaven; 

bte $aitoneufugel, the cannon ball; 

ba3 Sftirgtieb (plur. 2Bitgtteber), the 
member; 

bte Cbrtgteit, the authorities; 

ber Sd)abcn, the damage; 

bte @i£tmg, the session, meeting; 

bie Utttentcijmwtg, the enterprise; 

ber &orftt3ertbc, the chairman; 

bte 3n ftttnmung, the approbation, con- 
sent; 

ciinjerft, extreme; 

betannt, known (as adj.); 

beutfid), distinct; 

gered)t,just; 

fieb, dear; 

me^rcre, several; 

miibe, tired; 

ftrenge, severe; 

tbbtttd), fatal; 

twtfjiy well; 

ma 3 mad) en ©ft, how is your health f 

9Ib}d)teb nefjmen, to take leave; 

ftd) (dat.) SBerocguttg (fem.) mad)ert, to 
take exercise; 

SBeifcitC ftnben, to meet with favor. 



®nten Xag, lieber 3peinrid), $d) freuc mid), bid) toteberjufeljert. 
SSie befinbeft bit bid) ? Qd) befinbe mid) fefyr ft>of)l, feit id) in SRete 
9)orf ttofyne. 9Sa$ mad)t beta 33rubcr ? Q\t er h)ol)( ? Qa, er b& 
ftnbct fid) fefjr too^t 2Sa3 tljuft bu, gubtmg ? 3d) fleibe mid) an. 
Sleibet if)r end) nod) nidjt an? 2Bir toerben nn3 fpater anfleiben. 
211$ bie SERttglteber be3 2lu8fd)uffes fid) oerfammett fatten, tonrbe ba$ 
^3rotofotl (the minutes) ber le^ten ©i^nng t)om SBorfifcenbeit Deric* 
fen.f Sir biidten nn3 afte, nm nicfjt Don ben $anonenfngeln getrof* 
fen jn toerben. 2Sarnm (jaft bit bid) nidjt erfttnbigt, wann ber (Stmt* 



f To read, lefen, ttoriefert, abfefen f t>ertefen. Tbe simple verb teien de- 
notes reading in general; the compounds denote to read aloud. In the sentence 
above the simple verb would be improper. 



— 8o — 

bating nbgcl)t? Sir Ijahm nn$ nod) mentals ben Sfaorbmutgcit bev 
Obrigfcit rDiberfetjt* Sir ertnncr-n wis bicjcS 2ftannc3 fetjr bcuttid). 
Grinncrt Ujr cud) uid)t, ba£ U)t cud) Dcrpflidjtet tjattct, ben ©cfefcen 
ju gd)ord)cu? Sir tjabcn fclbft nidjt gegtaubt, ba£ bie 2Kitgtieber 
fid) bicfcn Stnforbernngen fitgen nntrbcn. Sir frenten m», ate ftrir 
Ijorten, bap Sic fclbft ttujcre 2(nfprud)C nntcrftiifccn fciirben* ©cut 
SSater fclbft tft in bicfe 9tnge(egent)eit aenmifrit toorbcn. $f)r miitft 
fclbft ancrfcnnen, bap mciuc Slutragc gcrcd)t fink §ctft cud) fclbft, 
bann (then) nnrb bcr fnmutet cud) tjctfcu. £)n toerortljciift bid) 
fclbft, incnu bit bieS jugtbft. Saun ftcrbcu Wit vm$ ttricbcrfcljcn? 
@3 tt)ar nidjt bcfamtt, bap bicfe |>erren fid) fd)on Icnneu. £ie ^8fe 
ncr ud[)crtcu fid) cinanbcr ol)ne slrgrooljn. &ar( nub SiU)c(m fud)cu 
fid) cinanbcr [fd)on] feit (auger (for more) ate cincr Stunbc. Sari 
unb id) begegncten un$ gcftcnt breimal in bcr Strafe 9M)tnt jctjt 
S(bfd)icb Don cinanbcr, licbe Sinber, il)r mit^i cud) trennen; iljr Ijabt 
leine £c\t ntcfjr, end) nut cinanbcr ju unterfyattcn. $d) gfanbe, bap 
lDir nn$ cinanbcr fcerfannt fyaben ; ttnr tootten fiinftig (for the future) 
gutegrcunbe fcin. 

116. 

Were you not extremely glad when you heard that this 
war had been finished (bccnben) ? I have staid here for more 
than three months. How did you enjoy yourself in my 
brother's company? The enemy did not oppose the march of 
our army. Doest thou not remember my older brother ? Re- 
member, my son, that our days are numbered! How do you 
do, Charles? I am not very well, I have taken a cold. I do 
not wonder; you take too little exercise. I bowed, when I 
recognized the President. The ambassador bowed, in order 
to intimate his approbation. Why doest thou stoop down? 
In order to pick up a small piece of money that I have 
lost. I imagined that my enterprise would meet with more 
favor; but I was mistaken. Why do you not take a seat? 
You must be tired. I thank you, I cannot stay [any] longer. 
What damage has been caused by this lire ? Several rooms 
are burned out, but the house itself has not been damaged 
much. Have you not conceded yourself that this city must 



— 86 — 

surrender soon and cannot keep (itself) much longer? Have 
jo u heard this of the President or of one of his officers f ? I have 
seen myself that the accused has beaten the boy. Who has 
instructed your brother ? Nobody, he has instructed himself. 
You must never be more severe with others than with yourself. 
Those that cannot govern others, cannot govern themselves. 
Will you not sent a servant in order to buy these things ? No, 
it is better that I go myself Po you know if these peoplej 
know each other? The two soldiers wounded each other; but 
their wounds were not fatal. We have met to-day, but did 
not recognize one another. Do you know that two members 
of the Senate have challenged each other ? Mr. Nollet and I 
have conversed (for) two hours (with each other). 



117. 

1. (§§ regttet, it rains; e$ fdjtteit (fdjneet), it snows; e§ friert, it freezes; e$ 
blt^t, it lightens; e§ bottttert, it thunders; e§ tagt, the day breaks; e§ flopft, 
sotnbody knocks; e§ lautet, the bell rings; e$ tft fait, it is cold; e§ ttrirb fait, 
it begins to be (is getting) cold. 

cold; 



2. id} f rtere or e§ friert 

id) fdmnfce „ e3 fd)ttri£t 

td) fyungere, id) bin fyimgrtg, 

fyabe §>mtget — ,, e3 fjmtgert 

id) burfte, id) bin burftkj, l)abe 

2)urft ,, eSburftet 

id) bin roam 



- mtd), I am 



perspiring; 

hungry; 

thirsty; 
warm. 



3. 2Ba§ tft 3>f)nen ? what ails you, what is the matter with you ? 
SSie ift Sfynen ? how do you feel ? 



(S3 tft mtr 
cs nnrb mtr 



r fait, 

warm, 
tool)!, 
unrool)!, 

| itb el, 

I jcr)rutrtbltg f 



I feel 

I begin to feel 



cold; 
warm; 
well; 
unwell; 

sick in my stomach; 
. giddy. 



@3 tft mtr, CttS Ob . . (with subjunctive), I feel (it seems to me) as if .... . 
e§ fommt mir cor, j J«| j ; ; (with subj) , it appears (seems) to me } *f f ; ; 



f Officer is translated by $3eamte, if a civil officer is meant; an officer of 
the army is translated by £)fftcier* 

J This people, btefe§ SBolf; these peoples, btefe Poller; these people (individuals), 
btefe £eute. 



— 87 — 



e$ cirgert mid), 

e§ efelt mid), 

e3 oerbriegt mid) (part. 

oerbroffen), 
e§ rounbert mid) (id) 

rounbre mid)), 
e3 frcut mid), e$ ift mir 

lieb (id) frcue mid)), 
e3 betriibt mid), es tfyut 

mir left), eg fcfftttergt 

mid), 



baft, . .lam 
(menu) . . . 



angry, displeased, 
disgusted, 
vexed, irritated, 

astonished, 

glad, pleased, 

grieved, sorry, 



that, 
(if) 



5. id) argere mid), id) bin 

cirqerlid), 

id) efie mid), I metf, {baft) 

id) bin tterbriegttd), ' I feel (am) 

id) bin betriibt, id) bin | 

traurtg, J 



angry, displeased, 

disgusted, 
vexed, irritated, 
grieved, sorry, 
sad, J 



* because . 



Obr — 1. The number of impersonal expressions is considerably larger in 
German than in English. Almost every German sentence, not having a 
mere personal pronoun for a subject, may be cast into an impersonal form, 
in which case the subject may be placed after the verb: e§ rollt ber Conner, 
the thunder rolls; e§ tt>ar bie3 ein neuer 23ewei3, baft. . this was a new proof, 
that. . The impersonal form is generally preferred if indefinite substantives 
are the subjects: e3 flopft Semanb, somebody knocks; cS ift 9?temanb ba, 
nobody is there; e$ ift cut geuer audgebrodjen, a fire has broken out. 

2. Those impersonal expressions that are construed with an accusative 
or dative (enumerated No 2, 3, and 4) frequently begin with their accusatives 
or datives in which instance the impersonal e§ is generally dropped: mid) 
friert, I am cold; mid) burftet, I am thirsty; mir ift unrt>oI)l, I feel unwell. 
Those impersonals enumerated No. 4 always drop the e3, if the dependent 
clause (with baft or menn) is placed at the beginning of the sentence; other- 
wise the eg is more generally retained: mir tfjttt (eS) leib, bag etc., I am 
sorry that etc; but: bag &it nidjt fommeu, tfjut mir leib, I am sorry that 
you do not come. Those expressions enumerated No, 1 never drop the eg. 



Huofefyen (bu ftefyj! au§), to look (with 
a clause or with an adjective); 

bet)errfd)en, to rule over; 

bredjen (part, gebrocfyen), to break; 

beta, to bark; 

gel)en (gegangen), to walk, to step; 

Ijetgen, to warm (heat) the rooms, 
build a fire (in the stove); 

l)errfd)en, to rule, to prevail; 



lanfen (strong v.), to run; 
mttbrtngen, to bring along; 
Dftdtlj leib en, to suffer; 
retd)en, to hand; 
Derfdumen (strong), to miss; 
tierftefyen, to understand; 
t)oriiberger)eu (strong), to pass; 
mdrmen, to warm (a person); 
bie (El)re, the honor; 



— 88 — 

ba% @ettritter, the thunder-storm; ba3 33erfyred)ett, the promise; 
ber £'opfjd)mer$ (pi. bie $opf{d)mer$en), bie Urjadje, the cause; 

the headache; ber 2Beftrohtb, the west-wind; 

bie §cm$tl)ur, the street-door; bunM, dark; 

bie $ranff)ett, the sickness; - geroofynlid), ordinary, common; 

bie -ftadfyt, the night; ^erjlt^, sincere; 

ber @clat)e, the slave; nag, wet; 

bie ©tdjerfyeit, the safety; untreu, faithless; 

ba§ ©djneemetter, the snow-storm; burdjauS ntdjt, not at all; 

bie @umme, the sum; fcteUetd)t, perhaps; 

(ba%) S^cmroetter, a thaw; I)eute (2Xbenb), fyeute (-Kacfjt), to-night; 
ba§ $atertanb, one's own country, emft, ) , • ; 

fatherland; eternal, \ °™* (up ° n a tlme )' 

(£§ tft jd)ted)te§ ^Setter, there is a storm; it is bad weather. 
(58 tft Dftttrinb, the wind is east. 
2)ie ©efcfycifte fleljen fd)fed)t, business is dull. 

(£3 betrtfft (past. part, betroffen) tnidt) (mid) betvifft) cut UttfatC (m.) 
I meet with an accident. 

SRegnet e3? (§3 regnet nod) ntdjt, aber c$ toirb fogtctd) anfangen 
ju regtten. ©3 tjat bie ganje 9?ad)t gefdjttett 2Bir roerben morgeu 
©djneetoetter Ijaben. (S3 ftrirb fait, ttrir mitffen balb eintjeijen. 23trb 
e$ morgen frieren ? SKettt, e3 tirirb Xfyauroetter fetn. $aben @te fid) 
[fcfyon] gewarmt? 9?ein, id) braudje mid) nid)t ju barmen; e3 tft mir 
burd)au$ nief)t fait. 2Ga3 tft Mr, $arl? ©a fidjft bla§ auS. (S« ift 
mir nur ein toenig itbel; e$ tturb balb fcoritbergefyen. Sie tft bir 
\t%t? Wxx toirb beffer, id) fyabe nur [nod)] ein toenig ^opffdjmerjen. 
@S fd^eint, ba£ c$ Qljncn fdjnnnblig tft 9^ein r id) totlt Qi)\m\ offen 
geftefjcn, ba§ id) hunger l)abe. ©urftct cud), Stnber? ©* tfjut mir 
teib, ba£ fein SESaffcr in tmferm §aufe tft SSie fietjft bu au$, £)ein= 
rid)? bu fcEjwi^eft; bu fyaft gettnp (I suppose) ju ftarf (much) ge-* 
laufen? S3 tear mir, aU ob id) eiuett £>unb bellen Ijorte, unb id) 
Ijorte nid)t auf ju laufen, bis id) in ©idjerljeit toax. 3Sa3 (at what) 
Derbrtefct bid)? 3$ bin argerttd), tr»et£ id) Ijeute gtt>eimal in meincr 
Slrbeit geftort ttorben bin. (§3 l)at mid) nie mefyr gefjungert, al3 
geftern. 2ttid) burftet fefjr, SDiutter, id) mod)tc (No. 101, Obs. 3) 
cin ®la$ SEBaffcr Ijaben. JSenn iljr Ijurtgrtg iuaret, nmrbet il)r cuer 
33rot gegeffcn Ijabctt. S3 Humbert mid) burdjauS nid)t, bap @ie bie3 
nid)t fcerfteijen. gricbric^ ber ©ro^e fagte, bafe cS il)tt efele, (SclaDcn 
ju befjerrf^eu. (£* argert mid^, ba§ id) geftern bie 23or(efung t)ci^ 



— 89 — 

faumPfyabe. $reut e$ ©ie &tefleid)t, ba£ Qtyt greunbe $to$ teibctt 
mitffen? 9ietn, e$ tfyut mir fyerjticf) letb, aber id) fann Ujnen nitf)t 
Ijetfeit; idj fjabe nidjte, wa8 id) ifjneit geben Wnnte. (S3 mar unS 
auperft fteb, baj3 ifyr papier unb gebern mitgebradjt fyattet. 3$ bin be- 
tritbt, met! icf> meinen ^rojeft tiertoren ljabe. SBarum bift bit traurig? 
28eit bic ©efdjafte fd)Ied)t geljen. £>a£ ^fjre grau Gutter ntdjt 
(anger bet un3 bletben fann, tt)itt m$ fetjr fetb (to be transposed in 
English), ©aft betnen SSater em fo grower Unfatt bctroffcn Ijat, be* 
trilbt mid) fe^r. JBitrbe e$ eud) nidjt fdjmerjert, menu enre ©iJljne 
iljrem 23atertanbe nntreit triiren ? Sommt e3 bir nidjt Dor, ate ob e3 
geHo^ft ^atte ? 3ft betn ©ruber ffeifig? gr ift feljr ffei^tg; e3 
fann 3?temanb flctpiger fetn, ate er. (£8 fterben je£t mefyr Sftenfdjen, 
ate getttofyntid); n>a8 ift bie Urfadje? (£3 Ijerrfdjen je^t mefyr ®ranfc 
Ijeiten ate efyemate. 

118. 

Is it going to rain ? No, it will snow. Will there be a storm 
to-night ? I believe not, the wind is west. Are you afraidf 
when it lightens and thunders? No, I am not afraid of (Dor 
with a dative) a thunder-storm. Our journey wasj not finished 
till the day broke (anbredjen). It will soon begin to be dark; you 
must lock the street-door, John. It begins to storm, Charles; 
we must run if we do not want (rootten) to be thorougly (burd) 
unb burd)) wet. Why do the bells ring ? There must be a fire in 
the city. I should be very sorry, if that were the case. I am 
very hungry, let me have (gib mir) a piece of bread. You will 
be thirsty if you take (effen) too much salt. Do you (already) 
heat your rooms? It has not been cold enough (in order) to 
heat [them], but we shall build a fire to-night. Do you feel un- 
well, Charles ? It appears to me as if you looked sick. You 
are right, I have taken a cold. Ifthisisso, you must walk 
into the room, and warm yourself. No, I thank you, I cannot 
stay; 1 feel too warm already. I begin to feel unwell, will 
(molten) you have the kindness to hand me a glass of water ? 



f I am afraid, followed by that is translated by id) fiird)te; also, if fiirdjteit 
is followed by an accusative. But the neuter verb to be afraid is rendered by 
fid) fitrdjten. 

% SBuvbe or wax ? 



— 90 — 

What ails you to-day ? You look as if you had met with an 
accident. I have (impersonally) met with no accident; butf 
I feel angry because I have missed the railroad train. I felt 
vexed because Charles had broken his promise. What is the 
matter with your friend ? He feels sorry because he has lost 
a large sum of money. I am pleased [to hear] that you are 
well again. I was glad that William had not followed your 
advice. Nobody has wished yet (to be expressed impersonally) 
that he should have acted badly (translate: to have acted 
badly). My friend writes me (impersonally) that he is expect- 
ing you. Once upon a time lived a great man (impersonally) 
who owned (feefa|) large palaces (®d)(of;No. 55) and gardens. 

119. 

Infinitive. treffen, to hit. 

Past Participle. getroffen. 

Present Indicative. id) treffe, bu trtffft, er triff t, rotr treffen, ifjr trefft, fte treffen. 

Present Subjunctive, id) treffe, bu treffeft, er treffe, etc. 

Imperfect Indicative, id) traf, bit traf ft, er traf, nrir trafen, Ujr traft, fte trafen. 

Imperf. Subjunctive, id) trcife, bu traf eft, er trcife, ttur trafen, ifyr trafet, fte trafen. 

Imperative. trtff, trefft. 

Obs. — 1. The strong verbs, a list} of which is attached to the Second 
Part have the following peculiarities: 

a) The first pers. imperf.' indie, takes no ending, hut changes the radi- 
cal vowel. The past participle retains either the vowel of the infinitive, or 
takes that of the imperfect, or a vowel different from both: fdjlagen, fd)iug, 
gestagen; fedjten, fod)t, gefod)ten; fterbeu, ftarb, geftorben. 

b) The imperf. subj. adds the ending e to its indicative, softening the 
radicals a, o, it into a, 5, it. 

c) Most strong verbs with the radicals a and soften these vowels in the 
second and third pers. indicative (id) fd)lage, bu fd)(agft, er fdjla'gt); and most 
of those with the radical e change this vowel into i in the same persons, and 
in the singular ofthe imperative, dropping at the same time their final e in 
the latter mood, some of them doubling the final consonant: geben, gt6; 
nerjmen, nimm. Some other strong verbs (for instance faff en, tag), drop like- 
wise the final e of the imperative. If strong verbs with any of these radicals 



f 2lber or fonbern ? Does I feel angry? correct the previous clause ? 

J The student should look for every strong verb in the list before at- 
tempting to use it. Since none of the many compounds of strong verbs are 
given in the list, the mode of their conjugation must be ascertained by look- 
ing for the corresponding simple verbs. 



— 91 



end in ben or ten (ttjett), they drop the e of their endings in the second and 
third pers. pres. indie, those in ten and tfyen generally dropping also the t of 
the ending in the third pers.: ratljen, vdtfjft, rati); tretett, trtttft, tritt. 

d) Of irregular formation are: tfynn, tfyat, getfjan; gefyen, ging, gegangen; 
ftefyen, ftanb, geftanben. 

2. Several German verbs governing an infinitive without ^n, are to- 
gether with their infinitives rendered by single verbs or various phrases. 
Such verbs are: jpa$teren gefyen, to take a walk; ftefyen bteiben, to stop; fallen 
laffett, to drop; fennen ternen, to become acquainted with. Only the last of 
these infinitives (being the governing verbs) are conjugated, and must in the 
simple tenses of ordinary sentences precede their dependent infinitives : id) 
gdje fjjagterot, id) blteb fteljen, etc. 



5lnnef)men, to accept, to take; 
auffdjrcibeu, to write down; 

befel)(en, to command; 

bitten, to request, to beg; 

befcutfdjen, to watch; 

etnnel)men, to occupy, to carry; 

fid) erfdjrecfen, to be frightened, to be 

scared; 
fltefyen, to flee; 

geften, to be esteemed, to be worth; 
etmct3 gelten, to be for something; 
fafyren, to ride (on a vehicle); 
nad)geben (with dat.), to yield; 
rati) e It, to advise; 
ftatt ftnben, to take place; 
fterben, to die; 
ftfjtafen, to sleep; 
fd)etncn, to shine; 
fcergeffen, to forget; 



bcr Gig en tfj timer, the owner; 

bie greifyeit, the liberty; 

ba$ ©cbtrgc, the mountain-chain; 

bie ©efangennatnne, the capture; 

bie ©eroaft, the force; 

ber GHaubtger, the creditor; 

bte ^offnmtg, the hope; 

bte QEtajjifer, the classics; 

bte Crbnnng, the order; 

ber better, the horseman; 

bie Speije, the food; 

bte ©tdrfe, the strength; 

bte ^tellung, the position; 

ber Seller, the plate; 

bte Sntppcn, the troops; 

bte llnorbnung, the disorder; 

bte Unterljnftmtg, the conversation; 

bte $erjd)an$ung, the intrenchment; 

bte 3>evfpred)itng, the promise; 



fid) Dergletcfjen, to make a compromise; *ba§ iBerfangen, the demand; 



fcerratfyen, to betray; 

t>erfdjrt>inben, to disappear; 

fcertreten, to represent; 

ftuftellett, to deliver; 

fid) jttriicfgteljen, to withdraw; 

bctS Mmofett, the alms; 

ba§ $$£, the ABC, the alphabet; 

bte SBebeututtg, the meaning; 

bte 33rieftafd)e, the pocket-book; 



bte SBeriualtung, the administration; 
bte ^aljhmg, tne payment; 
*ba3 SBovt, the word; 

ftnf, left 
red)t, right f ! 
plbtsltrf), sudden; 
colltg, fully; 
JltfaEig, accidental. 



side; 



Semt bu SHmofett gtbft, Ia§ bettte Itnfc ©anb ntdjt imffettj toaQ 
beine red)te tljut. 9ttein @ol)tt fjalt afte fetne 23erfpred)imgen, ba er 
ntemafe nteljr berfprid)t, ate er Ijatten fantt. dlimm metnen 9iatf) 



— 92 - 

an, unb ijj ntdjtS Don bicfcr ©pctfc. 9Jiau Derratl) feme gfreunbe, 
tocmt man fie Dergigt. £)er 2lbuocat, bcr mid) in btefem ^roccffe 
bertritt, gilt Die! in nnferer (Stabt. £)ie gctnbe flofyeu in grower 
Uuorbnung, uadjbcm ifyre SScrfdjanjungen Don nnfern £ruppen etngc* 
nommcn roaren. SDie 3JJagtk fief bie Seller fallen, toeit fie fid) er^ 
fdjrocfeu fjatte. Die better blieben p(o$tti) ftefyen, a(3 ob fie unfere 
©tarfe unb ©tcttmtg fennen lernen toollten. 2U3 roix geftem in bcr 
©tabt fpajteren gingen, fanben toir eine -Srieftajdje, bie mx mitnal)= 
men, nm fie bem ©igentfyiimer gujufteflen. S8a3 tfyat bie 3tegienmg, 
al$ fie bie 9iad)rid)t Don ber ©ef angennafyme be3 $aifer8 erljieft 2 
©ie gab bem 93erlangen be3 23off8 nadj unb jog fid) Don ber 93crtt)al* 
tang be$ @taat8 (state) guriicf. 6$ fam un8 Dor, a(3 ob bie gcinbe 
fid) nad) ber @tobt juriiefgogen. (Sr fame gem nrieber, rcenn id) Hjit 
bate, mid) gu befucfyen. -3$ Dergafee s 2ltte£, tt>a$ ifyr mir gefagt Ijabt, 
tomn id) e$ mdjt auffdjriebe. : 

120. 
Where force commands, the law is (getten) [for] nothing. Be- 
fore thou diest, do not forget to put (bringen) thy house in order. 
Read this letter, and see thyself that our last hope has dis- 
appeared. Help me to do my lesson before thou commencest 
thine. What did your friend when he receiyed the news that 
these men had stopped (einftetlen) their payments? He wrote 
me that he had made a compromise with his creditors. When 
Charles arrived in Cologne he found the letters that he had ex- 
pected. While my son began to learn his ABC, thine was already 
reading the classics. When we saw that we were watched, we 
immediately dropped our conyersation. . When we were riding 
[on the cars] to New York, the railroad-train suddenly stopped 
(ftefyen bfeiben) before we came to Newark. Where was your 
mother when that accident took place ? She was taking a walk 
with my sister. How did you become acquainted with that 
gentleman? I met (treffen) him accidentally at Count Bis- 
marck's house. We conversed more than an hour, and he in- 
yited me to see (bcfud)en) him at his residence. I advised that 
lady to take lessons of (bei) Mr. Nollet, if she commenced 
(subjunct.) to study Frenchf. If you did not sleep so long, 

f Uninflected adjective (frangoftjd)). 



— 93 — 

you would be healthier. If the moon were shining now, you 
would distinctly see (imperf. ) the whole mountain-chain. I 
would gladly die (imperf.), if I could buy (erf auf en) the liberty 
of my country with my death. They said that they did not 
fully understand the meaning of his words, 



with Genitive: 

ttniljrenb, during; 

megen, on account of 



121. 




PREPOSITIONS 




f* with Dative: 


with Accusative : 


au$, out of (from) ; 
tof; it ad), after (to); 

ton, from (of, by) ; 
&U, to; 


fcurd), through, by; 
cl)ne, without; 
um, around, about; 
cj eg en, against. 


with Dative or Accusative : 




an, at; 




auf, upon, on; 

neben (near) by t beside; 

unter, under, below, beneath; 

liber, over, above; 

fcor, before, ago. 




ead of in bem; am is often used instead of an bent; 
in baz; an§ " " an bas; 
bet bem; ttom " " ton bem; 
gu bem; nnterm " " unterbem; 
$u bcr; auf 3 u " auf ba$. 



beim " 

$nm 

^ur M 

bura>3 " " burd) ba§; 

Obs. — 1. 5(n, in, auf, neben, unter, iiber, cor govern the accusative, when 
they express a motion or direction towards an object, or a placing of some- 
thing on, before, etc. an object. If this is not the case, these prepositions 
govern the dative. In relations other than those of place, the use of the 
case is regulated according to an analogy to local relations, which is often 
difficult to determine. 

2. The meanings attached above to the prepositions are only approxi- 
mative and denote the original conception connected with each preposition. 
Very frequently English prepositions must be rendered by German pre- 
positions not expressing their original meanings: 

%w\ ber (See, at sea; auf bte ^ee, to sea; 

auf bem ffllaxtte, at (in) the market; auf ben 2)carft, to the market; 



f For a complete list of prepositions see the Theoretical Course p. 60 



94 



CWf ber $ofr, at the post-office; 
cutf bem 33atle, at the ball; 
Qllf bem £anbe, in the country (op- 
posite to city); 
im doncerte, at the concert; 
im XI} eater, at the theatre; 
ju §auje, (at) home; 
am Ufer, on the shore; 
an ber 28anb, on the wall; 
in ber ©djute, at school; 
3U ber 3 c *t/ at tne ^ me '» 
an bem £age, on the day; 
am 16tcn Sftat, on the 16th of May; 

bet %iad)t (in ber Sftadjt), at night; 
gu 2Betfmad)ten, at Christmas; 



auf bic ^oft (jur ^Soft),to the post-office; 
auf ben 23aU ignm 23aEe), to the ball; 
auf 3 £anb, to the country; 

tnS Concert, to the concert; 
inS XI) eater, to the theatre; 

nacf) §auje, (to) home; 

attS lifer, to the shore; 

an bte 2£anb, to the wall; 

gur (in bte) ^d)ule, to school; 

bis gu ber 3eit, (up) to the time; 

bis gn bem Sage, (up) to the day; 

bis gum 3ten Sunt, (up) to the 3d of 

June; 

am $?orgen, in (on) the morning; 
im fcortgen 3afyre (ttortgeS 3al)r), last 

year. 



3. The preposition by cannot be translated by Don if it does not denote 
the agent of a passive verb. It is translated by burd) if it denotes by means of. 

4. To is generally not translated by the mere dative if it denotes the 
object of a motion in space. If this motion refers to places, it is generally 
translated by nad), but also by other prepositions (See Obs. 2). If a person 
is the object of the motion, it is generally translated by gu: come to me, 
fomm gu mir. 

5. The adverb btS, placed before prepositions denoting direction, means 
as far as, up to, if referring to space. Referring to countries and towns it is 
generally connected with nad)', which may also be left out. id) fam btS (nad)) 
^Berlin, I came as far as Berlin. Referring to other localities it is mostly con- 
nected with 311 (btS 3um i£erge, etc.). But all other prepositions, denoting 
direction maybe connected with btS (btS an ben %lu% btS auf hm 23era, etc.). 
Eeferring to time, MS is translated by till, up to, anil is generally connected 
with ;m, which sometimes is dropped: btS jum 2teu SD^drg; btS (p) SBetrmad)* 
ten, etc. Not till is rendered by erft. 



SKbf alien (strong), to fall off; 
Ottfetjeit (strong), to look at; 
auffaden (strong, w. dat.), to strike; 
auSbretten, to extend; 
auStaufdjen, to exchange; 
beforbern, to forward, 
begefyren, to demand; 
begraben (strong), to bury; 
battren, to date; 
fid) brefjen, to revolve, to turn; 
ermut^tgen, to encourage; 



errtd)ten, to erect; 

errhtgen (strong), to obtain; 

fatten (strong), to fall; 

I;dngen (strong), to hang; 

(iegen (strong), to lie. to be (situated); 

ftd) tubmen (w. gen^), to boast (of); 

ftfeett (fafo gefeffen), to sit; 

ftellen, to place; 

fpa}teren f afyren, to take a ride; 

umgerjen (strong), to associate; 

fid) ttmgen, to venture; 



95 — 



bte 9C(f)fe, the axis; 

bte Wlpm, the Alps; 

btc 5ltt$fid)t, the prospect; 

bte 2tnftrengung, the effort; 

ber ^3aII f the ball; 

ba8 23eftnben, the health; 

bte SBemerfung, the remark; 

ba$ 23oot, the boat; 

ba3 (Concert, the concert; 

bte (Stnlabung, the invitation; 

ber (§m(af3, tlie admission; 

bct3 (§t§, the ice; 

bie (Stfenbafytt, the railroad; 

ba§ (Snbe, the end; 

bte (Srtaubntg, the permission; 

Gmropa, Europe; 

ber gelb^ug, the campaign; 

bte geftung, the fortress; 

ber glug, the river; 

bte grortt, the front; 

ber groft, the frost; 

bte ®artentl)iir, the garden-gate; 

ba% @ebaitbe, the building; 

ber ©eburtStag, the birthday; 

bte (Megenfyeit, the occasion; 

ber ©tebet, the top (of roofs); 

ber ©tpfel, the top (of trees etc.) ; 

ber ©raben, the moat, ditch; 

ber §immet, the sky; 

bie §itffe, the help; 

bte 3ttbltftrte, the industry; 

bte $of)le, the coal; 

bte £eid)e, the corpse; 

bte £tfte, the list; 

bte %Rad)t, the power; 

Sftattcmb, Milan; 

ber SOtangef, the want; 

ber SDfatrft, the market; 

bteTOluer, the wall (outside); 

ber 9?ame (gen. 9?amen§), the name; 

ber 9?ebel, the fog; 



ber $ret§, the price; 

ber Uanb, the edge; 

ber $ang, the rank; 

ber $egen, the rain; 

bte Sftetfye, the row; 

bte Stoolutiott, the revolution; 

bte ®d)ilbmad)e, the sentinel; 

ba% @d)fad)tfelb, the field of battle; 

ber ©d)ttee, the snow; 

ber ©d)Ut3, the shelter, protection ; 

ber (£onntag, the sunday; 

bte ©tatton, the station; 

ber @tt)(, the style; 

bct§ Sweater, the theatre; 

bte £l)ur(e), the gate, the door; 

ba§ lifer, the bank (of a river); 

ber' Umlaut, the revolution (turning); 

ba§ $tef), the cattle; 

ber Bortfyetl, the advantage; 

ber 28agen, the carriage; 

ber 2Batf, the rampart; 

bte SSanb, the wall (inside); 

ber 3intmermann, the carpenter; 

abmefenb, absent; 

bfalt, blue; 

brett, broad, wide; 

btd)t, dense; 

etgen, own; 

etn^tg, single; 

ent$iicfenb, charming; 

erfyeMtd), considerable; 

gar itidjt, not at all; 

gefegnet, blessed; 

ndtf)ft, next; 

offentlidc), public; 

ftcibttfd), city (adject.); 

ttef, deep; 

unbebeutenb, inconsiderable; 

unerfyort, unheard of; 

iuett, far; 

mofylfeU cheap. 



28ol)tn gefjett @tc (tt)0 geljen <Ste f)tn) ? where (whither) do you go ? 

SBofjer (Don mo) fommen Bit (mo lommen @ie fjer) ? from where (whence) do 

you come? 
2Ba§ ift bte U^r (miebiel Ufjr ift eg) ? what is it o'clock ? 



— 90 — 

(5s tfl fed)$ U^r, it is six o'clock; fjalb fteben llfyr, half past six; ein Incrtet nacf) 
fed)3 (auf fteben), a quarter past six; brettriertel auf fteben (ein Dtertel uoi* 
fteben), a quarter of seven, 

Um rt?eid)e 3 e ^ ? a t what o'clock ? 

lint fect)^ U^r, at six o'clock. 

Sir lonntcn toegen be3 ftrengen grofteg (bcS ftrengen grofteS 
ftsegen) nid)t au3 bem £)aufe gefyen. Om fcorigen 3af)re bradjen ttnr 
burets di$; uadj biefcr 3eit toagten ttrtr nid)t tr»ieber auf 3 Si8 ju 
gcljen. ©urd) toetdje @tra£en miiffcn tx»tr geljen, um auf beu 2J?ar!t 
ju fomrncu ? £)te (Sinmofyner giugen auf ben 3Satten ber geftung 
fpajieren. 2luf bem ©ipfel be$ 53erge^ fatten wix eine entgudcnbe 
2lu§fid)t. 2£er fteljt an ber £t)iir? g« ift £errn SGoflefs ©iener, 
ber fid) nad) $fjrem ^Beftnben erluubigt. SSarum feljen Sie [fid)] bie 
33tlber an, bie an ben Sdnben fycingen ? Sir ftaubeu gefteru am 
Ufer be§ SluffeS, um uufere greunbe gu feljen, bie auf bem <2d)iffe 
toarcn. $lopfeu ©ie an bie ©artentpr, unb begefyreu Sie (Sintap ! 
Oft Qfyx -83ruber ju £>aufe? 5ftein, id) fyabe i()tt auf bie ^oft gefdjicft. 
2(u (to) ttjen toofleu Sie biefe 33riefe fdjirfen ? 34) ^ a ^ e iwd) § au f e 
an meine $reunbe gefdjriebeu. Qd) faj$ unter bem grofteu 33aum, ber 
neben unferm £>aufe ftetjt; unter mt§ lag bte<2tabt, unb iiber mir wax 
ber blaue §immet auSgebrettet. Sir giugen unter bie Saume, um 
@d)uij gegen ben 9?egeu ju finben. 2Bo fommen Sie Ijer? @inb 
©ie im Sweater getDcfen ? SRciri, id) fomme au3 bem (m>m) Sonccrt. 
£>ie gcinbe toaren burd) einige unbebeutenbe 23ortl)ei[e, bie fie iiber 
uufere 2lrmee errungen fatten, ermut|igt morben. 23ol)in fdjiden 
@ie Qijxm ©ebienten? Qd) fdjide Apt gum ©d)u^mad)er, um meine 
©ttcfel abjufjolen, unb gtt $arf, um i()m eine Sinlabung git bringen. 
§aben ©ie cine Gintabung gar ©efettfdjaft beim ©enerat? 9?ein, mir 
gef)en nidjt mtiemanber um. Dljne 3fyre £>iilfe -n>are id) Dertoren 
getDcfen. £ie Grbe bretjt fid) um bie Sonne unb um (on) i()re eigene 
2(cf)fe. SBafyrenb be3 ganjen getbgug^ lonnte ber fyetttb fid) nid)t 
ctneS eingigen ©tegeS rufymen. 3 U f e * ner 3 e ^ ^^ren ber gleig unb 
bie Onbuftrie be^ 8anbc8 gefegneter, ate in biefem O^^rc. 2tm nad)* 
ften 9)?orgen ttad^ ber @d)tadjt begruben uufere ©olbaten ifjre Jobten 
unb bie ber geinbe. S)iefer 33rief ift t)om 10, b. 2J?.f batirt, aber 
erft am 18. gefd)rieben unb am 20. gur ^oft gefanbt iuorbem ©cr 



t ticfe3SKoiiatS. 



— 97 — 

©fenbaljnsug tarn bte natf) Zxofy fonnte aberf Don bort abj ntdjt 
inciter beforbert iberbett; £>er $ug ^ am && S ur nac^ftett Station, 
blieb abcr bort an$ (from.for) Sftanget an (of) £of)Ieu liegenff. 23i3 
gum $af)re 1866 gait s $renj3en nnr at8 cine £DZad)t (beS) gmeiten 
9tohge& 9llfc ftabtifd)e(n) 2(bgabcn miiffen [nod)] bor bent erfteu 
3annar bejaljtt toerben. 2Bir blieben lange Dor bem ©ebanbe ftefyen, 
nnb taufdjten nnferc 33emerfnngen fiber (on) ben pradjtigen @tt)f 
an3. £>er grogte Zfytil nnferer £rnppen Jam in biefer ©cfyfodjt gar 
nidjt Dor ben geinb. S3 pet nn3 anf, bafj bie Stegiernng Dor aftc 
Sffenttidjen ©ebanbe ©cfyUbtoadjen geftettt Ijatte. 

122. 

During that whole time not one of our entrenchments was 
carried by the enemy. On account of the dense fog, our boat 
was detained seven hours at (bei) Poughkeepsie. After un- 
heard of efforts the general arrived with his army at six o'clock 
in the (Gen.) evening on the field of battle. By what efforts 
have you made it possible to arrive so soon ? Does this name 
stand on your list? No, but I shall place (fe£eu) it immediately 
on the list. I sent the carpenter to (anf) the top of the roof 
in order to repair it. I believe that somebody is listening 
(fyordjen) at the door ? Go to (an) the window, and look (jn- 
feljen) whether our carriage is at (Dor) the gate? I see that 
the plaster (ber £aff) on these walls has (ift) almost fallen off. 
He has erected a beautiful villa on (an) the edge of the forest. 
Where (whither) do you intend (too Hen) to ride? I only intend 
to take a ride through the city. When are you going to re- 
turn home ? At half past eight o'clock. Are you going to the 
concert to-night ? No, I shall go to the ball at Mr. Nollet's. 
How long have you been in this country, and where do you 
come from ? I come from Metz, and have been here almost 
nine years. How long did you stay [out] in the country? Only 
a couple of days. How many of your children go to school ? 
Only two; the others I am still keeping (befyaltcn) at home. 



f W)tX is frequently placed after one or more words of the sentence, 
j %b is often used to increase the force of fcon, denoting a starting point, 
ft £tegen bleiben, to be detained. 



— 98 — 

Why do you not place (ftellen) your cattle under shelter (trans- 
late: under a roof)? Below the walls of the fortress are broad 
and deep moats. Will you not go to the general, and ask him 
for (um) protection against these soldiers ? Jupiter revolves 
in 10 days on his axis, and his revolution about the sun lasts 
(bauern) almost 12 years. Did you do this without the per- 
mission of your father ? This man lived at the time of the 
French revolution. My friend's birthday fell upon a Sunday. 
After many years you will acknowledge that I was right. Be- 
fore our last war, the prices of (the) victuals were considerably 
cheaper than now. Fiftyf years ago there were no rail- 
roads in the country. During the whole battle the officers 
were before the front. The general sent all his officers 
before the front. I have planted a whole row of trees before 
my house. On the morning after the battle, the corpses lay 
thick (bidjt) on the field of battle. On that day we met (treffen) 
but (mtr) few of the enemy (translate: few enemies). On (bci) 
that occasion our soldiers took a great number of prisoners. 
My friend returned home on the 10th of March; he will not 
depart again till the 20th of June ($ittu). He will be absent 
till the 10th of July (^utt). Will General Sheridan remain in 
Europe till the end of the war? We came on our journey as 
far as Milan; last year we came only up to the Alps. 



123. 

28ot>on, of what; bat)0tt, of that, of it; 

lt> omit, with what; bamtt, with that, with it; 

U)0£U, to (for) what; bct^U, to (for) that, to (for) it; 

tDOVan, at what; bavatl, at that, at it; 

ttiorin, in what; barm, in that, in it; 

ftoburd), by what; baburd), by that, by it. 

§erab, f)tnab, down; 
krauf, Ijmauf, up; 
IjerauS, l)tnau3, out; 
herein, f)tnein, in; 
Ijeriiber, ijmiiber, over. 



t See the list of numerals in the theoretical course. 



— 99 — 

Obs.— 1. All these particles are formed of prepositions, combined with 
the adverbs X\)0, ba r I)er and I)in. If, in the formation of these words, two 
vowels meet, an r is inserted. 

2. The prepositions with which these adverbs are combined, are liable 
to the same variation of meaning, as if they were separated: 2$ o r a n (not 
tt)ODon) bertfett ©te, of what do you think ? (the verb benfert being construed 
with an, not with toon); ft) t) on Ijangt e$ ah, on what does it depend? (the 
verb abfydngetl being construed with Don, not with aitf). 

3. The adverbs formed by prefixing n)0 and ba must always be used 
instead of prepositions connected with the interrogative ft) a 8 or with per- 
sonal and demonstrative pronouns in the neuter gender. They are not ad- 
missible if what, being followed by nouns, must be rendered by ft>e(d)er, e, e§: 
Cf what books, Don toeldjen SBiidjern (not tootton 33iid)ern). The adverbs 
combined with ha are used if the personal pronoun or demonstrative depend- 
ent on a preposition, refers to things masculine, feminine, neuter in either 
number, but not in reference to persons. I have made no use of them (the 
books), id) Ijabc fetrten ©ebraud) b a b o n gemad)t. 

4. The compounds with Ijcr and Ijnt are mostly used in combination 
with verbs of motion, forming separable compounds with them. The forms 
with l)er and fytn are distinguished by the standpoint which the speaker is 
conceived to occupy. If the motion, expressed by the verb, is represented 
as directed towards the speaker, the compounds with Jjcr are used. If the 
motion has a direction away from the speaker, the compounds with I)in must 
be employed: I go down, id) gd)e I) in ab; he is walking down the mountain, 
et Cjcl)t OOnt SBerge f) e i a b (if the speaker is represented as being below). 

5. All transitive and reflexive verbs form their perfects and plu- 
perfects active by means of the auxiliary Ijabcn. Neuter verbs generally 
take the same auxiliary. But the following neuter verbs form these tenses 
with the auxiliary jetn: 

a) Neuter verbs, expressing a motion from one place to another, as 
fommen, get)en, reiten (to ride on horseback), fttel)en (to flee), $urucffet)ren (to 
return), begegnen (to meet), fatten (to fall): 3d) to a r (not id) Ijatte) guriicfge* 
fefyrt, I had returned; id) b in (not id) fyabt) gefommen, I have come. 

b) Those neuter verbs, denoting a transition from one state to another, 
as: fterben, to die; ertrcmfen, to fall sick; road)fen, to grow; fcerfhtfen, to sink, 
genejen, to recover, and a great many others: id) b in (not id) Ijabc) geftorbeu, 
I have died. 

c) Some verbs that cannot be classified, as: bleiben, to remain (stay); 
gel'tngen, to succeed; miftlingen, to fail; fotgen, to follow. 



^Cbfyangen Don, to depend on; entroeidjen (strong), to escape; 

aufrtmdjen, to awake; erfranfen, to fall sick; 

beftefyen (strong) in, to consist in, genefen (strong), to recover; 



— ICO — 

fatten (strong), to hold; ba8 dongregmttglteb, the member cf 
Ijeremfommen, ) ... Congress; 

l)tuemfommen, f to come m, get m; 3^^ Germany; 

Ijcmntretett (strong), i . bit temttntg, the attainment; 

Ijiucmtreten, [ to step m; tie 2Rinute, the minute; 

I)cvubcrfd)H)immen (strong), ) to sw i in ber ^affagter, the passenger; 

Ijtiiuberjdjnrimmen, j over; ber ®d)luffct, the key; 

Ictben (strong) an, to suffer of; bie <Sd)uunbjud)t, the consumption; 

liitgCtngcn (strong), to fail; ba3 $ermogett, the property; 

berfmfen (strong), to sink; bie SSerurtfjeilung, the condemnation; 

iuavtett, to wait; anftinc|(td), in the beginning; 

*nnberfaljrett (strong), to befall; literartfd), literary; 

gnriicfi*etfett f to go or come back; roemge, few; 

*ber 23ud)f)cdter, the bookkeeper; etntge, a few. 

Souonf fpredjen @ie? Qd) fpredje toon bemj Ungtiitf, ba§ 
3f)rem ©ruber ttnberfaljren ift. -3d) ^6c gteidjfatfs (likewise) 
baoon gefprorfjen^ £>aft bit nidjt geljort, lnomtt $ari fidj fyente betm 
£el)rer ent|d)utbtgt Ijat? $dj t)abe nid)t3 baoon gefyort. £)at er 
nidjt gefagt, bap er ju fpiit Don feiner 9?eife jnriidgefefyrt f ei ? 9?ein, 
bam it Ijat er fid) iiidjt entfdjidbtgt 2Biffen @ie, luoranff §err Collet 
geftorbcu ift? $ft er tuefteidjt an ber ©djunnbfndjt geftorben? 
£aran ift er [rool)(] fdjtoerlidj (hardly) geftorben; benn cr Ijat.me 
baron (of) gettttctu Sarnm finb Ste nidjt geftern auf (into) mein 
3immcr gegangen ? $tf) toare gent fyinanfgegangen, \x>cm\ id) btn 
©djtiifjet baju gcl)abe Ijattc. So befinbet fid) }e£t Qi)V £)err 33ruber? 
Gr ift nadj 3)cntfdjtanb guriitf gereift. Sirb er nidjt batb tr>ieber Ijer* 
iiberfommen? Qd) glanbe nidjt, er ift je^t langer tjier geblieben, al$ 
cr anfangfidj beabftdjttgte. Sobnrd) Ijat Qty greunb fein SSermogen 
fcerforen? Siadjbcm faft afic feine Unternefymungcn mij$(nngen 
toaren, ift fein 33nd)f)a(ter mit einer gropen ©mame entnndjen, 3ft 
nidjt Sari pom £)adje gefallen ? (£% wax nidjt Sari, ber Ijerabge* 
fatten ift, fonbern fein S3rubcr. Sarnm fcib iljr nidjt git un8 IjeranS 
anfs 8anb gefommen? Sir lonntcn nidjt fyinanSfommen; bie Sege 
toaren jn fdjledjt. £reten ©ie fjeretn, [meine] £erren. Sir nritrben 
gem Ijineintreten, toenn &ir £tit fatten. Qdj erfndje @te, ntcinen 



t 2Bofcon, of what, must be well distinguished from Don ft)0, from where. 
% Prepositions cannot be contracted with the article, if a relative clause 
follows. 

ft To die of a disease, an etner ilranffyett fterben. 



101 — 



@oI)tt nut fid) Ijeriiberjubrtngen, tt>emt ©te toon ^^nfretrf) jurutf* 
reifen. Qd) totirbe Qijixn Boljn mit bent gro^tett SSergnitgett gu 
3^nen Ijeritberbringen, toemt er nidjt fdjon abgeretft todre. 



124. 

On (t)0tt) what will the condemnation of the President de- 
pend ? It will depend on the votes of two or three members 
of Congress. Do you know that Charles's father has come (in 
order) to take his son home? Of that nothing is known (be* 
fcumt) to me. With what have you occupied yourself during 
the year? I have occupied myself with literary labors, but I 
am now done (ferttg) with them. Are you invited to (ju) the 
President's party (@efe(lfd)aft) ? No, I have no invitation to it. 
Of (an) what do you think ? I am thinking of the steamboat 
that has sunk in the river. Have [there] been many passengers 
in it? Their number is not known to me. It is now the highest 
time to begin this work; let us go at it immediately. In what 
do the attainments of this man consist ? Why did you read in 
that book? I did not read at all in it. At what o'clock did 
you awake (Per/.) this morning? I did not awake (Per/,) till 
nine o'clock, because I had returned very late from my journey. 
Has General Smith died of (an) his wound? No, he has 
not died of it; he has entirely (ttottftcinbtg) recovered. Why did 
you not remain (Perf.) home yesterday? I was obliged (miiffen) 
to see my brother, who had suddenly fallen sick. Can you not 
come down for (aitf with accus.) a few minutes ? I cannot come 
down now, you must wait. Do me the favor to send up your 
servant to me. I cannot send him up; he must hold my horses, 
but I shall come up myself. When we had arrived at (bet) the 
river, I requested my friend to swim over with me. Dear 
Charles, come over to us for (auf) a few days, all your friends 
are expecting you. Who is knocking at the door? It is 
William. Tell him to come in. When we found that the 
street-door was locked, we tried to get in by the garden- 
gate. 



Dbgfetdj, 
obfdjon, 

0btD0t)l r 

rcenn gletd) f 
roenn |d)on, 
roenn aud), 
nnctt)ol)i, 



102 — 
125. 

although, though; 



and) roenn (roenn and)), J ov _ n . f . 
felbft iueiut (roenn fefbft), j ven ' 
menu and) nod) fa (feijr), however (much)? 
benn (conjunction), for (conjunction). 

Obs. — 1. The different German conjunctions corresponding to although 
and even if, require the verb to be at the end of the clause. Those connected 
with ob may be separated (ob — gfetd), etc.), and often take other words of 
the sentence, especially pronouns, between them. Cb ftur gleidr) fal)en, al- 
though we saw. Such words may also be interposed between the different 
combinations of tt>entt, if the conjunction toeutx precedes. 

2. The principal sentence, if.it follows the clause with the equivalents 
of although, is generally introduced by fo, and after the verb generally is in- 
serted one of the particles bod), bennod), cjtetd)tt>of)t, corresponding to the 
English still, yet, nevertheless: obgletd) rotr friil) famen, fo mufjten anr bod) 
(bermod), gletd)roof)i) lange roarten, although we came early, we (still) were 
obliged to wait a long time. 

3. The conjunction roenn, either standing alone (if), or in connection 
with gletd), fd)0tt, aud) (although), may be entirely dropped, and in this case 
the sentence is construed as if it were a question, beginning with the verb, 
followed by the subject. The particle fo is then generally employed as a con- 
nective: fommft bit, fo gefye id), if thou comest, I go. 3ft beirt $ater abgereifr, 
fo roerbe id) and) abreifen, if thy father has departed, I shall also depart. 
SBdre betn greunb gefnnb, fo roiirbe er l)ter fein, if thy friend were well (were 
thy friend well) he would be here. 2$ar er gletd) entmutl)lgt (roenn g(eid) er. 
enttmttljtcjt roar), fo oer^roetfelte er boc^ nid)t, although he was discouraged, he 
[still] did not despair. 28cirft bu and) nod) fo fteigtg, fo fonnteft bu e3 bod) 
(bennod)) nid)t tljlttt, however diligent thou mightst be, thou couldst [still] 
not do it. 

4. Diminutives are formed from most German substantives by the end- 
ing d) ett , softening the radical vowel, and being of neuter gender: ber @ol)tt 
— ba§ @5I)nd)en (the little or dear son). 

5. Almost all personal male names form female appellatives by the 
ending in , eliding the endings e and en: ber $renge — Me ^reugtn (the 
Prussian woman); ber £>td)ter (poet) — bte S)id)tertn (poetess); ber $er$og 
(duke) — bte §crjogin (duchess). Some soften the radical (@raf — ©rtifinj* 
In the plural they double their final n (£)td)terinnen). 



103 



$rtgeben (strong), to state; 

ftd) anftrengett, to exert one's self; 

aueborren, to parch; 

bliitjen, to blossom; 

erreidjen, to obtain; 

eqtelett, to derive; 

tterborrett, to dry np; 

mad)fen (strong), to grow; 

Dertimtten, to administer, to manage; 

jettfjttett, to draw (make a draft) ; 

tie 2lnmutl), the grace; 

ba3 8ett, the bed; 

bte (Stgenfdjaft, the quality; 

bte (Srroartung, the expectation; 

bte gran^oftn, the Frenchwoman; 

ber ©ebraittf), the use; 

bte ©egenb, the landscape, the grounds; 

bte ©elefyrfamfeit, the scholarship; 

ber ©etft, the mind; 

ber ©fallbe, the faith; 



ber ©runb, the reason; 

ba$ ©lit, the property; 

bte &fart)eit, the clearness; 

btetoibe, the chalk; 

bfl$ SRittel, the instrument, the means; 

bte 9ead)ftd)t, the indulgence; 

ber 9ftlli)m, the glory; 

bte @d)5nl)ett, the beauty; 

bte Xapferfett, the valor; 

ber Umrtg, the sketch; 

bte 2Bets!)ett, the wisdom; 

ber 2Bitte, the will; 

bte fitting, the (news) paper; 

ber £>K>ed, the purpose; 

gefeljrt, learned; 

gemtft, certain; 

glcin$enb, brilliant; 

graufam, cruel; 

fd)ttmrf), weak; 

mttoafyr, untrue. 



Seim it>r cntd) nod) fp fCctgig feib, I however dili t you are 

(go fletjjtg tf)r ciud) |etb f j & 

(£§ fet)It (mattgelt, gebrtdr)t) mtr an etrter 'Sad)e, I am deficient in a thing, 
destitute of a thing, I lack a thing. 



Dutt)of)( c$ gebfifct ijat, fo fyaben nrir bod) fetnen Conner geljort. 
Dbgletd) t>ie!9iegen gefatfen ift, fo finb nnfere 9S:ge bod) gut; benn 
bte Srbe wax Don ber !Qtyt Dotlftanbtg (perfectly) auSgeborrt toorbem 
Ob bent ©ofyn fd)on ftarf (rapidly; geroadjfen ift, fo fdjemt e$ mir 
gteid)tt>ol)(, ba§ er flciner ift, ate metn SUbcrt. SSenn id) gleidj feine 
grofte ©elefyrfamfeit beto unbent nutate, fo gfaubte id) bod), ba£ e$ 
feinem ©eifte an Slarljctt fetjte. Senn ifyr aud) §(He3, tt>a3 ifyr Ber- 
fprodjen fyabt, tfjatet, fo ftmrbet ifyr bod) cucrn 3tt>ecf ntdfjt erreidjen. 
ipatte mein 33ruber fcin ©ittcfjen fetbft dermattet, fo nritrbe er mefyr 
Stnnafjmen baranS erjieft Ijabcn. £>ort ber firicg nid)t bati> auf, fo 
miiffen ttur nnfer §au$djen unb ©artdien berfaufen. §at bent 9?ater 
g(eid) feme ©ritnbe angegeben, fo mupt bit bid) bennod) feinem SBiflen 
fiigen. ©eib if)r mtr ftci§ig # toirb eud) ber @rfo(g rtid^t fef)(en. 
SSaret ifjr aud) f)ier r fo fonntet iljr in ber ©ad)e (matter) bod) nid)t$* 
Snbent. 3ft g(eid) bte ©ret fin nod) nidjt dofltg genefen, fo ift fie ben* 
nodj mit alien ifyren £)ienertnnen abgereift. $attt id) nnr etn ©titdf* 



— 104 — 

djcn firetbe bet (with) mtr, fo toiirbe id) eincn Umrtft ber ©egenb fjter 
an bie £I)ttr jeicfynen. SBcnn id) and) gugebcn muj}, ba§ ba% SSud) 
meljrere gute fitgenfdjafien Ijat, fo fann id) gteidjtuot)! fetnen ©ebraud) 
bacon madjcn. ©etbft iDcnn ber Sontg btc3 gefagt fyatte, lutirbc 
id) e3 bennod) ntdjt gtauben. 2(ud) noenn bcr@eneral j[e|t [nod)] [iegen 
fotlte (to be victorious), ttnirbe er bod) fetnen fritfyeren 9M)m nte* 
mate ttncber erfangen (recover). SSemt ifjr and) nod) fo retd) ttiaret 
(tndret ifyr and) nod) fo retd)), fo fonntet tf)r bod) biefe ©nmme ntd)t 
3a()(en. SSemt ifyr and) nod) fo (ange f)ier bleibt, fo werbet iljr hod) 
DergcbUd) marten, So gelefyrt btefer SDJann and) ift, fo gebrtdjt e3 
if)in bod) an 23et^[)eit. 

126. 

Although*}- these men are deficient in many qualities, they 
certainly are not destitute of valor. Though we had gone 
very late to bed, we yet rose very early in the morning. Al- 
though this man is not learned, still he is a very good teacher. 
Although we have no claim to (anf) your indulgence, we never- 
theless think that you will excuse us in this matter; for we have 
acted in good faith. Although our little trees (dimin.) blos- 
somed in the spring, they (yet) have dried up in the summer. 
Although the news was confirmed in the papers, he still be- 
lieved that it was untrue. However much they exerted them- 
selves, their efforts were fruitless (oergebltd)). However cruel 
this king was, he still was not destitute of good qualities. Al- 
thoughj the Italian women are renowned for (roegcn) their 
beauty, they lack the grace of the French [women]. If this 
little house (dimin. ) belonged to me, I should sell it. If your 
friend does not arrive to-day, we must go (reifcu) to him. If 
the king keeps his word, the people will be happy. Although 
his instruments were not always well chosen, still his designs 
were certainly good. Although our hopes are weak, our efforts 
will be great. Had it not rained, we certainly should have 
come. However brilliant this victory was, the results did not 
warrant (redjtfcrtigcn) our expectations. 



j) 



j In translating the sentences with although, all different modes of ex- 
pression should be employed in succession. 

% In all the sentences following below, the conjunction roemt must be 
dropped, the sentences being rearranged accordingly. 



105 



121. 

Sing, ber -Iftanit Flur. bte £ente (if used as an indefinite aggregate 

of persons). 
Sing, ber $aufmamt Plur. bte $aufteute (not $auf manner). 

7^t* Most of the compounds with 2ftann form the plural £ente, not 
banner. 

Obs. — 1. Participles if used as adjectives, are declined with the same 
endings as adjectives, either after the strong or weak declension: etn cjetrocf- 
neter 2fyfet, a dried apple; ber getrocfnete 2tpfet, the dried apple. They are 
also subject to comparison with the same endings, as ordinary adjectives: 
gebttbet, educated; gebiibeter, more educated; etn gebtlbeterer 2ftcmn, a more 
educated man. 

2. Present participles add the ending enb to the stem of the verb: 
tobenb, praising; eine Miifyenbe Stabt, a flourishing town. 

3. Adjectives and participles, used with the force of adjectives, are 
generally placed before their nouns, even when they have one or more ad- 
juncts. The adjuncts, in this case, generally precede their adjectives, and are 
placed between the article or determinative pronoun, and the noun. In 
English, such phrases must be placed after the noun, and often they must 
be replaced by relative or other clauses: 

(Sht feutem SBatertanbe ergebencr 23iirgcr, a citizen devoted to his country 

(who is devoted to his country). 
2)te tljre Sltern liebenben £tnber, the children loving their parents (that 

love their parents). 
(Sine mtt gufyrroerfen angefiitlte ©trajje, a street crowded with vehicles. 

4. The German infinitive with the neuter article (or other determina- 
tive) is used with the force of the English participial noun in ing. It is then 
declined like other substantives in en: ba§ £oben, the praising; Gen. be3 
£oben§, of the praising; Dat. bem Sobcn, Ace. ba$ £oben. 

$lnfertigen, to compile; ^ffiigen, to plow; 

beranben (with Gen.), to deprive of; raffintren, to refine; 
befdjvanfen, to limit; ■ rttjen, to charm; 

betrcmen, to entrust; rnfen (strong), to call; 

betriiben, to afflict; fdjtegen (strong), to fire; 

briillen, to bellow; fdjreien (strong), to shout; 

entblbften, to denude; taufdj'en, to disappoint; 

erbtttern, to exasperate; toben, to rage; 

erfafyren (strong v.), to experience; *iiberjet)en (strong), to overlook; 

etid)uttern, to move, to affect; *unterf)alten (strong), to entertain; 
erftarren, to benumb; berftarfen, to increase; 

fiiljleit, to feel; toeritben, to commit; 



— 10G 



ber 2lbfaH, the defection; 

ber :UnDacf)tspla£, the place of worship; 

biT ^vbeitgcber, the employer; 

Dcr Strbettsmantl, the workingman; 

ber s 2UieruanDerer, the emigrant; 

bcr Stltblicf, the sight; 

trie 33creitroitttgfeit, the readiness; 

bie iBeitte, the booty; 

bie iBliite, the blossom; 

ber Girtbrucf, the impression; 

bie (Stttlaffuug, the dismissal; 

bie (grpreffitng, the extortion; 

ber (££CeJ3, the excess; 

bie ©emetnbe, the congregation; 

bie ©iocfe, the bell; 

bie ©raujamfett, the cruelty; 

ba$ §er v the heart; 

*ber $art}ier, the chancellor; 

ber .ftiinftler, the artist; 

ber £anbmarttt, the countryman (hus- 
bandman); 

ber Sanbsmcinn, the countryman (being 
of the same country); 

bie iDZencje, the multitude; 

ber *plan, the plan; 

•btt ^lUtft, the point; 



bie *j3voMn§, the province; 

bie Stegimg, the emotion; 

bdS Uttid), the empire; 

ber Sinn, the sense; 

ber £>tall, the stable; 

bas talent, the talent; 

bte Xtyat, the exploit; 

ber Sfyeil, the part; 

bie Umftdjt, the circumspection; 

bas Urtfyetf, the judgment; 

ber SBeften, the West; 

begicrtg auf, eager for; 

empfe()lcn$iuertr), commendable; 

enrfefcttd), terrific; 

furdjtbctr, fearful; 

liiftern nad), greedy of; 

neuer(id), (adv.), recently; 

rofy, rude; 

fd)6n, fine; 

fd)mer$fid), painful; 

jhrfg auf, proud of; 

unfaljtg (with Gen.), incapable of; 

lingeritfyrt, untouched: 

Dertraut nut, privy to: 

DoU, full; 

mefetltftd) fur, essential to. 



@& befinbet fid) (there is) ciit crfafjretter SSmtbargt auf bem 
Sir arbettcn jefet nut berftarftem gfctfjt. ©u fyaft mir etit 
retgenbcS 23ud) geiiefjen. 28ir fatten tjeute ben iBefud) mefjrerer xcu 
jenber Saufleute. ©as 8efeu unterfjattenber 33iid)er ift uidjt immer 
cmpfefjtensroertl), SSir bemerfteu Diele mtt ^fftigen befdjcifttgte 8anb* 
lente. £)a$ Sdjreieu uub Xobcu bcr erbitterten 2Jtenge toax fnrdjtbar. 
£5a3 8eiben btcfer Don alter £mlfe entbtoflten Seute mar cntfc^lid). 
£}cr Slbfatt ber feinem 3ieid)c fo fauge treu gett>cfenen ^roDinjcn 
erfdjiitterte ben Sontg tief. £ie neuerfid) Don Ghtropa angefom* 
raenen SUteitmnberer nmrben fogletdj nad) bem 23eften beforbert. 
9iid)t3 mad)t ctnen betritbenbercn Gtnbrutf, aU etu toafyrenb be§ 
SommerS fetner flatter beraubter 33aum. SDtefe nad) 9?u^m fo 
begterige SSinftlertn fitljfte fid) fd)mcr$tid) gctaufdjt, ajfe bad Urttjeit 
ber 9J?enge itjr befannt ju toerben anfing. £>ie Dor (with) groft faft 
erftavrten ©olbaten nmrben mtt raffintrter ©raufamfeit Don ben nad) 



— 107 — 

Settle lufternert Canbteutcn gctobtct. 2S3tr I)aben immer mtfere armen, 
t>om Unglttd (distress) bctroffcitcn (involved in) Sanbsleute mit 
grower 33ereitnnlltgfett uuterftiifet. £)ie rofycn unb auf ifyre Xfjatcn 
ftoljen Solbaten Dcrubtctt bie grobften (grob, brutal) Gjceffe. 

128. 
This news was very painful to the afflicted father. This is 
true f gelten) in a more limited sense than you seem to believe. 
I shall not answer (beantroorten) these insulting remarks. The 
firing of the troops taking part in this battle, lasted till (the) 
evening. The carpenters, threatened with dismissal from their 
places (bie ©telle), submitted to the extortions of their em- 
ployers. The officers (civil;, entrusted with the compiling of 
these lists, accomplished their tasks (2(ufgabc) in less than 
three months. We heard the bellowing of the cattle (bie 9itn= 
ber, plur.) returning to their stables. The tolling (tauten) of 
the bells, calling the congregations to their places of worship, 
made a solemn impression. We were shown (translate by man) 
the works of several [lady] artists, [who are] renowned for 
(roegen) their talents. Although the workingmen, disappointed 
in their hopes, were exasperated at (fiber with accus.) their em- 
ploy ers, they soon returned to ( ]\x) their work. These points so 
essential to us, have been entirely overlooked by you. There is 
no finer sight than an apple-tree (standing) in full blossom. This 
heart, incapable of all higher emotions, remained untouched. 
The chancellor [who was] privy to all the plans of the king, 
prepared this enterprise with great circumspection. 

129. 

Infinitive. 
mogen, to like; bdrfen, to be at liberty, to be Huff en, to know, 

allowed, 

Present Indicative. 

id) mag, 1 may; id) barf, 1 am at liberty etc.; id) toeitj, I know; 

bu magft, thou mayest; bu barf ft, thou art at liberty; btt tneiftt, thou knowest; 

er mag, he may; cr barf, he is etc. er metjs, he knows; 

tt>ir mogen, we may; rntr biirfen, we are etc., nrtr mtffeti, we know; 

ttjr mogt, you may; ifyr bitrft, you are etc.; tt)t Unfit, you know; 

flc mogen, they may; fte biirfert, they are etc.; fte Unffett, they know. 



— 108 — 

Present Subjunctive. 
id) mogc, etc. id) biirfe, etc. id) rtuffc,ctc. 

Imperfect Indicative, 
id) mod)te, I migl it etc. id) biirfte, I was at liberty; id) ttmgte, I knew. 

Imperfect Subjunctive. 
id) mocfyte, I might; id) biirfte, I were at liberty, td) roiigte, I knew. 

Imperative, 

miffe, nrigt, miffen ®ie. 

Obs. — 1. SCRogeit in the present and imperfect denotes a possibility, de- 
pendent on contingency: bie§ mag fid) $utragen, this may happen. With a 
negation it generally expresses / do not like to, and in the subjunctive im- 
perfect (with or without negation) often I should wish or like. 3d) mag bie§ nid)t 
tfymt, I do not like to do this; id) mocfyte bie3 fyaben, I should like to have this. 

2. May in questions is generally rendered by biirfen: barf id) eintreten, 
may I enter ? In the subjunctive imperfect it denotes probability: bie§ 
biirfte mafyr feht, this is probably true. Must with a negation may be generally 
translated by (nid)t) biirfen: rotr biirfen bte3 ntcfyt tfyun, we must not do this. 

3. All modal auxiliaries (mogen, biirfen, miiffen, fonnen, roott'eat, fatten) 
form past participles (gemocfyt, geburft, gemnj$t, gefonnt, geroour, gefollt), and 
all compound tenses (Fut. id) roerbe fonnen, I shall be able; id) roerbe miiffen, 
I shall be obliged; id) roerbe biirfen, I shall be at liberty, etc.). Their past 
participles in the perfect and pluperfect generally take the form of their infinitives ; 
Perf.: id) fyabe nid)t fommen f o n it e n ,t I nave not Deen aole to come (I could 
not come); id) l)abe bte3 nid)t tl)Utt mogen, I have not liked (did not like or 
wish) to do this; id) fyabe nid)t fommen biirfen, I have not been at liberty 
(was not at liberty) to come; id) fyabe had) ©aufe gefyen miiffen (fatten), I have 
been obliged (was obliged) to go home. The pluperfects are in the same 
way formed by id) fyatte. 

4. The English potential pluperfects with could, should (ought to) are 
translated by the pluperfect subjunctives of the verb fomten, fatten^ nnb 
miiffen with the present infinitive of the main verb; id) fydtte bie$ nicfyt 
fcfyreiben fonnen, I could not have written this; fte fy a 1 1 e n nicfyt fo friifye 
fommen foil en (or miif|cn\ you should not have come so early; er fydtte 
bie ^cfylad)t geroinnen mix)) en (or foUen),ff he ought to have won the battle. 

5. If clauses in which the infinitive of the modal auxiliaries is used with 
the force of a participle, are introduced by one of the conjunctions baft, 



f The perfects and pluperfects of the modal auxiliaries are only then 
formed with the past participles, if the infinitive, dependent on these verbs 
is understood: id) fyabe e 8 nicfyt gefonttt, / have not been able [to do it], etc. 

J Provided that should lias not the force of a simple conditional, in 
which case it is rendered by roiirbe, with the perfect infinitive. 

ft The literal translation of these English potential pluperfects, by mean's 
of fonnte etc. with the perfect infinitive has an entirely different meaning. 
They are used only in special circumstances. 



— 109 — 

ItJeiW etc., requiring the verb to be at the end, the auxiliaries fyabe, I]atte 
and rj&tte can never be placed at the end of the clause, but must precede the inuni- 
tive of the main verb, as: rDetm tf)V l)Qttet fommen fonnen, if you could have 
come (not menu ifyr fommen fonnen fyattet). 

6. The preposition without before a verbal noun in ing, is rendered by 
orjtte and an infinitive with jut ot)ne belt Tiam $U fermen, without knowing 
the man; ofyne it)H c^efefjen $U l)aben, without having seen him; ofyne t% tfymt 
flit fonrten, without being able to do it. 

7. SSiffcn is construed with ^u and the infinitive, corresponding to the 
English know how to etc. : et Itlufjte fid) $U mdgtgen, he knew how to restrain 
himself. 

8. ^Pflegett with }U and the infinitive corresponds to the English to be in 
the habit of with the participial noun in ing, or to I am icont with the infinitive. 
In the imperfect it is generally translated by I used to: rotr pflcgen am 2)?orgen 
flit baben, we are in the habit of bathing (we are wont to bathe) in the morn- 
ing; id) pfiegte mid) nttt meinen grettnben u'ber btcfen ©egenftanb ju untert)a{* 
ten, I used to converse with my friends on the subject. 



Slnrurjren, to touch; 

auflejen (strong), to pick up; 

au3brucfen, to express; 

auSrtdjteu, to execute; 

23ebenfeu tragen (strong), to hesitate; 

bettragen (strong), to contribute; 

fid) benel)men (strong), to behave; 

benu^en (with Ace), to make use of; 

befnd)en (with Ace), to attend to; 

fid) betrjetltgen an, to engage in; 

betreten, to enter; 

friirjftitcfert, to breakfast; 

gebetfyeu (strong), to prosper; 

in $enutntj3 fe£en, to notify; 

fvonen, to crown; 

fid) mijefyen, to mingle; 

ftoren (with Ace), to intrude on; 

iibereinftimmen, to agree; 

*uberlegen, to consider; 

nn^ufrteben fetn, to find fault; 

oeroffentlidjen, to divulge; 

tooii)erfer}ett (strong), to foresee; 

Oortragcn (strong), to deliver (a 

speech); 
toerftdjern, to. assure; 
rtueberferjen (strong), to see again; 
giefyen (strong), to draw; 



bie 2(ntrpovt, the answer; 

ber 2luffar3, the composition; 

ber s 2luf tract, the commission; 

ber s #uelanber, the foreigner; 

bte StfSfldjt, the chance; 

bie 33e!anntfd)aft, the acquaintance; 

ba$ 23etragen, the conduct; 

bie 23tbttot()cf, the library; 

bte 5°frtA tne consequence; 

ber @ejd)tiftebrief, the business letter, 

ba$ $iaoier, the piano; 

Die $trd)e, the church; 

ber $o fieri, the lot; 

ber $ebncr, the speaker; 

ber ®d)luJ3, the conclusion; 

ber ed)ltlbfd)eilt, the draft; 

bte epracfje, the language; 

bte 3petjen (pi.), the eatables; 

berUmfcmg, the extent; 

bev Untergebene, the clerk; 

bie 2Baare, the article (of trade); 

gan$, quite; 

gered)tferttgt, warranted ; 

jebenfafls, at all events; 

mit llnred)t, wrongly, unjustly; 

fcerautmortUd), responsible ; 

roafjrjdjeutftd), probable. 



— 110 — 

£)ie$ mag ber 3>aK f e ^ °^ er ni^t; iebenfaCf^ fonnen ©te e3 nid)t 
toiffen. SKogen ©ie uerfidjert fettt (rest), [meine] §erren, baft id) 
oou bcr ganjcn ©adje nid)t$ loeift, unb mit Unredjt jene$ 23erbred)cn$ 
bcfdjutbtgt toorben bin. SKein 33ruber mag ftd) in btefe ©ad)e (affair) 
uid)t mifdjen. $d) mag biefcn 9Wann ntdjt nuebcrfeljcn. Wflodjtm 
©ie [tt)Oi)I] 3t)ren ©ruber iiberrafdjen, ttmut er oon feiner $eife ja^ 
riitffeljrt? ©ttrfen ©ie biefe ©ibliot^e! benu^en? $a, id) barf fie 
beuutjen, fo oft (as often as) id) null. SDarf id) mid) nad) .3rljrem 
33efinbett erfunbigen? SDiirfen Qt\vt ©oljne Ijeute nut mir aufs 
8anb gefyeu ? 9Mn, meine ©ot)ne biirfen fyeute gar nicfit au3gef)eu. 
SDie ©olbaten burften fid) ntdjt mit einanber unterfjalten. £>iefe 
£>erren toiffen fid) nid)t ju benefymen. £>tefer Stusfanber nmfcte fid) 
fefyr gut (well) in unferer ©pradje auSjubriicfen. Qd) pflege bie 
^eitungen ju lefen, fobalb (as soon as) id) cjefriifyftiitft fjabe. ©etn 
©ruber pflegte bie Don bm ©aumen Jjerabgefallenen Slepfet anfgnte 
fen, unb fie nad) ber ©tabt git briugen. $onnen ©ie 'Staoter fpieten ? 
9iein, id) tjabe e3 niemats ternen mogen. Qd) tjabe nid)t ein einjigeS 
2Bort biefeS 9Jebner3 uerftefjen fonnen. Sir Ihtaben fatten nod) 
ntemats biefeS dimmer betreten biirfen* fatten ©ie nid)t fritter ju 
nu3 fjeriibeilommen fonnen ? Qd) fjatte e3 geit)iJ3 getljan, loenn id) 
gefonnt Ijatte. ©te fatten biefen 2luffafe nidjt beffer fdjreiben fonnen; 
aber ©ie fatten il)n beffer oortragen folten. Qd) ttmrbe ben Sluffalj 
beffer gefdjrieben Ijabeh, inenn id) bie offenttidje ©ibliot^ef fycitte be* 
uut^en biirfen. Qd) roerbe $f)ren ^5(an anSjnfiiljren fcerfudjen, aber 
ofyne mid) fiir beffen (its) (Srfotg oerantroortlid) jn madjen. <5r fefyrte 
don ber ©tabt ^uritd, otjne feineu 2Iuftrag au§gerid)tet $u ijabeu. 
$d) wax lange in ber ©tabt, oljne mit §errn 9Mfet fpredjen ju lon- 
nen. <Sr mu$te im 3iwmer bleiben, ofjne ettoaS Oon jenen ©pcifen 
anrttfyren ju biirfen. 

130. 

You may be diligent, but you are not attentive enough. 
What is reported in the paper may be quite (ganj) correct, 
but the conclusions which you would like to draw from (au$) 
it, are certainly not warranted. May our country continue 
(fortfaljren)t to prosper, and may our labors be always crowned 

f To continue is translated by fovtfe^en, if governing a substantive; if it 
is followed by an infinitive, it must be rendered by fortfaljim If followed 
by an adverb or adjective, we translate it bleiben. 



— Ill — 

by success ! Would you like to engage in this enterprise ? I 
have often told you that this enterprise does not agree with 
my views, and that I do not like to contribute to (311) it. Since 
my brother was at liberty to divulge the matter (Sadie), he did 
not hesitate to make me privy to it. I shall probably (motif) 
be at liberty to make you acquainted with this affair in a few 
days; but I must not do it now. May I intrude on you for a 
few minutes? Do you know how to use (gebraudicn) this instru- 
ment (^nftrument n. )? I believe, I knew it formerly, but I 
must have forgotten it. We are in the habit of answering (te= 
antmorten) all our business letters on the spot (bie Stefle). When 
I was living in the city. I used to attend to this church. I am 
not wont to allow such liberties to my clerk. I did never 
like (perf. of mo gen) to make acquaintances on the street. 
Although I made (perf.) several efforts (ber 2?er(ud)) I have not 
been able to become acquainted with this gentleman. We 
have been often obliged to find fault with your conduct. Have 
you been at liberty to take these books home ? Why did you 
not notify me directly of (Don) your plans ? You should ([off en) 
have written me an answer with the return mail (nut umgefjen* 
ber "Poft). I could not have imagined that your claims against 
(an) me were of (oon) such extent. You ought to have better 
considered your probable chances before you came to this 
country. Would you have engaged in this enterprise if you 
could have foreseen its consequences ? I engaged in it without 
much thinking of its consequences. I know very well that I 
should (foflen) have taken (to me) more tinie, when I was 
writing this book. Do you know that you ought to have paid 
your draft yesterday? I shall not leave the city without 
having seen Mr. Nollet. I staid (perf.) three days in the city 
without being able to find (treffcn) Mr. Xollet at home. We 
stood several days before the enemy without being at liberty 
to attack them. Must I take the whole lot if I want to 
purchase this article ? You may purchase as much (fooiet) of 
it as you want (toolfen), without being obliged to take the 
whole (ba3 ©anje). 



— .112 — 



APPENDIX. 



1. The following exercises in German Hand-writing are intended to 
drill the first beginner in the use of writing characters. The numbers refer 
to the numbers of the exercises in the Method, 

2. Each number should be carefully copied in connection with the 
exercises it refers to. The teacher may, in addition, require the sentences to 
be written out in English characters, or to be translated into English. 

3. In translating the English exercises in the Method into German, 
which should always be done in writing, the student should in the beginning 
of his course use English rather than German characters, till he will have 
had sufficient practise in the use of the German written alphabet by copying 
the appended sentences. 




/^T^^^^^-o 




— 113 — 







-z^z-tz^?^ t^s>?,<-&^<£?^if' 



SS; 












<£-^^ 




S/^C^^^r<& /&>&&^fri 




-^^^<-^y/^y^ -&-/</£ -?^&7 





rfc^ •& 





Z>?^A<'-&'&' 








J 2 s- 

67 



c 



^-1? : 



67- <Z 




-tZZ-Z^-O -&?-&&jZ'&--% lC 













</-^y^^>//y, 






■■&&-&^&' -&&^<£^&<- -&&%!*"&> -^-/^^f-^-^^c -€&> 



^ "J 2 # 



* bequem, comfortable. 



114 




-/jf^o?'/ ■?■?</- -Z-7 : &-ZOi2-&-7i<-Zf-7;<- &*-&-*■*/ ?<£-t7<!>7i<-*ie-&.A<- 







Y7. 





^&&-& ^^ 





^Y^^ <&^/&7i<> 



&t~ 






xl 



i^&rtt^/^ 




tz^^/a^ 



^^^^^^^^^ ^-6& 




/^^■/^k^-Y 



-&&Z>^Y?>& 




-&^ ^ ^^^<- ^-&£ 




y ^yy^<- ^=^5^^ 





Y9: 




-€%>&L&'A&&t> ?£^&j%Y &*/<& ^^-^^^ 




J -jp# yyyy ?y yyy 



rt2 -frrt*- je-^Z- &f?Z\ 





CY&7,*- 7/^7 




y yyyy j ■ <y ^y 

yyy ///^/ 
<y 7 y 

y yy y y -^^ 

X X 7 X / 





115 — 



5^^^- 








i^& ^ir^&TZi&t' <?sC-&^- ^^^^ 




^^^z^^t?^ 



# 




-&&*> ^^&&7&^>^ iz>/ai^ 



^^^-^^- -?^^<? 

X 





^1>-&-^7x2>7A?<& . 




^-zr^rA^t- 




-&&A&&Z j£-&Z<j£ <&-&-'Z-p& ^9l^-t^^^-t> *^-zs*^- 





<&&&'&& v£ ya ■&■&<- ^i%£ ?<?$£<£. 













ZAf y 






-&&4C -7&'&^Z7Z^>& y6^>^-€^y^^ -r^-^^^^^y 







-&<■ -t^&i&-&^ffr?<& L^>*&z- 








€&&?£'&'6Z-?i<- ^^&& 




// _ „ / y 



#2- *£&<■ ?Z -£&■&& 







/^m^ &&&■ 




^^ 



-/&&i&?<fc ZC^&^'&x&'fc* 







— 116 







* 3)er ^ufgcmg, the rMng. 



117 



t^ 



s£<? ^/Ay,<- <=~dL^A*-i*>&7 X^7?>A?Z^> A^>6&^XZ?l<-'9 . 






XXX^- ^Z^A^T^O t-^C'/r*'^^?^'* 



















/? 




yJ-ZA^i^ 6C^'&^-&X2''&-y<^'&'-&*- •&0&/&&"?-7-'&<> £/ C^Z*'^ &-&£& 



-XXyzx-AAA 




i&&^7A/> yXy/AZ>ZX'Xy>X 



7" . 






&S/>x ^xxx^yxx<xx CsCc^^i&xxS/x ■&&-&&'&' && 




xx^X^yp^^ 






£? 



5 7 . /^Z^yxx,<- L^ttex* 7xAitrz,<- 




-tzyy -Xxxy-ZA 






XXX-&& /lyyx xxxixxxx 



^/xy-rx-ZA 







— 118 




it^-Z^ZIZ- 



-4x <M> 



t^^<^ <£rt2-'/Z-i&&t' 






'- ^^*- 



— 119 — 







SDie Oliette, the source. 



120 




— 121 



VOCABULARY. 



$ber, conj., but 

abfatlen (strong), v. n., to fall off 

Sibgabe, f., tax 

abgefyen (strong), y. n., to leave, v. n. 

abljdngen (strong), v. n., to depend 

abljauen (strong), v. a., to cut down 

abl)o(en, v. a., to call for 

abfefntett, v. a., to decline 

abrcifen, v. n., to depart 

5Ibretje, f., departure 

ab|d)netben (strong), v. a., to cut off 

9lbfd)teb nefymen, to take leave 

abfdjretbett (strong), v. a., to copy 

$bfxd)t, f., intention, design 

abtragen (strong), v. a. , to pull down 

abruefenb, adj., absent 

$d)je, f-, axis 

in Wdjt nefjmen, to take care of 

ad)t, num. eight; ber ad)te, the eighth 

ad)ten, v. a., to esteem 

2(bt>0Cat, m., lawyer 

after, e, e§, adj., all 

^limofen, n., alms 

5Xt^>ert, plur. f. , the Alps 

aU r conj., than, as, when 

alt, adj., old 

amerit'amfd), adj., American, adj. 

amiifiren, v. a., to amuse; fid) ctnuift= 
ren, v. refl., to enjoy one's self 

att, prep., at 

ber cmbere, adj., the other 

anbem, v. a., to change, v. a. 

anerfennen (strong), v. a., to acknow- 
ledge 

anfangen (strong), v. a., to begin, 
commence 



5lnforbermtg, f., demand 

anfiitlen, v. a., to fill, v. a. 

cmgeben (strong), v. a., to state 

ber 2lngef(agte, the accused 

2(ngelegenf)eit, f., affair 

angenefym, adj., pleasant 

angretfen (strong), v. a., to attack 

2lngriff, m., attack 

fief) anfletben, to dress (one's self) 

anftopfen, v.n , to knock (at the door) 

anfommen (strong), v. n., to arrive 

5ln!unft, f., arrival 

2Mage, f., talent 

2lntmttf), f. , grace 

annefymen (strong), v. a., to accept, 

to take 
5lnorbnung, f., regulation 
anreben, v. a., to address 
ctnjefyen (strong), v. a., to look at 
2lnftd)t, f., view 
2(nfprud), m., claim 
anftellen, v. a., to appoint 
fid) anftrengen, to exert one's self 
5Inftrengung, f., effort 
•ftntrag, m., application 
cuitroorten, v. intr., to answer 
emmenben, v. a., to employ 
cur 5 eigen, v. a., to announce 
aitgiefyett (strong), v. a., to put on 
s i(pfe(, m., apple 
Arbeit, f., work, labor 
arbeiten, v. n., to work, to labor 
fid) tirgern, to be angry, displeased 
2Irgrt)cd)n, m., suspicion 
arm, adj., poor 
fcnee, f., army 
i %vt, f., kind 



122 — 



to rise. See page 68. 



tyr^t, m., physician 

at(anti)d), adj., Atlantic, adj. 

aud), particle, also 

auf, prep., on, upon 

aufbaneu, v. a., to build up 

3litfgabe, f., lesson, exercise, task 

aufgeijen, 

axiffterjen, 

auff alien (strong), v. intr. with dat., 
to strike 

auf fatten (strong), v. a., to delay; fidj 
auffyatteu, to stay 

auffjebeu (strong), v. a., to pickup 

auffjoreit, v. n., to cease 

auf m a d)eu, v. a., to open 

Slufmerffamfeit, f-, attention 

auf rid) tig, adj., upright, sincere 

auffdjreibeu (strong), v. a., to write 
down 

Sluftrag, m., order 

auftnadjeu, v. n., to awake 

$uge, n., the eye 

OU^, prep. . out of, from 

auSbreiteu, v.n., to extend 

auSbreuueu, v. n., to burn out 

auSborreu, v. a., to parch 

aufterft, adj., extreme 

augfiiljreu, v. a., to execute, accom- 
plish, carry out 

auSriiften, v. a., to endow 

3bl$fd)UJ3, m., board (of persons) 

au3jet)en (strong), v. n., to look, v. n. 

au§jet3eu, v. a , to expose 

2tu$fid)t, fl, prospect 

auStauf d)eu, v. a., to exchange 

auS&erfaufen, v. a., to sell out. 



iBarjitrjof, m., railroads tation 

batb, adv., soon 

33att, m. f ball 

^Bctub, n., ribbon; m., volume 

23auf, f., bank (moneyed institute) 

23a je, f., cousin, f 

baueu, v. a., to build 

SBaum, m , tree 



beabftdjttgen, v. a., to intend 

ber 23eamte, m., the officer (civil) 

bebaueru, v. a., to regret 

bebecfen, v. a., to cover 

23ebeutuug, f., meaning 

ber iBebteute, man-servant 

23ebiugung, f., condition 

bebrofyeu, v. a. , to threaten 

befet)(eti (strong), v. a., to command 

53eftnbeu, n., health 

fid) befiubeu (strong), to do, to be (of 

health) 
befolgeu, v. a., to follow (an order) 
befbrberu, v. a., to forward 
fid) begebeu, to betake one's self, to 

proceed 
fid) begegueu, to meet (one another) 
begefyren, v. a., to demand 
begtetteu, v. a., to accompany 
begrabeu (strong), v. a,, to bury 
befyaubelrt, v. a., to tieat 
berjcmpteu, v. a., to assert, to state 
befyerrjdjeu, v. a., to rule over 
bet, prep., with, in the house of 
SBeifall ftubeu, to meet with favor 
betUJOlnten, intr. v. w. dat., to be 

present at 
belannt, adj., known 
ber 23efatmte (personal noun), the 

acquaintance 
33efauutfd)aft (abstr. n.), acquaintance 
belagern, v. a., to besiege 
23e(ageruug, f., siege 
beldftigeu, v. a., to molest 
belaufdjeu, v. a., to watch 
belexbigeu, v. a., to insult 
bellen, v. n., to bark 
beloi)uett, v. a., to reward 
bemerfen, v. a., to perceive, to remark 
23emerfung, f., remark 
beuaci)rid)tigeu, v. a., to inform 
beueiben, v. a., to envy 
25evg, m., mountain 
berid)ten, v. a., to report 
berufymt, adj., renowned 
befd)dbtgett, v. a., to damage 



— 123 



ftcf) befd) dfttgen, to occupy one's self 

befcfyteften (strong), v. a., to bombard 

53efd)lnJ3, m.< conclusion 

befdjufbtgen, v. a., to accuse 

befe^en, v. a., to occupy (take pos- 
session of) 

befiegen, v. a., to defeat 

fid) beffent, to improve (one's self) 

beftdttgen, v. a., to confirm 

23efted)img, f. , bribery 

befiefyen in (strong), to consist in 

etnen SBejud) madjen, to pay a visit 

befudjen, v. a., to visit 

fid) betragen (strong), to behave (one's 
self) 

SBetragen, n., conduct 

betrdd)tltd), adj., considerable 

betriiben, v. a., to afflict; e3 betrxibt 
mid), I am sorry 

fid) betriiben, to be grieved, sorry 

SBett, n., bed 

Settler, m. , beggar 

fid) SBeroegung madjen, to take exercise 

betxmnbern, v. a,, to admire 

SBter, n. , beer 

23tfb, n,, (pi. filter), picture 

SBtrne, f., pear 

btS, prep, and conj., to, till, until 

bitten (strong), v. a., to request 

Sfott (pi. flatter), n., leaf 

blew, adj., blue 

23(et, n , lead 

SB'fcifttft, m., pencil 

bletben (strong), v. n., to remain 

bftfren, v. n., to lighten 

ntd)t b(og, conj.. not only 

b(ii()en, v. n., to blossom, to flourish 

23lume, f., flower 

*33oot, n., boat 

bofe, adj., wicked, naughty 

SBote, m , messenger 

§3otfd)Ctft, f., message 

brand) en , v. a., to need, v. a. 

brecfjen (strong), v. a. & n., to break 

brctt, adj., broad, wide 

brennen, v. a. & n., to burn 



23rief, m., letter 
SBrteftajcfje, f , pocket-book 
bringen (strong), v. a., to bring 
*33rot, n., bread 
23vnber, m., brother 
SBriiffet, n., Brussels 
33ud) (pi. S8iid)cr) f n., book 
*23nd)l)alter, m., book-keeper 
23ud)l)dnMer, m., book-seller 
fid) biicfen, to stoop 
23iirgfd)aft, f., bail 
Gutter, f ., butter 



(£oncert, n., concert 

dongreg, m., Congress 

dongregmitglieb, m., member of Con- 
gress 

corrigtren, v. a., to correct 

douftn, m., (male) cousin; (Confine, f., 
(female), cousin 

D. 

S)a, adv., there; conj. since 

b airtalS, adv., then, at that time 

2)ame, f., lady 

banfen, v. intr., to thank 

bajj, conj., that 

batiren, v. a. . to date 

bauern, v. n., to last 

bein, pronoun, thy; betner, ber betntge, 

thine 
benfen (strong), v. n., to think 
beutud), adj., distinct 
beutjd), adj. German (adj.) 
ber 3)eutfd)e, German (noun) 
2>entjd)(anb, n., Germany 
btd)t, adj., dense 
bicttven, v. a., to dictate 
Wiener, m., man-servant 
btefer, e, e3, pron., this 
bonnern, v. n., to thunder 
2>orf (pi 3)orfcr), n., village 
bort, adv., there, at that place 
bret, num., three; bretmal, three times 
ftd) brefyen, to revolve, to turn 



124 — 



bet brttte, num., the third 

bimiel, adj., dark 

blird), prep., through, by 

bitrdjauS rttd)t, not at all 

bnrfteu (biirftert), v. n., to be thirsty 

SDu^enb, n., dozen 

C?l)e, eonj., before (conj.) 

cl)erna(3, adv., formerly 

(SI) re, f., honor 

(St (pi. Cncr), n., egg 

etgen> adj , own 

(Sigenfrfjaft, f., quality 

©tgentfyumer, m., owner 

em, a, one 

fid) e tub t (ben, to imagine 

einige, adj. plur., a few 

*Cnnfommen, n., income 

etnlabcrt (strong), v. a., to invite - 

(gttliabung, f-, invitation 

Csmtafj, m. , admission 

etnmal, adv., once; nod) etmnal, once 

more 
(5umal)me, f., revenue 
ehmcljmeit (strong), v. a., to occupy, 

to carry (a fortress) 
etnfeljen (strong), v. a., to be aware of 
etttft, adv., once (upon a time) 
*(Sinmol)ner, m., inhabitant 
etn$teljen (strong), v. a., to collect 
CWtffl, ad J> single, only (adj.) ■ 
C?t3, n., ice 
©if en, n., iron 
(5tjenbat)n, f., railroad 
(StJettbafytlgUCJ, m., railroad-train 
fid) efetit, to be disgusted 
<5tte,f., ell, yard 
©(tent (plur.), parents 
Cnibe, n., end 

Cntgldnber, m., Englishman 
entbccfcn, v. a., to discover 
eutfaffeit (strong), v. a., to dismiss 
entmutbtgert, v. a., to discourage 
Cnitfdjdbtgung, f., damages 
entfd)nlbtgen, v, a. , to excuse 



(htt|d)iitbtgimg, f., excuse 

entroetd)en (strong), v. intr., to escape 

en^iidenb, adj., charming 

er, pers. pron., he 

(Srbttterung, f., animosity 

(Srbe, f., earth 

erfreuen, v. a., to delight 

*GrfoIg, m., success, result 

fid) ergeben (strong), to surrender 
(one's self) 

erfyalten (strong), v. a., to receive 

ert)eb(id), adj., considerable 

fid) ertnnern, to remember 

erf (drat, v. a. , to declare 

ftd) erf&tten, to take a cold 

erfrcmfen, v. n., to fall sick 

erfemten, v. a., to recognize 

fid) erftmbigen, to inquire 

erlanbett, v. a., to permit, to allow 

(Sxfaubittfs, f., permission 

ermutfjtgen, v. a. , to encourage 

erndbjren, v. a., to support 

ernteit, v. a. & n., to harvest 

erobertt, v. a., to conquer 

errctd)en, v. a., to obtain, to reach 

err id) ten, v. a., to establish, to erect 

erringen (strong), v. a., to obtain 
(with effort) 

ftd) erfd)rccfen (strong), to be fright- 
ened, scared 

erft, adv., not till 

erftaunen, v. a., to astonish (v. a.) 

ber erfte, num., the first 

erjudjen, v. a., to request 

erroarten, v. a., to expect 

(Srrtmrtimg, f., expectation 

erroetfen (strong), v. a. to prove 

er^telen, v. a. , to derive 

eg, pers. pron., it 

effeu (strong), v. a., to eat 

ettuct§, indef. pron., something, any- 
thing 

euer, poss. pron., your; ber eure, ber 
curige, yours 

(Suvopa, Europe. 



— 125 — 



gafyren (strong), v. n., to ride (on a 

vehicle) 
gall, m., case 

fallen (strong), v. n., to fall 
faft, particle, almost 
fauf, adj., idle, lazy 
geber, f., pen 
geberrneffer, n., pen-knife 
geinb, m. , enemy 
fctttblid), adj., hostile 
gelb (pi: gelber), n., field 
gelbfyerr, m -> commander 
gelb^ug, m., campaign 
genfter, n., window 
geuer, n., fire 

finben (strong), v. a., to find 
glajcrje, f., bottle 
gletj}, m., diligence 
gfetfd), n., meat, flesh 
fletgtg, adj.. diligent 
flieljert (strong), v. n., to flee 
gtiigef, m., wing 
g(uj3, m., river 
fortrdnmen, v. a,, to remove 
gortjd)ritt, m., progress 
fortfe^eu, v. a., to continue 
frogen, v. a., to ask (a question) 
gvanfretd), France 
gran$oje, m. , Frenchman 
fran^ofifrf), adj., French (adj.) 
gran, f., woman, wife 
grdutein, n., young lady, Miss 
gretfyeit, f. , liberty 
fid) freuen, to be glad, to rejoice 
greuub, m., friend (male); grcunbhtf., 

friend (female) 
greimbfcfyaft, f. friendship 
grteben, m., peace 
griebrid), Frederick 
fror), adj., glad 
gront, f., front 
groft, m., frost 

frieren (strong), v. n., to freeze 
grurfjt, f., fruit 
fvilrf}tbar, adj., fertile 



frill), adj., early 

grilling, m., spring 

fidj fiigen, to submit 

f iit)ven, v. a. , to conduct 

fur, prep., for 

fiivd)tert, v.n., to be afraid; v. a., to fear 

gitrft, m., prince 

guft, m.,foot 

©. 

©abet, f., fork 

@an§, f., goose 

gang, adj., whole 

gar nid)t, (particle,) not at all 

©art en, m., garden 

@artentl)iir, I, garden-gate 

(Mrtlter, m., gardener (male); ($axU 

nertn, f., gardener (female) 
©aft, m., guest 
@aftl)of, m., hotel 
geben (strong), v. a., to give 
©eb&ube, n., building 
©ebtrge, n. , mountain-chain 
©ebrand), m., use 
gebraud)en, v. a., to use 
©eburtstag, m., birth-day 
©efafyr, f., danger 
*©efallen, m., the favor 
gef alien (strong), v. intr., to please 
geftiiltg, adj., obliging 
ber ©efangene, the prisoner 
gegen, prep., against 
©egenb, f. , landscape, grounds 
©egner, m., adversary 
gefyen (strong), v. n.,, to go, to walk, 

to step 
get)ord)en, v. intr. w. dat., to obey 
gel)oren, v. intr., to belong 
gebjortg, adj., proper 
@el)iilfe, m., assistant 
©etft, m., mind 
@elb, n., money 
©etbftiicf, n., piece of money 
@eiegenl)ett, f., occasion 
(Mer>vjamfeit, f., scholarship 
getcfyrt, adj., learned 



— 126 — 



gelteit (strong), v. n., to be esteemed, 
to be worth; etvoa% gelteit, to be for 
something 

©emiife, n., vegetables 

*©eneral, in., general (noun) 

geuefen (strong), v. n., to recover 
. (neuter) 

geniigenb, adj., sufficient 

gevecl)t, adj., just 

gem, adv., gladly, willingly 

ber ©efanbte, the embassador 

©efdjcift, n., business 

©ejd)i(f , n. , ability 

gefdjuft, adj., able 

©efettfdjaft, f., company 

©ejefe, n., law 

gejunb, adj., healthy 

geftevn, adv., yesterday 

geftefyen (strong), va., to acknowledge 

©etretbe, n., grain 

©era alt, f- , force 

Cjeitrig, adj., certain 

©emitter, n„ thunderstorm 

@ert)ot)nt)eit f f , habit 

geu)ol)rtlid), adj., ordinary, common 

©tebei, m., top (of a roof) 

©ipfet, m., top (of a mountain etc.) 

®lq§, n., glass 

glauberi, v. a. & n., to believe 

©laitbett, m., faith, belief 

©Iciubiger, m., creditor 

©1M, n., fortune, success, happiness 

gliicfltcf), adj./ happy 

@ofi>, n , gold 

golben, adj., golden, gold (adj.) 

©rabert, m., moat, ditch 

©raf, m., count 

grog, adj., great, large, big 

©rurtb, m., reason 

gut, adj., good, kind 

©lit, n., property 

©iite, f., kindness 

ft 

§abert, v. a., to have 
em tjalbei* (e, eg), half a 



£al8binbe, f., cravat 

fatten (strong), v. a., to hold, to keep 

§cmb, f„ hand 

§anbel, m„ trade 

Ijanbeln, v. n., to act 

*§cmb|d)ul), m., glove 

fycingett (strong), v. n., to hang 

I) art, adj., hard 

fyaffen, v. a., to hate 

Jpauptftabt, f., capital 

§au3 (pi. £aufer), n., house 

§augtf)itr, f., street-door 

r^eilen, v. a. & n., to heal 

fyetratfyen, v. a., to marry 

fyetgen, v. a. & n., to warm the rooms, 

to build a fire 
§etb, m., hero 

fyelfetl (strong), v. intr.w. dat., to help 
§emb, n., shirt 

rjerauSforbern, v. a., to challenge 
§erbft, m., autumn 
berein font men, ) , 
i)inem!ommen, J to come in, get in 

beveiutvetert, ) , 
Ijinemtrcten, } toste P™ 
§err, m.. gentleman, Mr. 
fyeruberfdjroimmeii, | 
l)inuberftf)nrimmen, J ° ! 
fyeqtid), adj., sincere 
l)eute, adv., to-day 
l)ier,*adv., here 
§imtnel, m., heaven, sky 
§inberntg, n» obstacle 
l)od), adj., high 
I) off en, v. a. & n., to hope 
§offnung, f. , hope 
t)5flidj, adj., polite 
borert, v. a., to hear 
fjiibfdj, adj., pretty 
£uf)tt, n., chicken 
$iiife, f., help 
*£unb, m., dog 
fjungera, v. m, to be hungry 
§ut, m., hat 



• swim over 



121 



3. (vowel). 
3Ijr, pers. pr., you, to her; poss. pr., 

her, their, your; ber trjrige, hers, 

theirs; ber 3f)rige, yours 
tinnier, adv.. always 
in, prep., in, into 
Snbltftrie, f., industry 
Staiten, Italy 
3taliener (3taftatter),m.,Italian (noun) 

3. (consonant). 
3a, adv., yes 
*3afyr, n., the year 
jeber, e, eS, each, every 
Sebermann, everybody 
jema($, ever 

3emanb, somebody, anybody 
jeber, c, e§ (dem. pron.), that (dein.), 

that one 
jet3t, adv., now 
jung, adj., young 



&affee, m., coffee 

$aijer, m., emperor 

Staib, n., (pi. Mlbtv), calf 

fait, adj., cold 

taltc, f, the cold 

£amerab, m., comrade 

^anbibat, m., candidate 

^anonabe, f., cannonade 

^aitoneutugcl, f., cannon-ball 

$tije, m.. cheese 

£a£e, f., cat 

faufen, v. a., to buy, to purchase 

ittiufer, m., purchaser 

^anfmann, m., merchant- 

letn, no, adj. pron. 

feiuien, (in ), v. a., to know 

$enntrttJ3, f. knowledge, attainment 

£inb, n., (pi. £tnber), child 

fefdje, f., cherry 

stager, m., plaintiff 

£(arfyett, f., clearness 

^laffifer, m., classic (noun) 

£(eib (pi. ^teiber), n., dress 



tteilt, adj., small, little 

Shtabe, m., boy 

*^pffer, m., trunk 

£ot)le, f., coal 

£oirt, Cologne 

fommert (strong), v. n., to come 

^ommobe, f., chest of drawers 

£onig, m., king 

tonight, f., queen 

fonnen, irr. v., to be able 

^opfjd)mer,5, m., head-ache 

£orb, m., basket 

franf, adj., sick, ill 

&ranfrjeit, f., disease, sickness 

itreibe,. f., chalk 

itrieg, m.. war 

£rone, f , crown 

£ugei, f., bullet 

fliVj, adj., short, brief 



£aben, m., shop 

ganb (pi. £anber), n., country 

£anbgitt, n., farm, country-seat 

£anbt)au8, n., villa 

fang, adj., long 

lange (adv. of time), long, for a long 

time 
lanfen (strong), v. n., to run 
ee lantet, the bell rings 
[eben, v. n., to live 
£eben, n., life 

Sebensmtttet, n., victual, eatable 
leer, adj., empty 
£et)rer, m., teacher 
£erjrbucf), n., text-book 
£etcfie, f., corpse 
reicrjt, adj.. light, easy 
e3 tl)nt mir (etb, I am sorry 
letben (strong), v. n. & a., to suffer 
leifyen (strong), v. a. to lend 
£einu)anb, f, linen 
lernen, v. a., to learn 
iefen (strong), v. n. & a., to read 
lengnen, v. a., to deny 
£ente, pi., people, individuals 



— 128 



lict), adj., dear; c§ ift mir ttet), lam 

glad 
lieben, v. a., to love 
iiegen (strong), v. n., to lie, to be 

(situated) 
Itttf, adj., left (side) 
2tfte,f., list 

liter arijdj, adj., literary 
loben, v. a., to praise 
£od), n., (pi. £5d)er), hole 
25ffcl f m., spoon 
£ot)n, in. & n., wages 
£ott), n., half an ounce 
2oroe, m., lion 
Sllft fyaben, to have a mind (desire) 

m. 

Wladjtw, v. a., to make 

9ftad)t, f., power 

2)tabtf)en, n., girl 

Sftagb, f., maid-servant 

mdiiarti, Milan 

9JtongeI,.m., want 

Wtann, m., (pi. Scanner), man (male), 

husband 
Sftarft, m., market 
Sftarmor, m. , marble 
ffiatftf), m., march 
3Wauer,f., wall (outside) 
llietjr, indefl prom, more 
mefyrere, indef. pron., several 
mem, my; ber meimge, metner, mine 
9J?enjd), m., man (human being) 
2fteffer, n., knife 
*9Kctatt, n., metal 
Sfttnute, f., minute 
tniftftngen (strong), v. n., to fail 
mtt, prep., with 
tnitbrhtgett (strong), v. a., to bring 

along 
3Wttglteb,n., (pi. er), member (person) 
imtnef)mett (strong), v. a., to take 

along 
9D£ttteI,n., means, instrument 
mittfyetten, v. a., to communicate, to 

impart 



mogtid), adj., possible 
*3)tonat, m., month 
*2ftonb, m., moon 
■*iD?orcjen, m., morning 
morgen, adv., to-morrow 
miibe, adj., tired 
fflliity, f., trouble 
Wlvitfy, im, courage 
Gutter, f., mother 

SL 

9lad) t prep., after, to 

yiatfybax, rm, (male) neighbor; 9?ad)* 

bavin, f., (female) neighbor 
ttadjgebeit (strong), v. intr., to yield 
9£ad)fid)t, f., indulgence 
ndd)ft, adj. & adv., next 
9*ad)t, f., night 
9?abel, f., needle, pin 
fid) no I) era, to approach 
9?ame, m., name 
nag, adj., wet 
neben, prep., (near) by 
9£ebe{ # m., fog 
Steffi, m., nephew 
nein f no (particle) 
nen, adj., new 
nid)t, not 

nidjt eintnat, not even 
mti)t§, nothing, not anything; ntd)t8 

Wa$, nothing that 
me, mentals, never 
Dftebertage, f., defeat 
nod) (adv. of time), still, yet 
s D?ott) teiben, to suffer (be in distress) 
niirjltd), adj., useful 

©♦ 
Cb, whether, if 
Cbft, n., fruit 

Cbvigfeit, f., the authorities 
ober, or 

off en, adj., open 
offent(id), adj., public 
off nen, v. a., to open 
Cfyettn, Dnfel, m., uncle 



129 



ot)tte, prep., without 

Crbnung. order (opposed to disorder) 

Oftieidj ,Cefterueicfi), Austria 

*. 
*$aar, n., pair, couple 
garret, f-, party 
tjtaffagfcr, m., passenger 
Sgfeffer, ni.. pepper 
$ferb, n., horse 
guanine, f., plum 
pftaftent, v. a., to pave 
prlegert. a-, a., to nurse 
*<Pfunb, n., pound 
Qlamvtn, v. a., to grade, to level 
ptorMtd], adj.. sudden 
ptuitbettt, v. a., to plunder 
^oftctmt, n.. post-office 
pradjttg, adj.. magnificent 
■ikdubent, m., president 
*j$rdjtbeiltfd)aft, f.. presidency 
s ^reic^ m.. price 
^5reuJ3e, m., Prussian (noun) 
^reitBett, Prussia 
protefttrert, v. n., to protest 
53ro$eJ3, ni., lawsuit 

a 

Cualett, v. a., to torment 

9*. 

9itid)en, v. a., to avenge 

8ian& (pi. 3tanbcr), m., edge 

3fang, in., rank 

9tatl), ni-. advice 

rcttfyen (strong), v. a., to advise 

Dtatfygeber, m., adviser 

dauber, m.. robber 

dltdjt, m, right 

redjt, adj., right 

rebeit, v. m, to speak, to talk 

Sfegehttdgigfeit, f. . regularity 

^egert, m.. rain 

^qerurritrrn, m., umbrella 

regierert, v. a. & m. to govern 

Sfegtmmg, f., government 



regrtert, v, n. ; to rain 

retd), adj., rich 

retcfjen, v. a., to hand 

veidjltd), adj., abundant 

£ri e t [) e , f., row. series 

^etie r f. . journey 

retjeit, v.n. . to travel, to go (travelling) 

reitert (strong), v. n., to ride (on 

horse-back) 
better, m., horse-man 
repartren, v. a., to repair 
9fepubltf, f.. republic 
republ'tfanifcf), adj.. republican 
<ftet>ohttiort, f., revolution (uprising) 
Sftjeut, m., Ehine 
Dftdjter, m.. judge 
vidlttg, adj.. correct 
3£tng, m., ring 
jRocf, m.. c^at 
rotl), adj., red 
Diuhm, in., glory 

fid) riilimen (w. gen.), to boast (of) 
Sftuftfanb, Russia 

Sadie, f.. thing 

fdcil, v. a. & n.. to sow (scatter) 

iagert, v. a., to say, to tell 

*@al& n.. salt 

Sdjaben, m.. damage 

fd)aDen, v. intr., to injure 

idjarf, adj., sharp 

fdjeilieit (strong), v. n., to shine, to 

seem 
fd)icfen, v. a., to send 
*@d)icffal f n., fate 
ScfjieferDad), n., slate-roof 
§>d)iff, n.. ship 
Sd)t[Dmad)e, £., sentinel 
Scf)trtbel, f.. shingle 
Sd)tll!en, m., ham 
Zdjiadjt, f., battle 
Scf)tacr)tfe(b, n.. field of battle 
jd]lafen (strong), v. n., to sleep 
fdjlagen (strong), v. a., to beat, to strike 
|d)ied)t, bad 



130 



fdjliefjen (strong), v. a., to close 

©djloft, n., (pi. ©djloffer), castle 

©d)luffet, m., key 

©djmrq, m., pain 

e$ ]d)Htergt mid), I am grieved, sorry 

©d) nab el, m., beak 

©d)nce, m., snow 

©djuectoetter, n., snow-storm 

jdjneibcn (strong), v. a., to cut 

©djnetber, m., tailor 

fdjneten, v. nv, to snow 

fdjott, adv., already 

fd)0!t, adj., beautiful, fine 

©d)ottf)cit, f., beauty 

fd) red ltd), adj., terrible 

ld)retbcn (strcng) > v. n. & a., to write 

*©d)ut), m., shoe 

*©d)nl)mad)er, m., shoemaker 

©djlllb, f-, debt, guilt 

©djule, f., school 

©djiiler, m., scholar (pupil) 

©d)itt3, m., shelter, protection 

fd)U)ad), adj., weak 

jd)U)ar*, adj., black 

fdjiuer, adj., heavy, difficult 

©d)tt)efter, f., sister 

fdjttnnbfig, adj., giddy 

©d)ruinbfud)t, f., consumption 

fd)tt)i£en, v. n., to sweat, to perspire 

©c(at>e, m., slave 

©eerciuber, m., pirate 

fefyen (strong), v. a. & n., to see 

fefyr, adv.,' very, very much 

©etfe, f., soap 

fetn, his, ber feintge, his (without a 

noun) 
fetn, v. n., to be 
fett, prep., before, since, ago; conj. 

since, ever since 
*©enat, m., senate 
fenben, (irr.) v. a., to send 
©enf, m., mustard 
fid) fet5en, to take a seat 
©id)erf)eit, f., safety 
©teg, m., victory 
©i(ber, n., silver 



fttbern, adj., silver, v adj.) 
ftt^en (strong), v. n., to sit 
©i£mtg, f., session, meeting 
fo, adv., so, thus 

fogletd), adv., presently, directly, im- 
mediately 
©ofyn, m., son 
foldjer, e, e$, such 
©olbat, m., soldier 
©ommer, m., summer 
jonberbar, adj., odd 
fonbern, but 
©onne, f., sun 
©onntag, m., sunday 
©panten, Spain 
fparjant, adj., economical 
fptit, adj., late 

fpajteren fasten, to take a ride 
fpajteren geljen, to take a walk 
©petfc, f., food, eatable, (n.) 
Spiegel, m., mirror, looking-glass 
fpielen, v. n., to play 
^pxad)?, f., language 
1pred)cn (strong), v. n., to speak 
©tabt, f., city, town 
ftdbttjd), adj., city, (adj.) 
©tal)l, m., steel 
ftarf, adj., strong 
©tcivfe, f., strength 
©tatton, f., station 
Statue, f., statue 
©tanb, m., dust 
©telle, f. , place 
fteHen, v. a. , to place 
©tellung, f., position 
fterben (strong) v. n., to die 
©ttcfef, m., boot 
©tod:, m., cane, stick 
ftbrett, v. a. , to disturb 
ftraf en, v. a. , to punish 
©trage, f., street 
frrenge, adj., severe 
©trumpf, m., stocking 
©tiicf, n., piece 
ftltbiretl, v. n., to study 
©tul)t, ni., chair 



— 131 — 



8tunbe, f., hour 

(gttjl, m., style 

fud)en, v. a., to seek, to look for 

(gumme, f., sum 

<8uppe, f., soup 



£abeltt, v. a., to blame, to censure 
*£ag, m., day; ad)t £age, a week 
tagltd), adj., daily 
e§ tagt, the day breaks 
Xantt, f., aunt 
£apferfett, f., valor, bravery 
£ajd)entud), n., pocket-handkerchief 
%a)]t, f., cup 

taufdjcn, v. a., to deceive, to disap- 
point 
Stefegrapt), m., telegraph 
teller, m., plate 
*£t)a(er, m.. dollar 
Sfyauroetrer, n.. thaw 
*£l)eater, n., theatre 
£f)ee, m., tea 
£r)eif, m., part 
tfyeuer, adj., dear 
%\)\tx t n., animal, brute 
trmn (strong & irr.), v. a., to do 
£f)iiv(e), f., door, gate 
£()Urm, m., tower, steeple 
ttef, adj., deep 
£iger, m., tiger 
Sinte, f., ink 
£tfd), m., table 
£ifd)(ev, m., joiner 
Stodjter, f., daughter 
Xoh f m., death 
tobt, adj.. dead 
tobtert, v. a., to.kill 
tbbtltd), adj.. fatal 

transportiren, v. a., to transport 
traurtg, sad; id) bin traurtg, I am sad, 

I am sorry, grieved 
treffett (strong), v. a., to hit 
fid) trennen, to separate (from one 

another) 
treu, adj., faithful 



trirtfen (strong), v. n. & a., to drink 
tr often, v. a., to comfort, to console 

£rnppen, pi. troops 

%u&, (pi. &ud)er), n„ cloth 

It. 

Ubel, adj., sick in the stomach 
liber, prep., over, above 
liberal!, adv., everywhere 
*uberjjaufett, v. a., overwhelm 
*uberrajd)ert, v. a,, to surprise 
*iiberienben, (irr.), v. a., to send 
*itbertragert (strong), v. a. , to confer 

(upon) 
iiber^eugt, adj., convinced 
Ur)f, f., watch, clock 
*U£)rmad)er, m.. watchmaker 
um, prep., around, about 
*umgebert (strong), v. a. , to surround 
umget)en (strong), v. n., to associate 
Umlauf,m. .revolution (turning round) 
*itmringen, to surround (in a circle) 
lining, m., sketch 
unattgenerjnt, adj., unpleasant 
unartig, adj., naughty 
imbebeutenb, adj., inconsiderable 
unbegriinbet, adj., unfounded 
itnb, conj., and 

Unfcfl, m., accident, misfortune 
UngUtcf, n., misfortune 
ungliidltd), adj ..unhappy, unfortunate 
Ultorbnuug, f.. disorder 
Unredit, n., wrong . 
intrid)ttg, adj., incorrect 
lmfer, our: ber unfrtge, ours 
unter, prep,, under, below, beneath 
untergefyen (strong), v. n., to set (of 

the sun etc.) 
*ftdj mtterbatten (strong), to converse 
Unterrjattimg, f.. conversation 
Uttternefymimg, f. , enterprise 
"UUterrtd)ten, v. a. , to instruct, to in- 
form 
Urtterrtd)t nefyrnen, to take lessons 
*unterftufeen, v. a., to support 
untreu, adj., faithless 



132 — 



uttbovftdjttg, adj., incautious 
Uttroatjr, adj., untrue 
Umiuffeufyett, f., ignorance 
immo()(, adj., unwell 
un^lldffig, adj., inadmissible 
Ui'jadje, f., cause 



filter, m., father 

SBateulcmb, n., one's own country, 

fatherland 
fid) berbeugen, to bow (down) 
sBei'Dred)cn, n., crime 
2}erbad)t, m., suspicion 
berbtenert, v. a., to deserve 
SSerbienft, n., merit 
berbricjjitd), vexed, irritated 
e3 oerDrtejjt mid), I am vexed, irritated 
berborrert, v. n;, to dry up 
berfotgen, v. a., to pursue 
bergeblid),adv„ in vain 
bergeffen (strong), v. a., to forget 
fid) berg(etd)ert (strong), to make a 

compromise 
bergniigt, adj., glad 
2>ergniigen, n., pleasure 
Dergrofcevrt, v. a., to increase 
t)err)aftert, v. a„ to arrest 
berfaufen, v. a., to sell 
berfetmen, v. a., to misjudge 
bertcmgert, v. a., to demand 
SSerlcmgen, n., demand 
berfaffeit (strong), v. a., to leave, quit, 

desert 
berlcutmben, v. a., to slander 
berlejert (strong), v, a,, to read 
Dertefcen, v. a., to hurt 
berltereit (strong), v. a., to lose 
bermtetfyen, v. a., to rent 
^ennbgen, n., property 
benruttt)en, v. a., to presume 
uerntefjten, v. a., to annihilate 
berpflid)ten, v. a,, to pledge 
berratfycn (strong), v. a., to betray 
ftd) bcrjanimctn, to assemble (v. n.) 
berfdumert, v. a., to miss 



^erjdjansuncj, f., entenchment 

t>erfct)(iegen (strong), v. a., to lock 

berjd)bnent, v. a., to embellish 

t)erjd)uuiibert (strong), v. n., to dis- 
appear 

bevfefyert (strong), v. a., to provide 

berficfjern (v. a.), to assure 

berftnteit (strong), v. n.,to sink (v. n.) 

berforgen, v. a., to supply 

t>ciipred)etx (strong), v. a., to pro- 
mise 

SBeiipredjert, n., ) 

^eripred)ung,f.J promise 

^erftdrfung, f., reinforcement 

berftefjen (strong), v. a., to un- 
derstand 

*i8erfu{f), m., attempt 

bevfudjert, v. a., to attempt, to endeav- 
or, to try 

bertrjeibigen, v. a„ to defend 

bertretett (strong), v. a., to represent 

berurjadjert, v. a., to cause 

berurtfyetfen, v. a., to condemn 

$erurtf)ei(ung, f., condemnation 

bennaltert, v. a., to manage, to ad- 
minister 

SBerroalturtg, fr, administration 

berrbicfelrt, v. a., to implicate 

bertrjuuben, v. a., to wound 

^Better, m., cousin (male) 

Std), n„ cattle 

biet, much; biete, many 

bieUeid)t, perhaps 

bier, four; btermal, four times; biertel, 
a quarter; bcr bierte, the fourth 

$ogei, m., bird 

i£otf, n., the people (nation) 

boll, adj., full 

boflenben, v. a., to finish 

bofttg, adv., fully 

bOU, prep., of, from, by 

bOV, prep., before, ago 

borberetten, v, a., to prepare 

borlaben (strong), v. a., to summon 

boriegett, v. a., to submit (place be- 
fore) 



— 13c 



SBorlefmtg, C, lecture 
^ovratt), m., stock 
Ifcrfdjlag, m v proposition 
tiorjicf)tU], adj., cautious 
bcr 33orfi£ettbe, chairman 
Doriibergeljen (strong), v. n., to pass 
fcorjieljen (strong), v. a., to prefer 



2$ad)fatrt, adj., watchful 

n)ad)jert (strong), v. n., to grow 

ilBagert, m., carriage 

(fid)) rrjagert, to venture 

SBafyf, f., election, choice 

rmifylert, v. a., to elect, to choose 

fEMttfitX, m., voter 

ItJd^nen, v. a. , to suppose (wrongly) 

tvafyv, adj., true 

tDarjrenb, prep., during; conj. while 

SBatyrtyett, f.. truth 

Salb (pi. 2BMbcr) r m., forest 

£8 a II, m., rampart 

SSaitb, f-, wall (inside) 

ttmnn, interrog. adv.. when ? 

ft) arm, adj., warm 

tt)tirmert, v. a., to warm 

roarten, v. a., to wait 

rrmrum, adv., why 

rca§, pron., what 

*2Saffcr, n., water 

2Bed)fef, m. . note (bill of exchange) 

23 eg, m., way, road 

rrjegert, prep., on account of 

fid) raeigern, to refuse (v. n.) 

ft) e it,' eon j., because 

SSetrt, m., wine 

SBemgarten, m., vine-yard 

tueig, adj., white 

ftoeife, adj., wise 

28ei§fyeit, f., wisdom 

rcett, adj., far 

fttefdjer, which, who, that 

ft)ertig, little, few; rrjeniger,less (fewer) 

ft)er, interr. pron. , who ? 

SSetter, n., weather 



tuie, interr. adv., how ? berftne tuelfle, 
what day of the month, what (in 

order) ? 

*mtberfal)reit (strong), v. intr., to 

befall 
*ftcf) nuberfe^en, to resist, to oppose 
rtneber, adv., again 
hneberfetyen (strong), v. a., to see 

again 
rrjtjTert, irr. v. a., to know 
ft)0, where 
2Bod)e, f. , week 
TVOfyf adv., well 
rnot)[feiL adj., cheap 
ftjofjnen, v. n., to dwell, to live, 

reside 
25oljtum(J, f., residence 
*2Bort (pi. cither SBorte or Sorter), 

n., word 
SBlltlbarjt, m., surgeon 
2£urtbc, f., wound 
ltd) rtutrtbent, to wonder 
2Bimfd), m., wish, desire 
nmuidjen, v. a., to wish, to desire 
£9urm, m. (pi. SSiirmer), worm 



£>a\){, f., number 

latyitn, v. a. & n., to pay 

jaljten, v. a., to number 

3a!)lt f m., tooth 

geidjttett, v. a. & n., to draw (make a 
draft) 

3ett, f., time 

getturtg, f., newspaper 

jerftorett, v. a., to destroy 

3immer, n., room 

3tmmcrmann, m., carpenter 

3oII, m., inch 

ber 3 ^^ eam ^ e , tne custom-house- 
officer 

JU, prep., to; adv. too 

3ucfer, m., sugar 

gufdtltg, adj.. accidental 



134 



gufrtebett, adj., contented, satisfied, 

pleased 
3ufu!)i\ f., supply, provisions 
gugebett (strong), v. a., to concede 
jjufyovett, v. a., to listen to 
3iurtad)ert, v. a., to shut 
j|Urit<£ adv., back 
guriicfferjren, v. n., to return 
Suriicf faffeit (strong), to leave behind 
guriicfreijen, v. n~, to go (travel), 

back 



^uvucffcrjicfen, v. a., to send back 
fid) juviicfjieEjen (strong), to with- 
draw, to retreat 
jufammen, adv., together 
JUftcttcn, v. a., to deliver 
3ufttmmung, f., approbation, consent 
3rr»ecf, m.. purpose 
$rrjet, two; ber jrrjeite, the second 
jroetfefljaft, adj., doubtful 
^meifeln, v. n., to doubt 
$rrjetma(, twice 



& fitter; Hefo fouk. 



Easy and Successful 

Introduction of tlie German Language 

INTO PUBLIC SCHOOLS. 

In the fall of 1870, the German Language became a general 
branch of instruction in the Male Department of Grammar 
School No. 15. New York City, in accordance with the amended 
By-Laws of the Board of Education. 

Of the 500 boys in the School nearly one half, belonging to 
American, Irish, Scotch or English families, until six months 
ago knew nothing whatever of the German language. 

On Friday, March 31st 1871, an examination was held to 
test the progress made in the new study. It was demonstrated, 
on this occasion, in a most satisfactory manner, that though 
the German boys of course excelled the others in conversational 
powers, the American, Irish and English boys had learned the 
action and grammatical construction of the German language 
surprisingly well, fully equalling the children of German 
parentg. 

The several grades were examined in succession; the pupils 
not only read and translated German into English, and English 
into German, but they also wrote down in correct German 
script English phrases given them to be rendered into German. 

At the close of the exercises, Mr. Superintendent Kiddle, 
who had conducted the examination, congratulating the boys 
upon their remarkable success in engrafting the German lan- 
guage on the regular course of study, observed: 

Very many persons have thought that this could not be done, without 
sacrificing those English studies which in a practical point of view, are of 
paramount importance; but you have made the experiment, and under the 
able and zealous instruction of your excellent teacher, Mr, Hutten, you have 
achieved that which has given us not only pleasure and satisfaction, but sur- 
prise; for, in six months, to have acquired a facility in German pronunciation, 
to have learned to translate so large a number of German exercises into 
English, and vice versa, and to use with so much fluency the German script, is a task 
of no ordinary magnitude. Indeed, many persons on witnessing this ex- 
amination, might suppose that, during this period, you have done nothing 
but study German; but I can bear testimony, from the records of my de- 
partment, that the examinations to which this school has been subjected in 
the ordinary English branches, during the same period, were never more suc- 
•cssful or satisfactory. 



6. §ttmtj #xfo |)ork. 



I am especially gratified with this result, because it confirms, in some 
degree at least, the theory which I have always held in regard to the study 
of German in our schools; namely, that far from retarding, or in any way inter- 
fering with the other brunches of study, it would tend to facilitate them. My friend 
Commissioner Grquss in the remarks which he has just made, has most fully 
and clearly explained the affinities which exist between our own language 
and the Germ. m, and thus has demonstrated the great desirability of study- 
ing them together, / am sure that the time thus .yent in the lower grades, will be 
sard to thtpupih when they come to study, in those more advanced, the theory of the 
English language. English grammar will then prove to them a very easy 
study indeed; while, at the present time, it is one of the most difficult tasks 
which they have ito perform, to understand those rules and principles which 
seem to have so little practical value because our language is comparatively 
so free from those variations and modifications which render such rules 
necessary. Besides, the more exact knowledge, thus acquired, of the mean- 
ing of words will give the pupils a more ready command of their own 
language, and thus contribute to their speedy advancement in all those branches of 
study which require accurate and fluent expression. 

It is upon these general grounds — upon the plea of general appropriate- 
ness and utility that I have advocated the introduction of the study of 
German into our schools, not as a special, but as a general branch. It is not 
because our German fellow citizens, although constituting so large a portion 
of our population, ask for it as being useful or desirable to them, but because 
-I recognize in this branch of study a most effective educational agent, as well for in- 
tellectual training, as for impai ting information, and affording an accom- 
plishment, of value to all, to whatever class or nationality they may belong, 
I trust, therefore, that the example set by this school, under the efficient 
management of its able and experienced principal, may be followed by other 
schools; and that other Boards of Trustees throughout the city may follow 
the lead of the intelligent and enterprising school officers of the 11th Ward, 
under whose upright and zealous administration the schools of the Ward 
have attained so high a standard of excellence. 

And I must also say, my young friends, that you will be encouraged by 
your success this morning to persevere in the work which you have so well 
begun. To the study of language, the saying of one of the ancient philo- 
sophers, ■ — - "The roots are bitter, but the fruit is sweet," is particularly ap- 
plicable; for the rudiments of every language must be studied as a task. 
These rudiments you are fast acquiring and you will soon experience the 
pleasures and advantages to be derived from the ability to use with readiness, 
both in reading and speaking, so grand a vehicle of thought as the language 
which you have commenced to study.. 

As above stated, it surpassed the expectations of every- 
body present to find the entire class of the loicest grade so 
firmly instructed not only in pronunciation and translation but 
even in the correct and fluent use of German script, — and all 
this after barely 24 weeks' tuition of not more than one hour 
and a half per iceek ! 

The only Text-Book put into the hands of the youngest 
pupils, was Ahn's Rudiments of the German Language 
(published by E. Steiger, New York). 



$. Bimtx, Xicb y orl 



THE GERMAN LANGUAGE. 

(The following books are in paper covers, unless otherwise stated ; but they can be promptly 
bound in any style, at moderate prices ; those marked * are printed and published by myself, 
the others are imported. E. Steiger.) 



*F. AHN. German Primer. Edited by 
W. GrBACTERT. (Printed in large type, 
and with much uerman Script.) Boards 
$0.35. 

* Rudiments of the German Lan- 
guage. Exercises in Pronouncing, Spel- 
frng and Translating. (Witiimuch (ier- 
man Scrip;.) Boards $0.3.5. 

* Method of flu* German Language. 

ByGusTAvus Pisghek. (With itermaii 
Script.) First Course, Boards $0.50; 
Second Course, Boards $0.50; Both to- 
gether, Half Roan, 31.00. 

* New Practical and Easy Method 

of Learning the German Language. 
With Pronunciation by J. C. Oehl- 
SCHlaegek. (With many Reading Ex- 
ercises in German Script.) 
First Course (Practical Part), Boards 
$0.60; Second Course (Theoretical 
Part) , Boards $0.40: Both together,*. 
Boards $1.00, Half Roan $1.25. 

* German Handwriting. A Com- 
panion to every German Grammar and 
Reader. (All in German Script.) Boards 
$0.40. 

* Manual of German Conversation. 

Edited by W. Grauert. Cloth $1.00. 

The above books have, upon examination of 
the various text-books, been found to be the best 
adapted for teaching the German language in 

PUBLIC SCHOOLS, 
and are being used everywhere with remark- 
able success. The chief features for which they 
gain the preference over others, are : — 

i. Their simple and practical method, by 
which the time of both teacher and learner is 
employed to the best advantage. 

2. The fidelity and care with which this 
method has been carried out in such a way as 
to elicit the pupil's interest and stimulate his 
desire of learning. 

3. Their peculiar adaptability for use in 
Common Schools, where their value is invari- 
ably proved by the rapid progress of the pupils. 

4. The frequent introduction of German 
Script, of the most approved modern style, in 
nearly ah of these books. 

5. Their smailness obviously invites the pu- 
pil's speedy progress to the end of his labors, 
which he sees cl'ose at hand. 

6. Their very moderate prices. 

FR. BAUER. Grundzilge der neuhoch- 
deutschen Grammatik fur hohere Bil- 
dungsanstalten. Paper $0.60. 



K. F. BECKER.. Ausfuhrliche deutsche 
Grammatik als Commentar der Schul- 
grammatik. 2 vols. Paper $5.00; Half 
Morocco $6.50. 

Handbuch der deutschen Sprache. 

(9. Auflage der deutschen Schulgram- 
matik.) Xeu bearbeitet von Th. Beckek. 
Paper $1.95; Half Roan $2.35. 

A Grammar of the German Lan- 
guage. Carefully revised and adapted 
for the use of English Students, by J. W. 

FRAEDERSDORF. Cloth $2.50 

Leitfadenfur den ersten TJrderricht in 

der deutschen Sprache. Herausgegeben 
von Th. Becker. Paper $0.45; Half 
Roan $0.75. 

Per deutsche Stil. Paper $1.25. 

Lehrbuch des deutschen Stils. Her- 
ausgegeben von Th. Becker. Paper 
$1 00. 

ROD. BEXED1X. DermundlicheYortrag. 
Ein Lehrbuch fur Schulen und zuin 
Selbstunterricht. In drei Abtheilungen : 
Die reine und deutliche Aussprache des 
Hochdeutschen. Die richtige Betonnng 
und die Rhythmik der deutschen Spra- 
che. Die Schonheit des Vortrags. Paper 
$2.50. 

L. CHOLEVIUS. Dispositional und Ma- 
teriaiien zu deutschen Aufsdtzen tiber 
Themata fur die beiden ersten Classen 
hoherer Lehranstalten. 2 vols. Paper. 
Vol. I. $1.55. Vol. II. $1.80. 

Praktische Anleituug zur Abfassung 

deutscher Aufsdtze, in Briefen an einen 
jungen Freund. Paper $1.00. 

J. A. EBERHARD. Synonymisches Hand.- 
vorterbuch der deutschen Sprache 'ftLr 
Alle, welche sich in dieser Sprache 
richtig ausdriicken wollen. Mit Be- 
zeichnung der Worter in englisclier, fran- 
zosischer, italienischer und r assise her 
Sprache. Paper $5.00; Half Morocco 
$6.2-5. 

C. F. FALKMAXX. Stilistik oder voll- 
st'andiges Lehrbuch der deutschen Yor- 
tragskunst. Paper $1.90. 

Stilistisches Elementarbuch oder: 

Erster Cursus der Stiliibungen enthal- 
terid: eine kurze Anleitung zum guten 
Stil, Aufgaben etc. fur Anfanger im 
schriftlicheu Vortrage und zur Selbst- 
belehrung. Paper $0.85. 



<£. Steigtr, $cfo |fork. 



*W. FECHNER. Systemaiische Schul- 
Vorschriften. ( Copy-Books with Models 
of German Script.) 5 Numbers. $ 
Dozen $1.80. 

*E. PELDNER. Kleine deutsche Sprach- 
lehre als Haadbuch fur Schiiler deutsch- 
amerikanischer Schulen. Boards $0.30. 

R. GOTTSCHALL. Poetik. Die Dicht- 
knnst und ihre Techuik. Vom Stand- 
punkte der Neuzeit. 2 vols. Paper 
$3.15. 

M. W. GOETZINGER. Deutsche Sprach- 
lehre fair Schulen. Durchgesehen und 
iiberarbeitet von E. Goetzinger. Paper 
$0.85; Hall Roan $1.L5. 

Stylschule zu Uebungen in der Mut- 

tersprache. Eine Sammlung stufen- 
m'assig geordneter Aufgaben und Ar- 
beitsentwiirl'e Mr hohere Anstalten. 2 
vols. Paper $2.10. 

Deutsche Die 1 iter, erlautert fur 

Freunde der Dichtkunst uberhaupt und 
fur Lehrer der deutschen Spraehe ins- 
besondere. 2 vols. Paper $7.50. 

Dichtei^saal. Auserlesene Gedichte 

zum Lesen, Erklaren und Vortragen in 
hoheren Schulanstalten. Nach den 
Dichtern geordnet und herausgegeben 
von E. Goetzinger. Paper $1.70; Cloth 
$2 30. 

*W. GRAUERT. Manual of the German 
Language. 
First Part, Boards $0.40; Second Part, 
Bds. $0.40; Both together, Boards 
$0.70; Half Roan $0.90. 

* First German Reader. (With Notes 

and much iierman Script. *• Bds. $0.50. 

* Seco?id German Reader. (With 

Notes and much German Script ) Brds. 
$0.60. 

These two elementary Readers are intended 
to serve as companions to any German gram- 
mar, preparatory to classic German Readers. 
The reading - matter consists of interesting 
pieces, both descriptive and narrative, and of 
poems, in strictly systematical order ; a copious 
Vocabulary and Explanatory Notes are added 
to assist the student. 
*(W. Gkauekt and) A. DOUAI. Bilder- 

jlbel und Erstes Deutsches Lesebuch. 

(Printed in large type, with German 

Scnpc) Boards $0.30. 
* W. GRAUERT. Zwelles Deutsches Lese- 

buck. Boards $0.65. 
* Drittes Deutsches Lesebuch. Boards 

$0.75. 
* Vicrtes Deut selves Lesebuch. In 

press. 

These four German Readers form parts of 
the Turner-Schulbitcher, a Series prepared ex- 
pressly tor u.->- m liberal institutions. 



J. GRIMM. Deutsche Grammatik. 2. 
Ausgabe in 2 Bftnden. Vol. I, parts 1. 2. 
(As far as out.) Paper $7.50. 

J. und W. GRIMM. Deutsches Worter- 
buch. Fortgesetzt von R. Hildebrandt, 
K. Weigand und M. Heyne. 4to. 
Vol. I. Paper $6.70. 
" II. < 4 $6.20. 
" III. "' $6.70. 
" IV.a Parts 1 to 3, Paper $2.50. 
" IV.b " lto4, " $3.35. 
" V. " 1 to 9, " $7.50. 
( As far as out. ) 

* J. HARDTER. Erstes Lesebuch, oder : 
Illustrirtes Lesebtichlein fur Anfanger. 
Ein sicherer Weg, Kinder in wenig Wo- 
chen deutsch lesen und schreiben zu 
lehren. (Printed in large type, with 
German Script) Boards $0.18. 

* Zweites Lese- und Lehrbuch fur ge- 

hobene Elementar - Klassen. Boards 

$0.30. 

These two German Readers are intended for 

schools under clerical superintendence. 

J. CHR. A. HEYSE. Theoretisch-prak- 
tische deutsche Grammatik, oder Lehr- 
buch zum reinen und richtigen Spre- 
chen,Lesen und Schreiben der deutschen 
Spraehe, nebst einer kurzen Geschichte 
und Verslehre derselben. Zun'achst zum 
Gebrauch fur Lehrer und zum Selbstun- 
terricht. 2 Bande. 5. Auflage. Auch 
unter dem Titel: Ausfuhrliches J^ehr- 
buch der deutschen Spraehe. Neu be- 
arbeitet von K. W. L. Heyse. 2 vols. 
Paper $8.35. 

Deutsche Schulgrammatik oder kurz- 

gefasstes Lehrbuch der deutschen 
Spraehe mit Beispielen und Uebungs- 
aufgaben. In der Bearbeitung von K. 
W. L. Heyse. Paper $1.25; Half Roan 
$1.70. 

Leitfaden zum grtindlichen Unter- 

richt in der deutschen Spraehe fur 
hohere und niedere Schulen nach den 
grosseren Lehrbuchern der deutschen 
Spraehe. Paper $0.45; Half Roan $0.75. 

Handwbrterbuch der deutschen 

Spraehe mit Hinsicht auf Rechtschrei- 
bung, Abstammung und Bildung, Bie- 
gung und Ftigung der Worter, sowie auf 
deren Sinnverwandtschaft. Nach den 
Grundsatzen seiner Sprachlehre ange- 
legt; ausgefuhrt von K. W. L. Heyse. 
2 vols. Paper $7.50. 

P. F. L. HOFFMANN. Neuestes Worter- 
buch der deutschen Spraehe nach dem 
Standpunkte ihrer heutigen Ausbfldung. 
Boards $1.70. Cloth $2.00. 



£L\ Steiqer, ifefo Bark. 



P. F. L. HOFFMANN. PrdkUsches gram- 
matikatisches Worterbuch der deutsclien 

Sprache. Ein RathgeberfiirDiejenigen, 
weiche ohne Kenntuiss der grammati- 
schen Regeln richtig sprechen u. schrei- 
ben wollen. Cloth $1.20. 

Volksthumliches Worterbuch der 

deutschen Synonumenm alphabetischer 
Ordnimg. Yollstandige Erklarung der 
in der deutschen Sprache vorkoinmen- 
den sinnverwandten Worteretc. Boards 
$0.65. 

W. HOFFMAXX. VoUstdndiges Worter- 
buch der deutschen SpracJie, wie sie in 
der allgemeinen Literatur, der Poesie, 
den Wissenschaften etc. gebrauchlich 
ist, rait Angabe der Abstammung. der 
Rechtschreibung, der Wortformen etc., 
nebst einer kurzen Sprachlehre etc. 
6 vols. Paper $10.00. Half Morocco 
$16.00. 

J. H. KALTSCHMIDT. Yollstdndiqes 
stamm- wad sinncerwandtschajtlicries 
Gesamnit worterbuch der deutschen 
Sprache aus alien ihren Mundarten und 
mit alien Fremdwortern. Ein Haus- 
schatz der Muttersprache fur alle St'ande 
des deutschen Yolkes. 4to. Half Mo- 
rocco $5.0). 

J. KEHREIN. Schulgrammatik der deut- 
schen Sprache. Mit besonderer Beriick- 
sichtigung der Classiker des 18. und 19. 
Jahrhunderts. Paper $1.05. 

— Deutsches Lesebuch fur Gymnasien, 
Seminarien und Realschulen mit sach- 
lichen und sprachlichen Erklarungen 
nebst Andeutungen zu einem prakti- 
schen Unterricht in der deutschen Spra- 
che. Untere Lehrstufe. Paper $1.05. 
Obere Lehrstufe. Paper $1.25. 

L. KELLNER. Praktischer Lehr gang fur 
den deutschen Sprachunterricht . Ein 
Hand- und Hilfsbuch fur Lehrer an 
Volks- und Btirgerschulen. 3 vols. 

. Paper $2.20. 

E. KLEINPAUL. Poetik. Die Lehre 
von den Formen und Gattungen der 
deutschen Dichtkunst. Pap. $1.25; Cloth 
$1.75. 

C. KRAUSE. Deutsche Grammatik fur 
Aus- und inlander als Leitfaden fur den 
Unterricht in der deutschen Sprach- 
lehre. mit besonderer Riicksicht auf aus- 
landische Institute im Inlande und deut- 
sche Institute im Auslande. Paper $1.00. 

O. LANGE. Sprachschatz der deutschen 
Literatur. Fur Schule und Haus bear- 
beitet. Yon den Anfangen der Litera- 
tur bis zur Xeuzeit (400 — 1867). Paper 
$3.35 ; Cloth $3.85. 
3 



K. MAGER. Deidsches KtemeftfarwerlL 

Lese- und Lehrbuch fur Gymnasien und 
hohere Biirgerschulen, Institute und 
Privatunterricht. 2 parts. Paper $3.00 ; 
Half Morocco $4.50. 
Part I. Deutsches Lesebuch. Paper 

$1.50: Half Morocco $2.25 
Part II. Deutsches SpracJibuch. An- 
fange der Laut-, Wort-. Satz-, Stil- 
und Literaturlehre. Fiir untere, 
mittlere und obere Klassen. Paper 
$1.50: Half Morocco $2.25. 
H. MASIUS. Deutsches Lesebuch fiir 
hohere Unterrichts-Anstalten. 
Part I. Fiir untere Klassen. Paper 

$1.05. 
Part II. Fiir mittlere Klassen. Paper 

11.25. 
Part III. Fiir obere Klassen. Paper 
$1.70. 
J. MIXCKWITZ. Lehrbuch der deutschen 
Verskunsi oder Prosodie und Metrik. 
Fiir L T niversit'aten. Gymnasien, Real- 
schulen, Seminarien, wie auch zum 
Selbstunterricht nach neuen Grund- 
s'atzen bearbeitet. Paper $0.90. 
H. OESTERLEY. Die Diohtkunst und ihre 
Gattungen. Ihrem Wesen nach darge- 
stellt und durch erne nach den Dich- 
tungsarten geordnete Mustersammlung 
eriautert. Mit einem Yorworte von K. 
Goedeke. Paper $1.25. 
*H. REFFELT. Lesefibeh oder: Erster 
Unterricht im Lesen, verbunden mit 
Denk- und Sprachubungen. (Printed 
in large type.) Boards $0.20. 

* ■ Das erste Lese- und Lehrbuch fiir 

deutsche Schulen, oder: Erste Uebun- 
gen im Lesen, Schreiben und Zeichnen, 
verbunden mit Denk- und Sprachiibun- 
gen. (Printed in large type, with, muck 
German Script.) Boards SO. 30. 

* Ziceites Lese- und Lehrbuch fur 

deutsche Schulen in den Yer. Staaten 
von Amerika. (With mu;h German 
Serpt) Boards $o.50. 

* Drilies Lese- und Lehrbuch. Boards 

$0.70. 

* Vieiies Lese- und Lehi^buch. Boards 

$0.70. 

* ■ Fiinftes Lese- und Lehrbuctu 

Boards $0*.65. 

* Erstes Buchfiir Schule und. Haus. 

(Printed in large type, with much Ger- 
man Script.) Boards $0.25. 

* Zweites Buch fur Schule und Haus. 

(Printed in large type, with much Ger- 
man Script.) Boards $045. 
Reffelt's Series of Text-P>ooks, being the 
resale of his experience as a practical teacher 
for more than thirty years, have deservedly 
obtained the widest circulation in Ameriea. 



C. SteUicr, Ytffo iTorh. 



•H. REFFELT. Allgemeine deutsche Vor- 
schriften fur den Unterricht ini Schon- 
schreiben. Methodiseh geordnet. (Mo- 
dels of German Script.) Number 1, 
72 lines $0.25. Number 2, 72 lines $0.25. 

E. L. RITSERT und F. WAGXER. Die 
Lehre vom deutschen Stil, oder prakti- 
sche Anleitung zum riclitigen deutschen 
Gedankenausdrucke filrdie oberen Clas- 
sen der Volksschulen, hohere M'adchen- 
schulen etc. Paper SI. 00. 

E. L. ROCHHOLZ. Der deutsche Auf- 
satz. Xeun Abtheilungen stylistischer 
Aufgaben und Ausarbeitungen fur Leli 
rer und Schuler hoherer Schulen ent- 
worfen. Paper $2 50. 

H. B. RUMPELT. Deutsche Grammatik 
mitRtieksicht auf vergleichende Sprach- 
forschung. Vol. I. Lautlehre. Paper 
$1.25. 

D. SAXDERS. Wcrterbuch der deutschen 
Sprache. Mit Belegen von Luther bis 
auf d. Gegenwart. 4to. 2 vols in 3 parts. 
Paper $30.00; 3 vols. Half Morocco 
$36.00. 

Handworterbuch der deutschen Spra- 
che. Paper $3.15; Half Morocco $3.75. 

♦SCHLEGEL and GRALERT'S Course of 
the German Language. 
Part First. A German Grammar for 
Beginners. Bv Chas. A. Schlegel. 
Half Roan $1.25. 
Part Second. A German Grammar 
for Advanced, Pupils. By W. 
Grauebt. In press. 

♦SCHLEGEL'S Series of Classical German 
Readers. With Xotes. 3 parts, hi press m 
Schlegel's Course is based upon the genetic 

Method of the distinguished philologist KARL 

MAGER, which is superseding' all artificial 

plans of tuition wherever it becomes known. 

A. SCHLEICHER. Die deutsche Sprache. 
Paper $2.50. 

G. SCHWAB. Die deutsche Prosa von 
Mosheim bis auf unsere Tage. Eine 
Mustersammlung. 2. Auflage, besorgt 
vonH. Kluepfel. 3 parts. Paper $2.30. 

Fiinf Bilcher deutscher Lieder und 

Gediclde von A. v. Haller bis auf die 
neueste Zeit. Eine Mustersammlung mit 
Rlicksicht auf den Gebrauch in Schulen. 
Half Cloth $1.90. 



TH. VERXALEKEX. Deutsche Synia. 

2 vols. Paper $6.70. 

Deutsche Schulgrammatik. Mit Be- 

riicksichfigung des Mittelhochdeutschen 
und mit Einschluss der deutschen Yers- 
lehre. Paper $1.15. 

PH. WACKERXAGEL. Deutsches Lese- 
bitch. Xach den Altersstufen. 3 parts 
each, in paper, $0.G5. 

3 parts in 1 vol. Half Morocco 

$2.60. 

Part IV. Fur Lehrer. Auch un- 

ter dem Titel: Der VhterricJU in der 

Muttersprache. Paper $0.30. 

W. WACKERXAGEL. Deutsches Lese- 
buch. Xeue durch ein Handbuch der 
Li 'eraturgeschichte vermehrte Ausgabe. 

3 vols, or parts 1 to 28. Paper $12.15. 

G. WEBER. Lesebuch zur Geschichte der 
deutschen Literatur alter und neuer 
Zeit. Paper $1.25. 

F. L. C. WEIGAXD. Deutsches Wbrter- 
buch. 3. vollig umgearbeitete Auflage 
von F. Schmitthexner's kurzem deut- 
schen Worterbuche. 2 vols. Pap. $10. 00; 
Half Morocco $12.50. 

Wcrterbuch der deutschen Synony- 

7nen. 2. Ausg. Vol. I. II. Paper $5.00, 

CHR. WEXIG. Handworterbuch der deut- 
schen Sprache mit Bezeichnung der Aus- 
sprache und Betonung nebst Angabe 
der nachsten einnverwandten und der 
gebrauchlichsten Fremdworter und Ei- 
gennamen. Xeu bearbeitet von L. Kell- 
ner. Pap. $3.15; Half Morocco $4.00. 

R. WESTPHAL. PhUosophisch - histori- 
sche Grammatik der deutschen Spra- 
che. Paper $2.50. 

Theorie der neuhochdeutschen Me- 

trik. Paper $1.70. 

E. und F. WETZEL. Die deutsohe Spra- 
che. Eine nach methodischen Grund- 
s'atzen bearbeitete Grammatik fur ho- 
here Lehranstalten und zum Selbstun- 
terricht. 2 vols. Paper $1.05. 

*R. J.WURST. Kleine praktische Spraeh- 
denklehre, fur deutsch- amerikanische 
Schulen bearbeitet von J. Straubex- 
mceller. Boards $0.50. 



On hand many similar publications of great interest and value to students of the 
German language, — especially also German-English Dictionaries, large and small, 
works on the History of German Literature, Anthologies, etc., all of which have been 
excluded from the foregoing List for want of space. 

Separate lists may be had on application. 



»3 >:>; 






X ;> T 

- > > >> -> - 






■*. *!'*£** 




h 


9 ) J>) 


^ 3 5& 


» 


> 


» >^ 


? ~~_M& : % ) , 


X> 


£E 


^ 35 


=£ ^?* )j ) j}£& 


»^ : 


j* > , 


~Wfr ; >)') 13E* 


-« 


^ ^> ■> 


> ^)j& ;> 


l» 


> 


;o X) 


* 33£ 5 




> 


.) > ) 


L.^P' • j3 ) 


» 


> 


••) y 1 : 


■ **^P^ O) '")■" 


9 


3R) >:> ! 


-... -^ i3^ ' j>). ) 




> :>- 


>> 


■--■X3§^- Ji> } 


^pft 


>"'-' 


> > 


. . J3& - X' 1 ) 


3» 


> 


> > 


-~— -3^ ' ^ ^ 




>- 


>> 


■■y&?& - '"i?jT > ' J 


JH 


>X 


>£> 


< 3 •• _) ^ 


JRI 


»>; 


J^ ')> 


r ^«P^ -^ ^ ~ 


"^ffc 


»>' 


T> &< 


Bfck, ' : "53 } ~I 


3Bt 


>.» 


y> ) j 


Hfc. . 1 X) > 




§>^ 


» 


^?^- ' V3 > 


22^ 


~> 




3B# 20 ") 


""""J 


► > 


■ Tn 


W> '>nn> 


j 


►1 




8K?->i> :> 


: t| 


f > 





fcX&jfo 


Zjl 


1 >.:,' 


)3 • ) - 


?•**-?■, -^ 3 


]3* 


V - ) 


Jr -> 




% 






3 


> 3 


5: -^ 

^ ^ v 


Jj>> y$ "> 


"^ 


1 >x 








>3 1> 


69 > > 

■' 3 


0~^& > 


3 


>"X1 


> £ > 


' i">^ ^ 


i 


► :x 


^ ) > 










^r*e ?8 ^ 


"> 


! *9 


* ^> » 


<^5>^> 


> ^ 


> ^ 


> > > 


P^£S>> 


J> - 


> 


3 > > 


-> >> y\y 


> 


» ) 


> > ^> 


> 33x33> 


~^ 


> 


> >3 


X _> > j i> 


X 


^> - 





mi 

m 






■ilS 






>3 ^: 






•^ >X "^ : 

■gT >" >" ^ ^ 

, II > > ^ 
*M *i; ^ 

> y> ? ? ^ ^>' 






> j 
> 

■■£■3 

- 
^»yy 

* > 3 I 

> 3 >■ ~ 

iHs^ "-^^ -398* ^> >-> 

> >> *■' 

> ;> V: " 
O >> 7 

> >2> 

-> >> 



■ > JJ> > 

) -> y > > 
03 > 

> > 

> * O 



^ y? ^ 



^ » 






» } :> ^ - 
» 3 > > 

» 3 > 5 

» 3 >3 J 

:» > $ 
* > J, 



>> > o 
33 >3> 



j>?3 > 



J) > 



